Load Control (RAN14.0 - 05) PDF

Load Control
RAN14.0
Feature Parameter Description
Issue 05
Date 2013-06-20
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2013. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
WCDMA RAN
Load Control Contents
Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Intended Audience......................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.3 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1-1
2 Overview of Load Control .......................................................................................................2-1

2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios .............................................................................................. 2-1
2.2 Functions of Load Control ............................................................................................................. 2-1
2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control ................................................................................................ 2-3
2.3.1 User Priority .......................................................................................................................... 2-3
2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority ......................................................................................................... 2-4
2.3.3 Integrated User Priority......................................................................................................... 2-4
3 Load Measurement ...................................................................................................................3-1

3.1 Load-Related Measurement Quantities ........................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 Reporting Period ........................................................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 Load Measurement Filtering ......................................................................................................... 3-3
3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side .................................................................................... 3-3
3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side ....................................................................................... 3-4
3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm..................................................................... 3-4
4 Potential User Control .............................................................................................................4-1

5 Intelligent Access Control ......................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control .......................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup .............................................................................................. 5-3
5.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup ................................................................ 5-3
5.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Weak Coverage ....................................................... 5-5
5.2.3 RRC Redirection based on Distance .................................................................................... 5-6
5.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering ................................................................................ 5-10
5.2.5 RRC DRD ........................................................................................................................... 5-12
5.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure ................................................................................... 5-12
5.3 Directed Retry Decision .............................................................................................................. 5-13
5.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control ....................................................................................... 5-13
5.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation ........................................................................................................... 5-13
5.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation ........................................................................................................... 5-13
5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation ....................................................................................................... 5-14
5.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation ...................................................................................................... 5-19
5.5 Admission Decision ..................................................................................................................... 5-19
5.6 Preemption .................................................................................................................................. 5-20
5.7 Queuing ....................................................................................................................................... 5-23
5.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service ...................................................................................... 5-24
Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls ............................................................................................................. 5-25

5.9.1 RRC Connection Setup Process of Emergency Calls ........................................................ 5-25
5.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls ...................................................................................... 5-26
6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold ..............6-1

6.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Decision to Trigger or Release the CLB State .............................................................................. 6-3
6.3 User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover ................................................................... 6-5
6.4 Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover .......................................................... 6-6
6.5 Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers .......................................................................... 6-8
6.6 Related Features ........................................................................................................................... 6-9
7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ..........................................................................................7-1

7.1 Overview ....................................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ................................................................................... 7-1
7.3 Uplink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ........................................................................................ 7-2
8 Load Reshuffling.......................................................................................................................8-1
8.1 Basic Congestion Triggering ......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.1 Power Resource ................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.1.2 Code Resource ..................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.1.3 Iub Resource ........................................................................................................................ 8-3
8.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource........................................................................................................ 8-3
8.2 LDR Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 8-3
8.3 LDR Actions ................................................................................................................................... 8-8
8.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover ............................................................................... 8-8
8.3.2 BE Rate Reduction ............................................................................................................. 8-13
8.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services ............................................... 8-13
8.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain .............................................................................. 8-14
8.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain............................................................................... 8-14
8.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction .......................................................................................................... 8-15
8.3.7 Code Reshuffling ................................................................................................................ 8-15
8.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction .................................................................................................... 8-16
8.3.9 UL and DL LDR Action Combination of a UE ..................................................................... 8-17
9 Overload Control .......................................................................................................................9-1

9.1 Overload Triggering ....................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 General OLC Procedure ............................................................................................................... 9-2
9.3 OLC Actions .................................................................................................................................. 9-4
9.3.1 Performing TF Control of BE Services ................................................................................. 9-4
9.3.2 Switching BE Services to Common Channels ..................................................................... 9-5
9.3.3 Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power ............................................................................. 9-6
9.3.4 Releasing Some RABs ......................................................................................................... 9-6
10 Impact on the Network ........................................................................................................10-1
Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN
10.1 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing ...................................................................... 10-1

10.1.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 Network Performance ....................................................................................................... 10-1
10.2 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold ...... 10-1
10.2.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-1
10.3 WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance ......................................... 10-2
10.3.1 System Capacity ............................................................................................................... 10-2
11 Engineering Guidelines.......................................................................................................11-1
11.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call ................................................................................................ 11-1
11.1.1 Feature Deployment ......................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface .................................. 11-1
11.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement .......................................................................................... 11-3
11.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling .............................................................................................. 11-5
11.5 WRFD-020107 Overload Control .............................................................................................. 11-8
11.6 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management ........................................................................ 11-10
11.6.1 Feature Deployment ....................................................................................................... 11-10
11.7 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control ..................................................................................... 11-11
11.7.1 Feature Deployment ........................................................................................................ 11-11
11.8 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing .................................................................... 11-13
11.8.1 When to Use ................................................................................................................... 11-13
11.8.2 Required Information ...................................................................................................... 11-13
11.8.3 Planning .......................................................................................................................... 11-13
11.8.5 Performance Monitoring ................................................................................................. 11-19
11.8.6 Parameter Optimization .................................................................................................. 11-19
11.8.7 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................. 11-19
11.9 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold .... 11-20
11.9.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold11-20
11.9.2 Required Information ...................................................................................................... 11-20
11.9.4 Performance Optimization .............................................................................................. 11-26
11.9.5 Parameter Optimization .................................................................................................. 11-29
11.9.6 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................................. 11-29
11.10 WRFD-020401 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance ......................................... 11-29
11.10.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance .................................... 11-29
Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN
11.10.2 Information to Be Collected .......................................................................................... 11-29

11.10.3 Feature Deployment ..................................................................................................... 11-30
11.10.4 Monitoring ..................................................................................................................... 11-32
11.10.5 Troubleshooting ............................................................................................................ 11-32
11.11 WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance .................................................... 11-33
11.12 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect ............................................................................... 11-36
11.12.1 When to Use ................................................................................................................. 11-36
11.13 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup ................... 11-37
11.13.1 When to Use ................................................................................................................. 11-37
11.14 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance ..................................................................... 11-39
11.14.1 When to Use ................................................................................................................. 11-39
11.15 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption ............................................................................. 11-41
11.15.1 When to Use ................................................................................................................. 11-41
11.16 WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control ........................................................ 11-42
11.16.1 When to Use ................................................................................................................. 11-42
12 Parameters .............................................................................................................................12-1
13 Counters..................................................................................................................................13-1
14 Glossary ..................................................................................................................................14-1
15 Reference Documents .........................................................................................................15-1
Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 1 Introduction
1 Introduction
1.1 Scope
This document describes the features related to the load control. It also describes the related
parameters.
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for:
Personnel who are familiar with WCDMA basics
Personnel who need to understand load control
Personnel who work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information on the changes in different document versions.
There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
Feature change: refers to a change in the load control feature.
Editorial change: refers to a change in wording or the addition of the information that was not
described in the earlier version.
Document Issues
The document issue is as follows:
05 (2013-06-20)
04 (2013-05-10)
03 (2012-11-30)
02 (2012-07-20)
01 (2012-04-30)
Draft A (2012-02-15)
05 (2013-06-20)
This is the fifth commercial release.
Compared with 04 (2013-05-10), issue 05 (2013-06-20) of RAN14.0 incorporates the changes described
in the following table.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature None None
change
Editorial Optimized 8.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency None
change Handover.
Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-1

WCDMA RAN
04 (2013-05-10)
This is the fourth commercial release.
Compared with 03 (2012-11-30), issue 04 (2013-05-10) of RAN14.0 incorporates the changes described
in the following table.

Type
Feature None None
change
Editorial Added 11.9.2 Required Information, Data None
change Preparation and optimized 11.9.4 Performance
Optimization, 11.9.5 Parameter Optimization in
11.9 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load
Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold
Added 11.10.2 Information to Be Collected and None

11.10.4 Monitoring.
Added 11.8.1 When to Use, 11.8.2 Required None

Information, 11.8.3 Planning, 11.8.5
Performance Monitoring, 11.8.6 Parameter
Optimization, 11.8.7 Troubleshooting in 11.8
WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load
Balancing.
03 (2012-11-30)
This is the third commercial release.
Compared with (2012-07-20) of RAN14.0, issue 02 (2012-11-30) of RAN14.0 incorporates the changes
described in the following table.

Type
Feature Added the initial rate negotiation Added the following parameters:
change function for the PS BE service in RsvU8Para0
CS+PS combined services in certain ReservedSwitch0:

scenarios. For details, see Initial Rate RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11
Negotiation for the PS BE Service in
CS+PS Combined Services in section ReservedSwitch0:

5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation. RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15

ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28
Editorial Modified descriptions about LDR None
change actions intended for different
resources. For details, see chapter 8.2

WCDMA RAN

Type
LDR Procedure.
02 (2012-07-20)
This is the second commercial release.
Compared with 01 (2012-04-30) of RAN14.0, issue 02 (2012-07-20) of RAN14.0 incorporates the
changes described in the following table.

Type
Feature Whether the feature WRFD-020137 None.
change Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA
Interference Cancellation is enabled affects the
RTWP value used by the RNC. For details, see
section 3.1 "Load-Related Measurement
Quantities."
Editorial Added the information about how to deploying None.
change features used in this document. For details,
see.11 Engineering Guidelines.
01(2012-04-30)
This is the first commercial release.
Compared with draft A (2012-02-15) of RAN14.0, issue 01 (2012-04-30) of RAN14.0 incorporates the
changes described in the following table.

Type
Feature Updated the description of preemption that only None
change circuit switched (CS) radio access bearers
(RABs) can preempt radio resource control
(RRC) connections. For details, see section 5.6
"Preemption."
Added the description of uplink total load and None
uplink minimum guaranteed load. For details,
see section 3.1 Load-Related Measurement
Quantities.
Added the description of inter-frequency RRC The following parameters have been added:
redirection based on distance. For details, see InterFreqRedirSwitch
"Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on InterFreqRedirDelayThd
Distance" in section 5.2.3 "RRC Redirection
based on Distance".
InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR

WCDMA RAN

Type
Added the description of network impact of InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm
inter-frequency RRC redirection based on RedirBandInd
distance. For details, see section 10.3
WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection
RedirUARFCNUplinkInd
Based on Distance. RedirUARFCNUplink
Added the description of engineering guidelines
RedirUARFCNDownlink
for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on
distance. For details, see section 11.10
WRFD-020401 Inter-Frequency Redirection
Based on Distance.
Updated the Auto-Adaptive Background Noise The following parameters have been added:
Update Algorithm and introduced the uplink total BGNOptSwitch
load measurement value to the algorithm. For
BGNULLoadThd
details, see section 3.4 Auto-Adaptive
Background Noise Update Algorithm.
Added Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on The following parameters have been added:
Weak Coverage. For details, see sections 5.2.1 PerfEnhanceSwitch:PERFENH_RRC_WE
Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection AK_REDIR_SWITCH
Setup and 5.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection
WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs
Based on Weak Coverage.
Added the description of emergency call and The following parameters have been added:
wireless priority service (WPS) user preemption NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch
priority. For details, see "Common Preemption"
in section 5.6 "Preemption."
Editorial Optimized the description of configurable load None
change threshold (CLB). For details, see chapter 6
"Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
Configurable Load Threshold."
Draft A (2012-02-15)
This is the draft of the document for RAN14.0.
Compared with issue 02 (2011-04-30) of RAN13.0, this issue incorporates the changes described in the
following table.

Type
Feature Added description of load-based The added parameters are listed as follows:
change inter-frequency handovers UlLdrEighthAction
triggered by the credit resource
UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd
congestion in section 8.3.1
"Load-based Inter-Frequency DlLdTrnsHysTime
Handover." UlLdTrnsHysTime
Added the following parts: UlPwrCSClbTrigThd
Inter-frequency load balancing

WCDMA RAN

Type
based on configurable load UlPwrCSClbRelThd
threshold. For details, see DlPwrCSClbTrigThd
chapter 6 "Inter-Frequency
DlPwrCSClbRelThd
Load Balancing Based on
Configurable Load Threshold." UlPwrPSClbTrigThd
Engineering guidelines. For UlPwrPSClbRelThd
details, see chapter 11 DlPwrPSClbTrigThd
"Engineering Guidelines."
DlPwrPSClbRelThd
CellSfCSClbTrigThd
CellSfCSClbRelThd
CellSfPSClbTrigThd
CellSfPSClbRelThd
UlCreditCSClbTrigThd
UlCreditCSClbRelThd
UlCreditPSClbTrigThd
UlCreditPSClbRelThd
DlCreditCSClbTrigThd
DlCreditCSClbRelThd
DlCreditPSClbTrigThd
DlCreditPSClbRelThd
CLBFlag
CellLoadBalanceRange
UlPwrLoadSpaceThd
DlPwrLoadSpaceThd
ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd
DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd
CLBPrio
UESpdOptSwitch
NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch
CellSFCMUserNumThd
ClbPeriodTimerLen
SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch
UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindow
UmtsCellIFHOFailNum
PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell
Optimized the function of RRC The added parameters are listed as follows:
redirection for service steering. SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch
For details, see section 5.2.4
OffloadRelativeThd
"RRC Redirection for Service
Steering." TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch
Added the consideration of cell The added parameters are listed as follows:

WCDMA RAN

Type
hierarchical cell structure (HCS) UESpdOptSwitch
priority when candidate cells are
selected for LDR in a
measurement-based
inter-frequency handover. For
details, see section 8.3.1
"Load-based Inter-Frequency
Handover."
Editorial None None
change

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 2 Overview of Load Control
2 Overview of Load Control

The WCDMA system is a self-interfering system. As the load of the system increases, the interference
rises. A relatively high interference can affect the coverage of cells and QoS of established services.
Therefore, the capacity, coverage, and QoS of the WCDMA system are mutually affected. To solve these
problems, the load control function is introduced that controls the load in a cell.
Load control aims to maximize the system capacity while ensuring coverage and QoS by controlling the
key resources, such as power, downlink channelization codes, channel elements (CEs), and Iub
transmission resource, which directly affect user experience.
Each cell has its own set of load control functions that are responsible for monitoring and controlling the
resources of the cell. The load control functions monitor the load condition of the cell through load
measurement, make the admission decision for services through intelligent access control and call
admission control, and relieve congestion in a cell.
2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios

Depending on the different phases of UE access, different load control functions are used, as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 2-1 Load Control functions in different UE access phases
The load control functions are applied to different UE access phases as follows:
Before UE access: Potential User Control (PUC)
During UE access: Intelligent Access Control (IAC) and Call Admission Control (CAC)
After UE access: Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold(CLB),
intra-frequency Load Balancing (LDB), Load Reshuffling (LDR), and Overload Control (OLC)
The following sections will provide detailed information about the load control functions performed in the
different UE access phases.
2.2 Functions of Load Control

Load control is implemented in the RNC after obtaining measurement reports from the NodeBs.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 2-2 Load control function in the WCDMA system
The load control functions are described as follows:

PUC
The function of PUC is to balance traffic load among cells on different frequencies. The RNC uses
PUC to modify cell selection and reselection parameters, and broadcasts them through system
information. In this way, UEs are directed to the lightly loaded cells. The UEs can be in idle mode,
CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state.
IAC
The function of IAC is to increase the access success rate with the current QoS guaranteed through
rate negotiation, queuing, preemption, and directed retry decision (DRD). For details about DRD, see
the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
CAC
The function of CAC is to decide whether to accept resource requests from UEs, such as access,
reconfiguration, and handover requests, depending on the resource status of the cell.
For details about CAC, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
CLB
The function of CLB is to initiate the procedure of inter-frequency load balancing when a cell is not
congested, ensuring load balancing among cells. This function supports intra- and inter-RNC load
balancing. CLB may occur before LDR. That is, the RNC can perform inter-frequency load balancing
before a cell is congested.
LDB
The function of intra-frequency LDB is to balance the cell load between intra-frequency neighboring
cells to provide better resource usage. When the load of a cell increases, the cell reduces its coverage
to lighten its load. When the load of a cell decreases, the cell extends its coverage so that some traffic
is sent from its neighboring cells to it.
LDR
The function of LDR is to reduce the cell load when the cell enters the basic congestion state. The
purpose of LDR is to increase the access success rate by taking the following actions:
Load-based inter-frequency handover
Code reshuffling
BE service rate reduction
AMR voice service rate reduction
QoS renegotiation for uncontrollable real-time services
Load-based CS inter-RAT handover
Load-based PS inter-RAT handover

WCDMA RAN
MBMS power reduction

OLC
The function of OLC is to reduce the cell load rapidly when the cell is overloaded. The purpose of OLC
is to ensure the system stability and the QoS of most UEs in the following ways:
Restricting the Transport Format (TF) of the BE service
Switching BE services to common channels
Adjusting the maximum transmit power of FACHs
Releasing some RABs
Table 2-1 lists the resources that are considered by different load control functions.
Table 2-1 Resources considered by different load control functions
Load Control Function Resources
Power Code NodeB Credit Iub Bandwidth
CAC
IAC
PUC - - -
CLB -
LDB - - -
LDR
OLC - -
NOTE
-: not considered
: considered
2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control

Different types of priorities are used in load control to preferentially ensure the QoS of the services or
users with high priorities.
The priorities involved in load control are user priority, integrated radio access bearer (RAB) priority, and
integrated user priority.
2.3.1 User Priority

User priorities are adopted to provide differentiated services for users. For ease of application, the RNC
maps the 15 levels of Allocation/Retention Priority (ARP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message from the core network (CN) onto three user priorities, that is, gold (high priority),
silver (medium priority), and copper (low priority). The relationship between user priority and ARP can be
set by running SET UUSERPRIORITY command; the typical relationship is shown in Table 2-2.

WCDMA RAN
Table 2-2 Typical relationship between user priority and ARP

ARP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
User
Gold Gold Gold Gold Gold Silver Silver Silver
Priority
ARP 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
User
Silver Silver Copper Copper Copper Copper Copper
Priority
If ARP is not received in messages from the Iu interface, the user priority is regarded as copper.
2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority

The priority of an RAB is determined by its traffic class, ARP, and carrier type. Such a priority is called
integrated RAB priority. When resources are insufficient, services with the highest integrated priority are
preferentially processed.
The values of integrated RAB priority are set according to the integrated priority configuration reference
parameter (PriorityReference):
If PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
Traffic classes: conversational > streaming > interactive > background
Services
of the same traffic class: priority based on ARP, that is, ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... >
ARP14 > ARP15
Service
of the same traffic class and ARP (only for interactive services): priority based on Traffic
Handling Priority (THP) that is carried in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, that is,
THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15
Services
of the same traffic class, ARP and THP (only for interactive services): High Speed Packet
Access (HSPA) or Dedicated Channel (DCH) service preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.
If PriorityReference is set to ARP, the integrated priority abides by the following rules:
ARP: ARP1 > ARP2 > ARP3 > ... > ARP14 > ARP15
Services of the same ARP: priority based on traffic classes, that is, conversational > streaming >
interactive > background
Only
for the interactive service of the same ARP value: priority based on Traffic Handling Priority
(THP), that is, THP1 > THP2 > THP3 > ... > THP14 > THP15
Servicesof the same ARP, traffic class and THP (only for interactive services): HSPA or DCH service
preferred depending on CarrierTypePriorInd.
2.3.3 Integrated User Priority

A user may have multiple RABs, and the RABs may have different priorities. In this case, the highest
priority is considered as the priority of this user. Such a priority is called integrated user priority.
Integrated user priority is used in user-specific load control. For example, the selection of R99 users
during preemption, the selection of users during load-based inter-frequency handover for LDR, and the
selection of users during switching of BE services to common channels are performed according to the
integrated user priority.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 3 Load Measurement
3 Load Measurement
This chapter describes the WRFD-020102 Load Measurement Feature.
The load control functions, such as OLC and CAC, use load measurement values in the uplink and the
downlink. A common Load Measurement (LDM) function is used to control load measurement in the
uplink and the downlink separately.
Load measurement is implemented by the NodeB. The filtering of measurement quantities is
implemented by the NodeB and the RNC.
3.1 Load-Related Measurement Quantities

The major load-related measurement quantities are as follows:
Uplink Received Total Wideband Power (RTWP)
When the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation
is not enabled, the RNC uses the measured RTWP value.
When the feature WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference Cancellation
is enabled, the RNC uses the RTWP value after interference cancellation if UlIcLdcOptSwitch is set
to OFF; the RNC uses the larger one between the following if UlIcLdcOptSwitch is set to ON:
a. Measured RTWP value MaxDeltaOfTargetRoT
b. RTWP value after interference cancellation
For details about the feaure WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Scheduling with HSUPA Interference
Cancellation, see the HSUPA Feature Parameter Description.
OLC always uses the measured RTWP value no matter whether the RNC uses the measured RTWP value. For details
about OLC, see chapter 9 "Overload Control".
Downlink Transmitted Carrier Power (TCP)
Non-HSPA power: TCP excluding the power used for transmission on HSPA channels. For the detailed
information about HSPA channels, see the HSDPA Feature Parameter Description and the HSUPA
Feature Parameter Description.
Provided Bit Rate (PBR) on HS-DSCH. For details about PBR, see the 3GPP 25.321.
Power Requirement for GBR (GBP) on HS-DSCH: minimum power required to ensure the GBR on
HS-DSCH
PBR on E-DCH
Received Scheduled E-DCH Power Share (RSEPS): power of the E-DCH scheduling service in the
serving cell
Uplink total load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load, and control channel load. Measuring
the uplink total load depends on the NodeB hardware. For details on the dependency, see 11.3
WRFD-020102 Load Measurement.
Uplink minimum guaranteed load: sum of R99 service load, HSUPA service load required by the
HSUPA GBR, and control channel load. Measuring the uplink minimum guaranteed load depends on
the NodeB hardware. For details on the dependency, see 1.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement.
The HSUPA GBR is calculated as follows:
If the function uplink enhanced L2 is disabled, GBR = max (bit rate of one RLC PDU, GBR).
If the function uplink enhanced L2 is enabled, GBR = max (bit rate of the smallest RLC PDU, GBR).

WCDMA RAN
The NodeB measures the major quantities related to load control. After layer 1 and layer 3 filtering, the
measurement values are reported to the RNC through the COMMON MEASUREMENT REPORT
message.
The RNC performs smooth filtering of the measurement values reported from the NodeB and then
obtains the measurement values, which further serve as data input for the load control algorithms.
The RNC calculates the actual uplink load based on the filtered RTWP, uplink total load, and uplink
minimum guaranteed load. The actual uplink load is one of the factors for the uplink load-related
algorithms.
The measurement procedure is shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1 LDM procedure
3.2 Reporting Period

The NodeB periodically reports each measurement quantity to the RNC. The following table lists the
reporting period parameters for setting different measurement quantities.
Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter

RTWP ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas
RSEPS TenMsecForUlBasicMeas
MinForUlBasicMeas
TCP
ChoiceRprtUnitForDlBasicMeas
Non-HSDPA power TenMsecForDlBasicMeas
Uplink total load MinForDlBasicMeas
Uplink minimum guaranteed load

GBP ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaPwrMeas
TenMsecForHsdpaPwrMeas
MinForHsdpaPwrMeas

WCDMA RAN
Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter

HS-DSCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsdpaRateMeas
TenMsecForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas
MinForHsdpaPrvidRateMeas
E-DCH PBR ChoiceRprtUnitForHsupaRateMeas
TenMsecForHsupaPrvidRateMeas
MinForHsupaPrvidRateMeas
3.3 Load Measurement Filtering

3.3.1 Layer 3 Filtering on the NodeB Side
The following figure shows the measurement model at the physical layer that is compliant with 3GPP
25.302.
Figure 3-2 Measurement model at the physical layer
In Figure 3-2:
A is the sampling value of the measurement.
B is the measurement value after layer 1 filtering.
C is the measurement value after layer 3 filtering.
C' is another measurement value (if any) for measurement evaluation.
D is the reported measurement value.
Layer 1 filtering is not standardized by protocols and it depends on vendor equipment. Layer 3 filtering is
standardized. The filtering effect is controlled by a higher layer. The alpha filtering that applies to layer 3
filtering is calculated according to the following formula:
Fn=(1-a)Fn-1+aMn
Here:
Fn is the new post-filtering measurement value.
Fn-1 is the last post-filtering measurement value.
Mn is the new measurement value from the physical layer.
a = (1/2)k/2, k is the measure filter coefficient which is specified by the following parameters.

WCDMA RAN
For
load control algorithms (excluding OLC), k is specified by the UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff or
DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff parameter.
For OLC algorithm, k is specified by the UlOlcMeasFilterCoeff or DlOlcMeasFilterCoeff parameter.
3.3.2 Smooth Filtering on the RNC Side

After the RNC receives the measurement report, it filters the measurement value using the smooth
window method.
Assuming that the reported measurement value is Qn and that the length of the smooth window is N, the
filtered measurement value is
LDM must apply different smooth window length and measurement periods to PUC, CAC, LDR, and
OLC to obtain appropriate filtered values.
The following table lists the smooth window length parameters for setting different functions.
Table 3-1 The smooth window length parameters for setting different functions
Function Smooth Window Length Parameter
PUC PucAvgFilterLen
CAC UlCacAvgFilterLen
DlCacAvgFilterLen
LDB LdbAvgFilterLen
LDR UlLdrAvgFilterLen
DlLdrAvgFilterLen
OLC UlOlcAvgFilterLen
DlOlcAvgFilterLen
GBP measurements have the same smooth window length in all related functions. The filter length for GBP measurement
is specified by the HsdpaNeedPwrFilterLen parameter.
The length of the PBR smooth filter window is specified by the HsdpaPrvidBitRateFilterLen /
HsupaPrvidBitRateFilterLen parameter.
CLB measurements have the same smooth window length with LDR.
3.4 Auto-Adaptive Background Noise Update Algorithm

Uplink (UL) background noises are sensitive to environmental conditions, and the fluctuation of the
background noises has a negative impact on the RTWP measurement value. Therefore, the LDM
function includes an auto-adaptive update algorithm to restrict the background noise within a specified
range, as described here:
If the temperature in the equipment room is constant, the background noise changes slightly. In this
case, the background noise requires no adjustment after initial correction.

WCDMA RAN
If the temperature in the equipment room varies with the ambient temperature, the background noise
changes greatly. In this case, the background noise requires auto-adaptive upgrade.
The following figure shows the flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update, which is enabled by
the BGNSwitch parameter.
BGNSwitch is set to ON by default.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-3 Flow chart of auto-adaptive background noise update

WCDMA RAN
The Alpha filter formula is: Fn = (1 - ) x Fn-1 + x Mn (n1). For details about this formula, see section 3.3.1 "Layer 3
Filtering on the NodeB Side."
Counting threshold = (Duration of background noise)/(RTWP reporting period). The duration of background noise is
used in auto-adaptive upgrade decision and is set by the BGNAdjustTimeLen parameter. For the setting of RTWP
reporting period, see section 3.2 "Reporting Period."
The procedure for auto-adaptive background noise update is as follows:

1. The RNC initializes the counter and filter that are used for auto-adaptive upgrade and sets the initial
value (F0) of the filter to BackgroundNoise.
2. The RNC receives the latest RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value
from the physical layer.
3. The RNC checks whether the current time is within the effective period of the algorithm, that is,
whether the current time is later than BgnStartTime and earlier than BgnEndTime.
If the current time is within the effective period, then:.
If
BGNOptSwitch is set to OFF, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value. The procedure goes to 4
(a).
If
BGNOptSwitch is set to ON, Mn = the latest RTWP measurement value - uplink total load
measurement value. The procedure goes to 4 (b).
If the current time is not within the effective period, the RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement
value and uplink total load measurement value.
The uplink total load measurement depends on the NodeB hardware. For details, see section 3.1 "3.1 " When the uplink
total load measurement is invalid, background noise update is not performed. The initial value of the filter is set to the
current background noise.
4. (a).The RNC determines whether the current Equivalent Number of Users (ENU) in the cell is
greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd:
If
the current ENU is greater than the value of BGNEqUserNumThd, the RNC infers that Mn includes
other noises in addition to the background noise, and therefore it does not feed Mn to the filter. In
addition, the RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial
value of the filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends.
The RNC waits for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.
If
the current ENU in the cell is smaller than or equal to the value of BGNEqUserNumThd, the RNC
feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next step.
(b). The RNC determines whether the uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value
of BGNULLoadThd:
Ifthe latest uplink total load measurement value is greater than the value of BGNULLoadThd, the
RNC sets the counter to zero, retains the current background noise, and sets the initial value of the
filter to the current background noise. The background noise update procedure ends. The RNC waits
for the next RTWP measurement value and uplink total load measurement value.
If the latest uplink total load measurement value is smaller than or equal to the value of
BGNULLoadThd, the RNC feeds Mn to the filter and performs the next step.
5. The RNC checks whether |Mn - Fn-1| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd. If it is smaller
than this threshold value, the RNC increments the counter by one, calculates F n according to the
Alpha filter formula, and performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP
measurement value.

WCDMA RAN
6. The RNC checks whether the counter reaches the counting threshold. If it reaches the counting
threshold, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC waits for the next RTWP
measurement value.
7. The RNC checks whether |Fn - BackgroundNoise| is smaller than the value of BgnAbnormalThd.
The purpose is to prevent burst interference and RTWP spike. If it is smaller than the value of
BgnAbnormalThd, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC sets the counter to zero
and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.
8. The RNC checks whether |Fn - current background noise| is greater than the value of
BgnUpdateThd. The purpose is to prevent frequent background noise upgrades on the Iub interface.
If it is greater than the value of BgnUpdateThd, the RNC sets the current background noise to Fn,
sets the counter to zero, and waits for the next RTWP measurement value. Otherwise, the RNC sets
the counter to zero and waits for the next RTWP measurement value.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 4 Potential User Control
4 Potential User Control

This chapter describes the WRFD-020105 Potential User Control feature.
The PUC function controls the cell selection and cell reselection of a UE that is in idle mode, in the
CELL_FACH state, CELL_PCH state, or URA_PCH state and prevents the UE from camping on a
heavily loaded cell.
The PUC is valid only for inter-frequency cells, and it takes effect only in the downlink.
Figure 4-1 shows the PUC procedure.
Figure 4-1 PUC procedure
The PUC function is enabled only when the PUC sub-parameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter
is set to 1.
For a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC periodically monitors the downlink load of the cell.
If the cell load is higher than the upper threshold (SpucHeavy) plus the load level division hysteresis
(SpucHyst), the cell load is considered heavy.
If the cell load is lower than the lower threshold (SpucLight) minus SpucHyst, the cell load is
considered light.
For a cell supporting DC-HSDPA, the RNC concurrently monitors the load state of each single cell and
load state of the cell group.
The checking of load state of a single cell is the same as that of a cell not supporting DC-HSDPA.
The checking of load state of the cell group is as follows:
If
the load of the two cells is higher than their upper thresholds (SpucHeavy) plus their load level
division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered heavy.
If
the load of the two cells is lower than their lower thresholds (SpucLight) minus their load level
division hysteresis (SpucHyst), the load of the cell group is considered light.
The load state of a cell supporting DC-HSDPA is determined based on the following table.

WCDMA RAN
Load of Single Cell Load of Cell Group Load of Cell Supporting DC-HSDPA
Heavy Heavy, normal, or light Heavy
Heavy, normal, or light Heavy Heavy
Normal Normal, or light Normal
Normal, or light Normal Normal
Light Light Light
The states of a cell load are heavy, normal, and light, as shown in Figure 4-2.
Figure 4-2 Cell load states
Based on the cell load, the PUC works as follows:

If the cell load becomes heavy, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and
broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to the lightly loaded
neighboring cells.
If the cell load becomes normal, the PUC uses the cell selection and reselection parameters
configured on the RNC LMT.
If the cell load becomes light, the PUC modifies cell selection and reselection parameters and
broadcasts them through system information. In this way, the PUC leads UEs to this cell.
The variables related to cell selection and reselection are Qoffset1(s,n) (load level offset), Qoffset2(s,n)
(load level offset), and Sintersearch (start threshold for inter-frequency cell reselection). The following
table describes PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs.

WCDMA RAN
Table 4-1 PUC-related variables and their impacts on UEs

Item Description
Implementation The NodeB periodically reports the transmit power of the cell, and the PUC
periodically triggers the following activities:
Assessing the cell load level based on the non-HSPA power and HS-DSCH GBP
Setting Sintersearch, Qoffset1(s,n), and Qoffset2(s,n) based on the cell load level
Updating the parameters in system information SIB3 and SIB11
Adjustment Based on the characteristics of inter-frequency cell selection and reselection, the UE
makes the corresponding adjustments:
Sintersearch
- When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE starts inter-frequency
cell reselection ahead of schedule.
- When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE delays inter-frequency
cell reselection.
Qoffset1(s,n): applies to R (reselection) rule with CPICH RSCP
- When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability
of selecting a neighboring cell.
- When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability
Qoffset2(s,n): applies to R (reselection) rule with CPICH Ec/Io
- When this value is increased by the serving cell, the UE has a lower probability
- When this value is decreased by the serving cell, the UE has a higher probability
Depending on the load status of the serving cell, the cell reselection variable Sintersearch is adjusted up
or down or kept unchanged. Changes to the variable Sintersearch are made as shown in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 Changes made to Sintersearch according to the load state
Load State of the S'intersearch Change to Sintersearch
Serving Cell
Light S'intersearch = Sintersearch + OffSinterLight
Normal S'intersearch = Sintersearch
Heavy S'intersearch = Sintersearch + OffSinterHeavy
: indicates that the parameter value decreases.

: indicates that the parameter value remains unchanged.
: indicates that the parameter value increases.
The configurations of Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are related to the load of the serving cell and the load of the
neighboring cells. Changes to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 are made as shown in Table 4-3.

WCDMA RAN
Table 4-3 Changes made to Qoffset1 and Qoffset2 according to the load state
Load State of Load State Q'offset1 Change Q'offset2 Change
the of the to to
Neighboring Serving Qoffset1 Qoffset2
Cells Cell
Light Light Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Light Normal Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Light Heavy Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ OffQoffset1Light + OffQoffset2Light
Normal Light Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Normal Normal Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
Normal Heavy Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ OffQoffset1Light + OffQoffset2Light
Heavy Light Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ +
OffQoffset1Heavy OffQoffset2Heavy
Heavy Normal Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
+ +
OffQoffset1Heavy OffQoffset2Heavy
Heavy Heavy Q'offset1 = Qoffset1 Q'offset2 = Qoffset2
The prerequisite for changing the preceding parameters is that these parameters should be in their default values.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 5 Intelligent Access Control
5 Intelligent Access Control

5.1 Overview of Intelligent Access Control
IAC is used to increase the access success rate, that is, RRC connection success rate and RAB setup
success rate.
There are two types of IAC, namely, IAC for RRC connection processing and IAC for RAB connection
processing.
IAC for RRC connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through
redirection and RRC DRD. It also implements load balancing and service steering.
IAC for RAB connection processing is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to access through DRD
and CAC. It also implements load balancing and service steering. Features such as preemption,
queuing, and low-rate access are used to further improve the RAB setup success rate.
In addition, IAC provides differentiated services for users with different priorities. For example, when the
system resources are insufficient, procedures such as direct admission, preemption, and redirection can
be performed to ensure the successful access of emergency calls to the network.
Figure 5-1 shows a typical procedure for service access control.
Figure 5-1 Service access control procedure

WCDMA RAN
As shown in Figure 5-1, the procedure for service access includes the procedures for RRC connection
setup and RAB setup. The successful setup of the RRC connection is one of the prerequisites for the
RAB setup.
During the RRC connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps.
1. RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see section
5.2.3 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance. If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from
another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the
next step.
2. RRC redirection for service steering. For details, see section 5.2.4 "RRC Redirection for Service
Steering."
If
the RNC decides to obtain UE access from the current cell, it then makes a resource-based
admission decision. If the resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs DRD and redirection.
If
the RNC decides to obtain UE access from another cell, it then sends an RRC connection reject
message to the UE. The message carries the information about the cell and instructs the UE to set up
an RRC connection to the cell.
For details, see section 5.2 "IAC During RRC Connection Setup."
During the RAB connection processing, the RNC performs the following steps:
3. Performs inter-frequency DRD to select a suitable cell for service steering or load balancing. For
details about DRD, see the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
4. Performs rate negotiation according to the service requested by the UE. For details, see section 5.4
"Rate Negotiation at Admission Control."
5. Makes cell resource-based admission decision. If the admission is successful, UE access is granted.
Otherwise, the RNC performs the next step. For details about admission decision, see the Call
Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
6. Selects a suitable cell, according to the inter-frequency DRD, from the cells where no admission
attempt has been made, and then performs step 7. If all the attempts fail, the RNC performs the next
step.
7. Selects a suitable cell according to the inter-RAT DRD. If the inter-RAT admission is successful, UE
access is granted in the inter-RAT cell. If the inter-RAT DRD fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
8. Makes a preemption attempt. For details about preemption, see section 5.6 "Preemption." If the
preemption is successful, UE access is granted. If the preemption fails or is not supported, the RNC
performs the next step.
9. Makes a queuing attempt. For details about queuing, see section 5.7 "Queuing." If the queuing is
successful, UE access is granted. If the queuing fails or is not supported, the RNC performs the next
step.
10. Performs low-rate access. For details about low-rate access, see section 5.8 "Low-Rate Access of
the PS BE Service." If the low-rate access is admitted, UE access is granted. If the low-rate access is
unsuccessful, the RNC performs the next step.
11. Rejects UE access.
After the admission attempts of an HSPA service request fail in all candidate cells, the service falls back to the DCH. Then,
the service reattempts to access the network.

WCDMA RAN
Table 5-1 IAC procedure supported by services

Servic Low-Rat Rate Negotiation Preempti Queuin DRD
e e on g
Type Access MBR GBR Initial Target Inter- Inter-RA
Negotiati Negotiati Rate Rate Frequen T
on on Negotiati Negotiati cy
on on
DCH
HSUP - -
A
HSDP - - - -
A
5.2 IAC During RRC Connection Setup

5.2.1 Procedure of IAC During RRC Connection Setup
Before a new service is admitted to the network, an RRC connection must be set up.
As shown in Figure 5-2, when the switch DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is set to ON, the RRC
connection setup procedure is performed as follows:
Inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is controlled by the switch PerfEnhanceSwitch:
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH, not by the switch DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-2 RRC connection setup procedure

WCDMA RAN
After receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC performs inter-RAT
RRC redirection based on weak coverage when the PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH check
box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch parameter is selected. If the check box is not selected, the RNC
performs the RRC redirection based on distance (only for UE-originating AMR services). For details, see
section 5.2.3 RRC Redirection based on Distance. If the RNC decides to obtain UE access from
another cell, it sends an RRC connection reject message to the UE; otherwise, the RNC performs the
next step.
Then, the RNC uses the RRC redirection algorithm for service steering to decide whether the UE can
access the network from the current cell:
If the UE can access the network from the current cell according to the decision result, the RNC uses
the CAC algorithm to decide whether an RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the
current cell.
If
the RRC connection can be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC sends an RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message to the UE.
If
the RRC connection cannot be set up between the UE and the current cell, the RNC attempts to
select a cell for RRC connection setup through RRC DRD. If the RRC DRD fails, RRC redirection will
be performed.
If the UE needs to access the network from another cell according to the decision result, the RNC
sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE. The message carries the information
about this cell.
DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is the general switch of the following five algorithms:
Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance
Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on Distance
RRC Redirection for Service Steering
RRC DRD
RRC Redirection After DRD Failure
Before enabling the five algorithms, turn on the DrSwitch: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.
5.2.2 Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Weak Coverage

In weak-coverage areas, the UE access success rate is usually low and the possibility of call drops is
high. In areas where the GSM coverage is better than the UMTS coverage, using inter-RAT RRC
redirection based on weak coverage can redirect UEs from the UMTS to the GSM network to improve
the UE access success rate and reduce the call drop rate.
Inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is recommended when there is only a small
proportion of UEs that do not support inter-RAT redirections. The parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch:
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH specifies whether to enable inter-RAT RRC redirection
based on weak coverage.
The procedure for inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is as follows:
1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks the
setting of PerfEnhanceSwitch: PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH.
If the PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch
parameter is not selected, the RNC does not perform inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak
coverage. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

WCDMA RAN
If the PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch

parameter is selected, the procedure goes to the next step.
2. The RNC obtains the Ec/No value of the current cell from the RACH Measurement Report IE in the
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
If the Ec/No value is greater than or equal to the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the RNC does
not perform inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage. The RRC connection setup request
is then processed in the current cell.
If the Ec/No value is smaller than the value of WeakCovRrcRedirEcNoThs, the procedure goes to the
next step.
3. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the
neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell or the IE "RACH Measurement Report" does not contain the
Ec/No value, inter-RAT RRC redirection based on weak coverage is not performed.
5.2.3 RRC Redirection based on Distance

Inter-RAT RRC Redirection Based on Distance
This section describes the WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance feature.
In actual situations, a UE may receive signals from a distant cell and subsequently access the cell.
However, the cells that are adjacent to this cell are not configured as its neighboring cells. If the UE
moves out of this cell, call drops may occur. To solve this problem, RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on
distance is introduced.
The RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance technique estimates the distance between the UE and
the cell center by considering the propagation delay. Based on the estimation result, the RNC checks
whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection. The propagation delay is the one-way propagation delay
of the radio signal from the UE to the NodeB. The NodeB measures the propagation delay and then
reports it to the RNC. The propagation delay is directly proportional to the distance between the UE and
the NodeB.
The switch of RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance can be set through the RedirSwitch
parameter. RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is applicable only to the UE-originating AMR
services.
The procedure for RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance is as follows:
1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks whether
the requested service is the UE-originating AMR service. If yes, the RNC performs the next step. If no,
the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC
connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay from the NodeB and compares it with DelayThs.
If the propagation delay is greater than DelayThs, the RNC performs the next step.
If
the propagation delay is equal to or less than DelayThs, the RNC does not perform RRC Inter-RAT
redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the
current cell.
3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell and checks whether to perform RRC Inter-RAT
redirection based on distance by considering the load status.
If
the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random value ranging from 0 to 1 and
compares the value with the RedirFactorOfNorm parameter. If the random value is equal to or
smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC does not perform

WCDMA RAN
RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection setup request of the
UE in the current cell.
If
the cell is in the basic congestion state or is overloaded, the RNC generates a random value
ranging from 0 to 1 and compares the value with the RedirFactorOfLDR parameter. If the random
value is equal to or smaller than the parameter, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC
does not perform RRC Inter-RAT redirection based on distance, and handles the RRC connection
setup request of the UE in the current cell.
4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message containing information on the
neighboring GSM cells of the current cell.
If the current cell does not have any neighboring GSM cell, the UE spontaneously selects a proper cell to access.
Inter-Frequency RRC Redirection Based on Distance

This section describes the WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance feature.
Excessive cell coverage may occur in UMTS networks. This is especially the case in cells operating on
UMTS 900 MHz, because such cells have strong coverage abilities. If a UE moves out of a UMTS cell
with excessive coverage during cell access and no neighboring GSM cells are configured for this cell,
the RRC setup for the UE fails. Inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance, which is designed to
address excessive coverage issues, can solve this problem. Inter-frequency RRC redirection based on
distance applies only to UE-originating services.
Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC obtains the
propagation delay of the UE and compares it with the propagation delay threshold for inter-frequency
RRC redirections. When inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is enabled and the
propagation delay of the UE is greater than the threshold, the RNC considers that the UE is in a cell with
excessive coverage, and it triggers inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The
InterFreqRedirSwitch parameter specifies whether inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance
is enabled.
Figure 5-3 shows the procedure for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-3 Procedure for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance
The procedure for inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is as follows:

1. Upon receiving an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message from the UE, the RNC checks whether
InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to ON.
If InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to OFF, the RNC does not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection
based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then processed in the current cell.

WCDMA RAN
If InterFreqRedirSwitch is set to ON, the procedure goes to the next step.

2. The RNC obtains the propagation delay of the UE from the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message and compares it with the propagation delay limit for inter-frequency RRC redirections. The
propagation delay threshold is specified by the InterFreqRedirDelayThd parameter.
If the propagation delay of the UE is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirDelayThd, the RNC does
not perform inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is
then processed in the current cell.
If the propagation delay of the UE is greater than InterFreqRedirDelayThd, the procedure goes to the
next step.
3. The RNC checks the load status of the current cell.
If the current cell is experiencing LDR (that is, the cell is in the basic congestion state in the uplink or
downlink), the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and compares it with the
inter-frequency redirection factor for LDR (specified by InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR).
If
the random number is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR, the procedure goes
to the next step.
If
the random number is greater than InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR, the RNC does not perform
inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then
processed in the current cell.
If the current cell is not experiencing LDR, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and
compares it with the inter-frequency redirection factor for the normal state (specified by
InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm).
If
the random number is smaller than or equal to InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm, the procedure goes
to the next step.
If
the random number is greater than InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm, the RNC does not perform
inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance. The RRC connection setup request is then
processed in the current cell.
4. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message that contains the target
frequency number for redirection.
The RedirUARFCNUplinkInd parameter specifies whether to manually configure the uplink target
frequency number for redirection.
If
RedirUARFCNUplinkInd is set to TRUE, the uplink target frequency number is set by the
RedirUARFCNUplink parameter.
If
RedirUARFCNUplinkInd is set to FALSE, the uplink target frequency number is automatically
configured according to the binding relationship between uplink and downlink frequency numbers.
The downlink target frequency number is specified by the RedirUARFCNDownlink parameter.
The RedirBandInd parameter determines the validity of the uplink and downlink target frequency
numbers. If the target frequency numbers are out of the range of the bands specified by
RedirBandInd, a prompt displays to inform users. If RedirBandInd is set to DependOnNCell, the
target cell must be under the same RNC as the current cell and these two cells must be on the same
band.
5. After inter-frequency RRC redirection based on distance is complete, the RNC prevents ping-pong
redirections regardless of whether the redirection is successful.
If the PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch
parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is selected, the RNC prevents ping-pong
redirections based on service, Iur-g load, and distance. If a UE that has been redirected to another cell
attempts to access the original cell, it is directly admitted.
If the PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch
parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is not selected, the RNC does not prevent ping-pong
redirections.

WCDMA RAN
5.2.4 RRC Redirection for Service Steering

Overview
This section describes the WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup
feature.
The RRC redirection for service steering is used to enable the successful RRC connection setup by
selecting an appropriate cell for the UE based on the requested service. This algorithm is not applicable
to combined services.
During the RRC connection setup, the RNC implements service steering between inter-frequency or
inter-RAT cells according to the service type requested by the UE. In addition, the RNC considers the
load of the cell for access and the redirection factors to control the degree of load sharing. Therefore,
this function is also called service steering and load sharing in RRC connection setup.
Procedure of RRC Redirection for Service Steering

The procedure for RRC redirection for service steering is as follows:
1. The RNC obtains the information about the service requested by the UE and the capability of the UE.
If
the DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 1, the RNC determines the
service type requested by the UE. If the RNC succeeds in determining the service type requested by
the UE and the switch of RRC direction for service steering (RedirSwitch) is set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY or ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC performs the next step.
Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
If
the DR_ RRC_DRD_SWITCH of the parameter DrSwitch is set to 0, the RNC handles the RRC
connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
2. Based on the cell load and the redirection factors, the RNC decides whether to perform RRC
redirection for service steering.
If
the cell is in the normal state, the RNC generates a random number between 0 and 1 and
compares it with the corresponding unconditional redirection factor (RedirFactorOfNorm). If the
random number is smaller than this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC
handles the RRC connection setup request of the UE in the current cell.
If
the cell is in the basic congestion or overload state, the RNC generates a random number between
0 and 1 and compares it with the value of RedirFactorOfLDR. If the random number is smaller than
this factor, the RNC performs the next step. Otherwise, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup
request of the UE in the current cell.
3. Based on the setting of RedirSwitch and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch, the RNC takes the
corresponding actions:
If
RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is set to
ON,
a. If the uplink power load of the cell is lower than the value of UlLdrTrigThd multiplied by
OffloadRelativeThd and the downlink power load is lower than the value of DlLdrTrigThd
multiplied by OffloadRelativeThd, the RNC handles the RRC connection setup request of the
UE in the current cell.
b. If the preceding conditions are not met, the RNC sends an RRC Connection Reject message to
the UE, redirecting the UE to the target frequency carried in the message.
If
RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY and SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is set to
OFF, the RNC sends an RRC Connection Reject message to the UE, redirecting the UE to the target
frequency carried in the message.

WCDMA RAN
The frequency information carried in the message can be set by running the SET UREDIRECTION command.
If the RedirBandInd parameter is set to DependOnNCell, only intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cell can be
selected as target frequency.
SCellLoadBsdRedirSwitch is effective when RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQUENCY.
The calculation method for the uplink/downlink power load of a cell is the same as that for the power load in the load
reshuffling algorithm.
If
RedirSwitch is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, the RNC sends an RRC Connection Reject
message to the UE. The message carries the information about inter-RAT neighboring cells.
Service Identification Rule

The RNC identifies requested services according to the relevant information elements (IEs) in the RRC
Connection Request message received from the UE. The identification is successful only when all the
conditions described in Table 5-2 are met. Otherwise, the identification fails.
TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch specifies whether to identify terminated services.

If TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch is set to ON, the RNC identifies both originated services and terminated services.
If TerminTrfcBsdRedirSwitch is set to OFF, the RNC identifies only originated services.
Table 5-2 Service identification rule

Identified Reference IE
Service
Type Establishment cause Domain Call type UE capability Access stratum
indicator indication release indicator
AMR Originating Conversational CS domain Speech N/A REL-6
Call REL-7
Terminating Conversational
Call
AMR/VP Originating Conversational N/A N/A N/A R99
Call REL-4
Terminating Conversational REL-5
Call
VP Originating Conversational CS domain Video N/A REL-6
Call REL-7
Terminating Conversational
Call
PS R99 Originating Interactive Call N/A N/A N/A R99
Originating Background Call REL-4
Terminating Interactive Call
Terminating Background Call
PS R99 Originating Interactive Call PS domain N/A Not HS-DSCH REL-6
Originating Background Call or HS-DSCH REL-7
Terminating Interactive Call +E-DCH

WCDMA RAN
Identified Reference IE
Service
Type Establishment cause Domain Call type UE capability Access stratum
indicator indication release indicator
PS HSPA Originating Interactive Call PS domain N/A HS-DSCH or REL-6
Originating Background Call HS-DSCH REL-7
Terminating Interactive Call +E-DCH
PS R99 and PS HSPA services for UEs of the REL-5 version cannot be identified by the RNC because these UEs do not
carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message.
UEs of REL-5 and earlier versions do not carry the Domain indicator, Call type, or UE capability indication IEs. Therefore,
the RNC cannot differentiate between AMR services and VP services. The RNC implements VP service redirection the
same way it implements AMR service redirection.
5.2.5 RRC DRD

If the UE fails to access the current cell, the RNC performs RRC DRD. The purpose is to instruct the UE
to set up an RRC connection in an inter-frequency neighboring cell with better signal quality.
For details about RRC DRD, see the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
5.2.6 RRC Redirection After DRD Failure

This section describes the WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect feature.
The purpose of RRC redirection after DRD failure is to instruct the UE to set up RRC connection in an
inter-frequency or an inter-RAT cell.
When the RRC DRD fails, the RNC performs RRC redirection as follows:
The RNC selects another frequency for redirection based on the setting of the ReDirBandInd parameter.
If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to a specific band, the RNC selects the configured target
frequency number and redirects the UE. The target frequency number is configured by the following
parameters: ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNUplink, ReDirUARFCNDownlink.
If the ReDirBandInd parameter is set to DependOnNCell, the RNC selects the target frequency number
from the target frequency numbers corresponding to the intra-band inter-frequency neighboring cells of
the current cell. In addition, the RNC excludes the target frequency numbers corresponding to the cells
that have carried out inter-frequency RRC DRD attempts.
If more than one target frequency number is available, the RNC selects a target frequency number
randomly. Then, the RNC sends an RRC CONNECTION REJECT message to the UE, redirecting the
UE to the selected target frequency carried in the message.
If no target frequency number is available, the RNC continues to perform RRC redirection according to
the setting of the ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch parameter.
If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Only_To_Inter_Frequency, the RRC connection setup fails.
If
ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT and there is a neighboring GSM cell,
the RNC sends the information about the neighboring GSM cell to the UE and redirects the UE to
GSM system. If ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT but there is no
neighboring GSM cell, the UE automatically searches for GSM cells and then selects one of them for
RRC connection setup attempts.

WCDMA RAN
5.3 Directed Retry Decision

Traffic steering and load sharing during RAB setup will be performed through DRD.
During the RAB connection processing, non-periodic DRD is used to select a suitable cell for a UE to
access according to the HSPA+ technological satisfaction, service priority, and cell load. Non-periodic
DRD is performed during RAB setup, RAB modification, or DCCC channel reconfiguration.
Non-periodic DRD involves inter-frequency DRD and inter-RAT DRD.
By using inter-frequency DRD, the RNC selects the qualified candidate cells by considering HSPA+
technological satisfaction, cell service priority, and cell load. Then, the RNC sequences the candidate
cells according to the priority. The UE tries accessing the cells in order of priority from higher to lower,
until it is admitted or it fails to access any cell.
If the UE fails to access any cell in the case of inter-frequency DRD, inter-RAT DRD will be triggered.
For details about non-periodic DRD, see the Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
5.4 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

Rate negotiation at admission control (WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control) includes
MBR negotiation, GBR negotiation, initial rate negotiation, and target rate negotiation.
For a streaming service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated MBR.
For a new PS BE service, the RNC performs resource admission based on the negotiated initial rate.
For AMR and AMR-WB speech services in the CS domain, see the AMR Feature Parameter Description.
5.4.1 PS MBR Negotiation

If the IE "Alternative RAB Parameter Values" is present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
the RELOCATION REQUEST message when a PS service is set up, reconfigured, or handed over, then
the RNC and the CN negotiate the rate according to the UE capability to obtain the MBR while ensuring
a proper QoS.
For the PS streaming service, when the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the
PsSwitch parameter is set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled for MBR negotiation.
For the PS BE service:
When both the PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH
sub-parameters of the PsSwitch parameter are set to 1, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled,
and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS negotiation based on the information about UE
capability, cell capability and rate requested by the CN.
When PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to 1 and PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is
set to 0, the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled, and the RNC determines the MBR of Iu QoS
negotiation based on the maximum rate supported by the UE rather than the cell capability and other
settings.
5.4.2 PS GBR Negotiation

During the setup, reconfiguration, or handover of a PS real-time service, if the
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1, the RNC
will negotiate with the CN about the GBR as follows:
If the IE "Type of Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rate Information" in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message is set to "unspecified", the GBR negotiation will not be performed. In such a case, the GBR

WCDMA RAN
contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" of the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used. In
addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message does not contain the GBR.
message is set to "value range", the sole GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit Rates"
is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the GBR.
message is set to "Discrete values", the largest GBR contained in the IE "Alternative Guaranteed Bit
Rates" is used. In addition, the subsequent RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message contains the
GBR.
If the PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 0, the
GBR negotiation will be not performed. In such a case, the GBR contained in the IE "RAB Parameters" in
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is used.
For details about GBR negotiation, see 3GPP 25.413.
5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation

Overview
Initial rate is classified into initial admission rate and initial access rate.
Initial admission rate: The RNC allocates bandwidths based on the initial admission rate and then
performs cell-resource-based admission based on the allocated bandwidths.
Initial access rate: Initial configured rate after service admission is successful, which means the
current maximum data transmission rate before any other reconfiguration.
For PS BE services, the RNC performs initial rate negotiation when a new service is being set up or the
UE is changing from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. The initial rate negotiation policy
varies, depending on the services carried on different channels.
Initial Rate Definition for DCH Services

For DCH services, the initial admission rate and the initial access rate are the same.
Initial rate is negotiated according to Table 5-3.

WCDMA RAN
Table 5-3 Initial rate negotiation

DCCC PS BE Initial Rate Actual Initial Rate
Switch Dynamic
(DCCC_SWI Configuration
TCH) Switch
(PS_BE_INIT_RATE
_DYNAMIC_CFG_S
WITCH)
ON ON In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and
384 kbit/s.
In the downlink, the initial rate is dynamically set on the basis
of Ec/N0. The specific method is as follows:
When the RNC receives an RRC connection setup request, it
starts the timer EcN0EffectTime.
Before the timer expires, the RNC dynamically sets the initial
rate based on the Ec/N0. The value of Ec/N0 comes from the
latest RACH measurement report or latest intra-frequency
measurement report.
If the cell Ec/N0 reported from the UE is above the Ec/N0
threshold (EcN0Ths), the RNC sets the actual initial rate to
the smaller one of the MBR and 384 kbit/s.
Note that if the UE is in the soft handover state, the RNC sets
the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and 384
kbit/s when any of the cells in the active set meets the
threshold.
If the cell Ec/N0 is below or equal to the Ec/N0 threshold
(EcN0Ths) or the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message
does not carry the information about Ec/N0, the RNC sets
the actual initial rate to the smaller one of the MBR and the
initial rate of the downlink BE service (DlBeTraffInitBitrate).
ON OFF In the uplink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR and
the initial rate of the uplink BE service (UlBeTraffInitBitrate).
In the downlink, the initial rate is the smaller one of the MBR
and the initial rate of the downlink BE service
(DlBeTraffInitBitrate).
OFF - MBR
If the DCCC function is enabled and the PS_RAB_Downsizing_Switch sub-parameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set
to 1, the RNC can decrease the rate through the RAB rate decrease function when the admission based on the initial rate
fails.
The PS BE service mentioned in this section can be the single PS BE service or the PS BE service in combined services.
Initial Rate Definition for HSPA Services

For the HSUPA service,
The initial admission rate is GBR.
The initial access rate is defined as follows:

WCDMA RAN
If
the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1, the
initial access rate is the initial rate of the HSUPA BE service (HsupaInitialRate).
If
the DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 0, the
initial access rate is the MBR for there will not be any rate upsizing reconfiguration when the
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 0.
For the HSDPA service, the initial admission rate and the initial access are both GBR.
Initial Rate Negotiation for the PS BE Service in CS+PS Combined Services

The PS BE service in CS+PS combined services has low data transmission requirements. In most cases,
the PS BE service does not need to transmit data when the UE is performing CS services. If the PS BE
service in CS+PS combined services has high data transmission requirements, the transmission rate of
the PS BE service increases or the PS BE service is switched to an HSDPA channel. As a result, the
signaling load increases, and the CS call drop rate may also increase. The initial rate negotiation
function is recommended when most PS BE services in CS+PS combined services have low data
transmission requirements.
The RsvU8Para0 parameter specifies the bearing policy for the PS BE service and the initial rate for the
PS BE service when the UE is in the CELL_DCH state or transitions to this state. RsvU8Para0 applies
only to the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the following scenarios:
Scenario 1: The UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing CS services or CS+PS combined
services (any PS service). Then, the UE initiates PS BE services.
Scenario 2: The UE is in the CELL_DCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE
initiates CS services.
Scenario 3: The UE is in the CELL_FACH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE
initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_DCH state before establishing CS
services.)
Scenario 4: The UE is in the CELL_PCH state and is processing PS BE services. Then, the UE
initiates CS services. (The UE must transition to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state before
establishing CS services.)
This section describes the initial rate negotiation function only for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services in the
preceding scenarios. For details about the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in other scenarios, see
"Initial Rate Definition for DCH Services " and "Initial Rate Definition for HSPA Services."
The RsvU8Para0 parameter can be set to OFF, DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA.
OFF: indicates that the initial rate negotiation function is disabled for the PS BE service in CS+PS
combined services in the preceding scenarios.
DCH 0k: indicates that both the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are 0 kbit/s.
DCH 8k: indicates that both the initial uplink and downlink rates for the DCH are 8 kbit/s.
DCH 8k/HSDPA: indicates that the initial uplink rate for the DCH is 8 kbit/s and that downlink services
are carried on HSDPA channels.
The implementation of the initial rate negotiation function for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined
services varies depending on the protocol version that the UE complies with.
For UEs complying with versions later than 3GPP Release 5
If the RsvU8Para0 parameter is not set to OFF and the following switches are turned off:
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11

WCDMA RAN
Then, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as
listed in Table 5-4.
Table 5-4 Initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Value of RsvU8Para0 Initial Uplink and Downlink Rates for the PS BE Service
DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s; HSDPA
If
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11 is turned on and RsvU8Para0 is not set to
OFF, the initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table
5-5.
Table 5-5 Initial uplink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of ReservedSwitch0: Value of Initial Uplink Rate for the PS BE
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT11 RsvU8Para0 Service
Turned on DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
Turned on DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
If
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15 is turned on and RsvU8Para0 is not set to
OFF, the initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in
Table 5-6.
Table 5-6 Initial downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services
Setting of ReservedSwitch0: Value of RsvU8Para0 Initial Downlink Rate for the PS
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15 BE Service
Turned on DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
Inscenario 4, if ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the UE transitions

from the CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state before establishing CS services. Under this
condition:
a) If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14 is set to 0, the initial uplink and downlink
rates for the PS BE service are 8 kbit/s.
b) If ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14 is set to 1, the initial uplink and downlink
rates for the PS BE service are 0 kbit/s.
Table 5-7 lists the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined
services when ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on.

WCDMA RAN
Setting of ReservedSwitch0: Value of RsvU8Para0 Initial Uplink and Downlink
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14 Rates for the PS BE Service
1 DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
1 DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 0 kbit/s
0 DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
For UEs complying with versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5
Versions earlier than 3GPP Release 5 support neither HSDPA nor HSUPA. If ReservedSwitch0:
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE
service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-7.
If
ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned off, the initial uplink and downlink
rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table 5-8.
DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
For UEs complying with 3GPP Release 5
3GPP Release 5 supports HSDPA but does not support HSUPA.

ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15 does not take effect for UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 5.
In
scenario 2, as long as RsvU8Para0 is not set to OFF, the PS BE service is always carried on
HSDPA channels in the downlink and the initial uplink rate for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s.
In
scenario 2, as long as RsvU8Para0 is not set to OFF, the initial uplink and downlink rates for PS
BE service is always carried on DCH are listed in Table 5-9.
Inscenario 3, when the uplink and downlink services can be carried on the DCH or HS-DSCH, the
initial uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in
Table 5-9.
DCH 0k DCH 0 kbit/s

WCDMA RAN
DCH 8k DCH 8 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA DCH 8 kbit/s
Inscenario 1, RsvU8Para0 can be set to DCH 0k, DCH 8k, or DCH 8k/HSDPA. The initial uplink rate
for the PS BE service is 8 kbit/s, and downlink services are carried on HSDPA channels.
In
scenario 4, when ReservedSwitch0: RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 is turned on, the initial
uplink and downlink rates for the PS BE service in CS+PS combined services are as listed in Table
5-10.
Setting of ReservedSwitch0: Value of Initial Uplink and Downlink Rates
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT14 RsvU8Para0 for the PS BE Service
1 DCH 0k, DCH 8k, DCH 0 kbit/s
DCH 8k/HSDPA
0 DCH 8k, DCH DCH 8 kbit/s
8k/HSDPA
5.4.4 Target Rate Negotiation

For a BE service in the PS domain, if the cell resource-based admission at the initial rate fails, the RNC
selects a target rate to allocate bandwidth for the service based on cell resources in following cases:
Service setup
Soft handover
DCCC rate upsizing
If the cell has sufficient code and CE resource, the RNC sets the candidate target rate to the one that
matches the cell resource surplus. Then, the RNC sets the target rate to the greater one of the candidate
target rate and the GBR.
In the case of DCCC rate upsizing, if the rate upsizing fails, the target rate is the greater one of the
candidate target rate and the pre-upsizing DCCC rate.
5.5 Admission Decision

A radio link sends a resource request to the CAC functional module when additional resources are
required. On receipt of the resource request, the CAC functional module determines whether the request
can be accepted by measuring the cell load and the requested resource.
The CAC performs the admission decision based on resources such as code resource, power resource,
NodeB credit, and Iub resource. In the case of HSPA resource request, the admission decision is also
based on the number of HSPA users. The admission succeeds only when the resource on which CAC is
based is available.
For details about CAC, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
5.6 Preemption
Common Preemption
This section describes the pre-emption algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption
feature.
By forcibly releasing the resources of lower-priority users, the preemption (pre-emption) function
increases the access success rate of higher-priority users.
After cell/cell group resource-based admission fails, the RNC performs preemption if the following
conditions are met:
The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that preemption is
supported.
In the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message sent by the CN, the Pre-emption Capability IE specifies whether a service
can trigger preemption and the Pre-emption Vulnerability IE specifies whether a service can be preempted. Service
priorities and the Pre-emption Capability and Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs determine whether to perform preemption.
The preemption algorithm switch (PreemptAlgoSwitch) is set to ON.
Preemption is applicable to the following scenarios:
Setup or modification of a service
Hard handover or SRNS relocation
UE state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH
The procedure for preemption is as follows:
1. The RNC selects the target cell for preemption.
For DC-HSDPA/DC-HSUPA services, the RNC selects the primary cell in the DC-HSDPA/DC-HSUPA
cell group as the target cell.
Fornon-DC-HSDPA/non-DC-HSUPA services, the RNC selects a suitable cell with higher service
priority or lower load.
2. The preemption algorithm determines the radio link sets to be preempted.
a. Selects SRNC users first. If no user under the SRNC is available, the algorithm selects users under
the DRNC.
b. Sorts the preemptable users by integrated user priority, or sorts the preemptable RABs by
integrated RAB priority.
c. Determines candidate users or RABs.
For RABs of streaming or BE services, if PriorityReference is set to Traffic Class and
PreemptRefArpSwitch is set to ON, only the ones with lower ARP priority than the RAB to be
established are selected.
Select as many users or RABs as necessary in order to match the resources needed by the RAB to be
established. When the priorities of two users or RABs are the same, the algorithm selects the user or
RAB that can release the most resources.
Preemptable users or RABs must have lower priorities than RABs to be established. The type of
preemptable user or RAB varies, depending on the type of resources that triggers the preemption.

WCDMA RAN
The preemption algorithm checks whether the resources released by preempted UEs or RABs are sufficient for setting
up new RABs. It does not consider the remaining resources in the cell, because they may be used by other UEs during
the preemption.
For the preemption triggered for power, the preempted objects can be R99 users, R99 + HSPA combined users, or
HSPA RABs.
For the preemption triggered for the Iub bandwidth, the preempted objects can only be RABs.
For the preemption triggered for the credit resource, more than one user or RAB can be preempted.
For the preemption triggered for the code, only one user can be preempted.
For CS RABs with the preemption capability, the PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable parameter specifies
whether RRCs can be preempted when there are no RABs to be preempted.
IfPsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to ON, the RRCs whose service request type is the PS BE
service and RABs have not been set up can be preempted by CS RABs.
If PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to OFF, RRCs can not be preempted.
RRCs do not have preemption attributes or priorities. Therefore, preemption attributes and priorities are not considered
during the preemption.
3. The RNC releases the resources occupied by the candidate users, RABs, or RRCs.
4. The requested service directly uses the released resources to access the network without an
admission decision.
For details about preemption of MBMS services, see the MBMS Feature Parameter Description.
Emergency calls take priority over other common users and therefore can preempt all non-emergency
services. The common preemption procedure can be performed regardless of the setting for
PreemptAlgoSwitch.
When NbmWpsAlgorithmSwitch is set to ON, the wireless priority service (WPS) function is enabled.
In such a case, the WPS users can trigger common preemption regardless of the setting for
PreemptAlgoSwitch. WPS users take priority over emergency call users.
WPS is a National Security/Emergency Preparedness (NS/EP) voice service managed by the USA government. The
National Communications System (NCS) is authorized to manage the execution of the WPS project. The
NbmWpsAlgorithmPriority parameter specifies the WPS user priority.
Forced Preemption
Common preemption requires that RABs have been set up or are being set up for preempting users and
that preempting users have higher priorities than preemptable users. Therefore, CS services cannot
trigger preemption in the RRC connection setup phase. Even in the RAB-related phases, CS services
may fail to preempt PS services because of insufficient priorities. When PS traffic volume is high and
radio resources are insufficient, the success rate for CS service setup may decrease. To solve this
problem, forced preemption is introduced. This function ensures preferred access of AMR services and a
high success rate for AMR service setup.
After forced preemption is enabled, only CS conversational services can trigger preemption and only PS BE services can
be preempted.
The forced preemption function is controlled by PreemptAlgoSwitch and RsvdPara1 together. The
RsvdPara1 parameter consists of two sub-parameters: RSVDBIT4 and RSVDBIT5. RSVDBIT4
indicates whether CS services can preempt the resources for PS services during a CS RRC connection

WCDMA RAN
setup. RSVDBIT5 indicates whether CS services can preempt the resources for PS BE services during a
CS RAB-related phase.
The following table describes how these two sub-parameters determine preemption.
Table 5-11 How these two sub-parameters determine preemption
RsvdPara1: RsvdPara1: RRC Connection RAB-Related Phases
RSVDBIT5 RSVDBIT4 Setup Phase
On Off CS conversational If RAB admission for CS
services cannot conversational services fails, PS BE
preempt PS BE services can be preempted
services. unconditionally.
On On If RRC admission for If RAB admission for CS
CS conversational conversational services fails, PS BE
services fails, PS BE services can be preempted
services can be unconditionally.
preempted
unconditionally.
Off On If RRC admission for Common preemption is performed.
CS conversational That is, service priorities and the
services fails, PS BE Pre-emption Capability and
services whose Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs
Pre-emption determine whether to perform
Vulnerability IE is set to preemption.
"pre-emptable" can be
preempted.
Off Off CS conversational Common preemption is performed.
services cannot That is, service priorities and the
preempt PS BE Pre-emption Capability and
services. Pre-emption Vulnerability IEs
determine whether to perform
preemption.
In the RRC connection setup phase, if an RRC setup request is from the CS domain and the cause of RRC setup is
Originating Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational Call, the RNC regards the corresponding service as CS
conversational service.
In the case of unconditional preemption, the RNC does not compare the priority of CS conversational
services with that of PS BE services. In addition, it does not consider the Pre-emption Capability or
Pre-emption Vulnerability IE delivered by the CN. In this case, PS BE services can be preempted by any
CS conversational services and only PS BE services can be preempted. Preempted PS BE services are
ranked by priority and PS BE services with the lowest priority are preempted.
When a UE transits to the CELL_DCH state from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state due to a CS
service request, the RNC implements the policy of forced preemption based on the setting of
CsP2DPreemptSwitch.
If CsP2DPreemptSwitch is set to OFF, the CS service request does not support preemption during a
transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state.

WCDMA RAN
If CsP2DPreemptSwitch is set to ON, the CS service can preempt only PS BE services during a
transition from the URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state, regardless of the
preemption attributes and priorities of the CS and PS BE services.
If there is no PS BE services to preempt, forced preemption is implemented and the RRCs for PS BE
services are preempted when PsBERrcPreemptVulnerable is set to ON. Otherwise, preemption fails.
For details about preemption of RRCs for PS BE services, see "Common Preemption" in section 5.6
"Preemption."
5.7 Queuing
This section describes the queuing algorithm in the WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre-Emption feature.
For PS services, after preemption fails, the RNC performs queuing if the following conditions are met:
The RNC receives an RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message indicating that queuing is supported.
The queuing algorithm switch (QueueAlgoSwitch) is set to ON.
The queuing function is triggered by the heartbeat timer that is set by the PollTimerLen parameter. Each
time the timer expires, the RNC selects the service that meets the requirement to make an admission
attempt.
The UE requesting DC-HSDPA/DC-HSUPA services will be queued in the selected primary cell.
The queuing function performs the following functions:

The queuing algorithm checks whether the queue is full, that is, whether the number of service
requests in the queue exceeds QueueLen.
The queuing algorithm decides whether to put the request into the queue, as described in the following
table.
Table 5-12 Putting the new request into the queue
If the queue is... Then the queuing algorithm...
Not full Stamps this request with the request time (T_request)
Puts this request into the queue
Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started
Full Checks whether the integrated priority of any existing request is lower than that of
the new request
If yes, then the queuing algorithm:
- Checks the queuing time of each request. The algorithm removes the request
with the longest queuing time from the queue
- Stamps the new request with the request time (T_request) and then puts it into
the queue
- Starts the heartbeat timer if it is not started
If no, then the queuing algorithm rejects the new request directly
After the heartbeat timer expires, the queuing algorithm performs resource-based admission attempts as
follows:

WCDMA RAN
Rejects the request if the queuing time of the request (Telapsed) is longer than the maximum queuing
time (MaxQueueTimeLen). Here, Telapsed is equal to the current time minus the request time
(T_request).
Selects the request with the highest integrated priority for a resource-based admission attempt.
If more than one service has the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects the request with the
longest queuing time.
If the attempt is successful, the heartbeat timer is restarted for the next processing.
If the attempt fails, the queuing algorithm proceeds as follows:
Putsthe service request back into the queue with the request time (T_request) unchanged for the next
attempt.
Selectsthe request with the longest queuing time from the rest and makes another attempt until a
request is accepted or all requests are rejected.
5.8 Low-Rate Access of the PS BE Service

If the low-rate access of the PS BE service function is eabled, the PS BE service can access the target
cell at a low rate in the case of a preemption or queuing failure, to increases the access success rate.
Low-rate access means access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s, FACH, or enhanced FACH (E-FACH).
The low-rate access of the PS BE service function is eabled when the following conditions are met:
The PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH subparameter of the PsSwitch parameter is
set to 1.
The RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT14 subparameter of the ReservedSwitch1 parameter is set to 0.
The DRA_DCCC_SWITCH subparameter of the DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.
The PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH subparameter of the PsSwitch parameter is set to 1.
Low-rate access is used in the following scenarios:
RAB setup
Hard handover or SRNS relocation
After a service request is rejected, the low-rate access actions in different scenarios are as follows:
Scenario Scenario Description FACH/E_FACH DCH at 0 kbit/s

RAB setup The RRC connection is set up on the FACH x
or E-FACH.
The RRC connection is set up on the DCH. x
The RRC connection is set up on the HSPA x
channel.
The CS service is set up, and a new PS x
service is to be set up.
The existing PS service is set up on the x
FACH/E-FACH, and a new PS service is to
be set up.
The existing PS service is set up on the x
DCH, and a new PS service is to be set up.

WCDMA RAN
Scenario Scenario Description FACH/E_FACH DCH at 0 kbit/s

The existing PS service is set up on the x (the new PS
HSPA channel, and a new PS service is to service can be
be set up. admitted at 0 kbit/s)
The PS service is set up, and a new CS x x
service is to be set up.
Hard Hard handover or relocation is performed x (only the PS
handover or for the CS+PS combined services. service can be
relocation admitted at 0 kbit/s)
Hard handover or relocation is performed x
for the PS+PS combined services.
After an appropriate access action is determined, the service attempts to access the network.
If the action of access from the DCH at 0 kbit/s is determined, the service attempts to access the
network at 0 kbit/s for traffic and at the normal rate for signaling. For details about the methods of
resource-based admission decision, see the Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description.
If the action of access from the FACH/E-FACH is determined, the service attempts to access the
network from the FACH/E-FACH.
If the attempt fails, this service is rejected.
For the service that accesses the network at 0 kbit/s, the ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen timer is
started after the service rate fails to increase for the first time. If the rate fails to increase even after the
timer expires, the service is released, and the connection is also released for a single service.
If no data is transmitted for some time after the access, the UE state changes to another state. For
details about state transition, see the State Transition Feature Parameter Description.
5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls

This section describes the WRFD-021104 Emergency Call feature.
To guarantee successful access of emergency calls, the RNC takes special measures for emergency
calls.
5.9.1 RRC Connection Setup Process of Emergency Calls

Compared with the RRC connection setup process of common services, the RRC connection setup
process of emergency calls includes the preemption due to hard resource-based admission failure. Hard
resources include code, Iub, and CE resource. The following figure shows the RRC connection setup
process of an emergency call.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-4 RRC connection setup process of an emergency call
The RNC does not perform RRC redirection for service steering.
In the case of power-based admission, the emergency call is admitted regardless of whether the CAC
function is enabled or not.
In the case of hard resource-based admission, the emergency call is admitted if the current remaining
resources are sufficient for RRC connection setup. If the admission fails, preemption is performed
regardless of whether the preemption is enabled or not. The emergency call that triggers preemption has
the highest priority. The range of users who can be preempted is specified by the
EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.
If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network
can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.
If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to OFF, only the non-emergency users with preemption-allowed
attribute can be preempted.
The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common
services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."
5.9.2 RAB Process of Emergency Calls

Compared with the RAB process of common services, the RAB process of emergency calls includes
special processing of resource-based admission and preemption.
RAB Admission of Emergency Calls

In case of power resource:
If the CAC function is enabled, regardless of which algorithm is selected, the admission decision is
made as follows:
When the EMC_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of the NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to 1,
power-based admission fails if the system is in the overload congestion state. Otherwise, the
admission succeeds.
When this sub-parameter is set to 0, the emergency calls are directly admitted.
If the CAC function switch is off, the emergency calls are directly admitted.
For hard resources (that is, code, Iub, and CE), the resource-based admission is successful if the
current remaining resources are sufficient for the request.
Preemption of Emergency Calls

If cell resource-based admission fails, preemption is performed regardless of whether the preempt
function is enabled or not. The emergency calls that trigger preemption have the highest priority. The
range of users who can be preempted is specified by the EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch parameter.

WCDMA RAN
If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to ON, all non-emergency users who have accessed the network
can be preempted, regardless of the preemption-prohibited attribute of the users.
If EmcPreeRefVulnSwitch is set to OFF, only the non-emergency users with preemption-allowed
attribute can be preempted.
The principles for selection of specific users to be preempted are the same as those for common
services. For details, see section 5.6 "Preemption."

WCDMA RAN 6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
Load Control Configurable Load Threshold
6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on

Configurable Load Threshold
6.1 Overview
This chapter describes the WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold feature.
This feature balances the load among inter-frequency cells in inter-frequency networking scenarios. CLB
is short for the feature name. Based on the load thresholds set for power resource, code resource, and
CE resource, the RNC with CLB enabled can determine whether and when to trigger inter-frequency
load balancing in different scenarios.
CLB is used in the following scenarios:
Overlay network: The cells in a sector use equipment provided by different vendors, and these cells
may be managed by different RNCs. In this scenario, LDR cannot be used for load balancing among
cells under different RNCs.
Macro and micro combined network: Macro and micro cells are networked using different frequencies.
In this scenario, micro cells are required to absorb traffic volume preferentially, which means that load
balancing needs to be performed before a cell is overloaded. The existing LDR threshold cannot be
randomly changed. CLB can absorb traffic before load balancing is performed.
When the usage of cell resource exceeds the threshold for triggering the CLB state, the cell enters the
CLB state. In this case, CLB inter-frequency handovers are required to reduce the cell load and increase
the access success rate.
Figure 6-1 shows the CLB procedure.

Figure 6-1 CLB procedure
The CLB procedure is as follows:

1. A user selects the INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD field under the
FuncSwitch1 parameter to enable CLB.
2. The RNC determines whether a cell is in the CLB state based on the power resource, code resource,
or CE resource. For details, see section 6.2 "Decision to Trigger or Release the CLB State." If the cell
is in the CLB state, the procedure proceeds to the next step.

3. The RNC selects a user with the lowest priority for the CLB inter-frequency handover and checks the
number of selected users,
If
the number of selected users is lower than or equal to the value of the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO
parameter, the procedure proceeds to the next step.
If
the number of selected users is larger than the value of the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter,
the RNC waits for the next CLB period specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter and then
returns to step 2.
For details about user selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover, see section 6.3 "User Selection
for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."
4. The RNC selects the target cell or cells of a CLB inter-frequency handover for the selected users. For
details, see section 6.4 "Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."
5. When the NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC checks the number of
users in compressed mode with spreading factor (SF)/2 reduction.
If
the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in the cell is lower than
CellSFCMUserNumThd, the procedure proceeds to the next step.
If
the number of users in compressed mode with SF/2 reduction in the cell is larger than or equal to
CellSFCMUserNumThd, the RNC waits for a CLB period specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen
parameter and then returns to step 2.
The first CLB period starts when a cell enters the CLB state.
6. The RNC performs inter-frequency measurements and handovers. For details, see section 6.5
"Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers." After the handovers are complete, the procedure
proceeds to 4.
6.2 Decision to Trigger or Release the CLB State

The CLB state of a cell is triggered by insufficient power resource, code resource, or CE resource.
The CLB switches for power resource, code resource, and CE resource are listed in Table 6-1. Turn on
associated CLB switches to enable CLB for power resource, code resource, or CE resource.
Table 6-1 CLB switches for power resource, code resource, and CE resource
Resource Type Scope CLB Switch
Power resource Uplink NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: UL_UU_CLB
Downlink NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: DL_UU_CLB
Code resource Downlink NBMLdcAlgoSwitch: CELL_CODE_CLB
CE resource Cell level NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: CELL_CREDIT_CLB
Local cell group NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
level
NodeB level NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch: NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH
If the uplink or downlink load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the
corresponding CLB triggering threshold listed in Table 6-2 for a period specified by the
UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the cell enters the CLB state and the RNC
performs inter-frequency measurements and handovers towards the target cell. If the uplink or downlink
load on the power resource, code resource, or CE resource is lower than the corresponding CLB

releasing threshold for a period specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter,

the cell releases the CLB state and the RNC stops inter-frequency measurements and handovers
towards the target cell.
Table 6-2 CLB thresholds for power resource, code resource, and CE resource
Resource Type Service Uplink/Downlink CLB Triggering CLB Releasing Threshold
Type Threshold (Unit: %) (Unit: %)
Power resource CS Uplink UlPwrCSClbTrigThd UlPwrCSClbRelThd
Downlink DlPwrCSClbTrigThd DlPwrCSClbRelThd
PS Uplink UlPwrPSClbTrigThd UlPwrPSClbRelThd
Downlink DlPwrPSClbTrigThd DlPwrPSClbRelThd
Code resource CS Downlink CellSfCSClbTrigThd CellSfCSClbRelThd
PS Downlink CellSfPSClbTrigThd CellSfPSClbRelThd
CE resource CS Uplink UlCreditCSClbTrigThd UlCreditCSClbRelThd
Downlink DlCreditCSClbTrigThd DlCreditCSClbRelThd
PS Uplink UlCreditPSClbTrigThd UlCreditPSClbRelThd
Downlink DlCreditPSClbTrigThd DlCreditPSClbRelThd
Set the CLB releasing threshold to a value smaller than the CLB triggering threshold. It is recommended
that the difference value (in unit of %) be greater than or equal to 10.
The CLB state triggered by a CS service or the CS and PS combined services is referred to as the CS
CLB state, and the CLB state triggered by a PS service is referred to as the PS CLB state. Details are as
follows:
If the cell is in the CS CLB state, which means that the uplink or downlink cell load on the power
resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the CS CLB triggering threshold for a period
specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the RNC selects the users
performing CS services.
For CS and PS combined services, the RNC determines their CS CLB state the same way it does with CS services.
If the cell is in the PS CLB state, which means that the uplink or downlink cell load on the power
resource, code resource, or CE resource is higher than the PS CLB triggering threshold for a period
specified by the UlLdTrnsHysTime or DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter, the RNC selects the users
performing PS services.
If the cell is in the CS and PS CLB states simultaneously, the RNC selects both the users performing
CS services and the users performing PS services.
Figure 6-2 shows the process for triggering and releasing the CLB state.

Figure 6-2 Triggering and releasing the CLB state
The RNC performs periodic CLB checks, checking whether the cells are in the CLB state. The period of
a CLB check is specified by the ClbPeriodTimerLen parameter.
If the current UL/DL load is higher than or equal to the UL/DL CLB triggering threshold for a hysteresis
time (UlLdTrnsHysTime/DlLdTrnsHysTime), the cell is in the CLB congestion state and the related
CLB actions are triggered.
If the current UL/DL load is lower than the UL/DL CLB releasing threshold for a hysteresis time
(UlLdTrnsHysTime / DlLdTrnsHysTime), the cell enters the normal state.
6.3 User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover

For different resources, user selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover depends on the services
carried on the uplink and downlink, as shown in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3 User selection for a CLB inter-frequency handover
Resources UL/DL Service CLB User Selection
DCH
UL HSUPA
DC-HSUPA
Power DCH
HSDPA
DL
DC-HSDPA -
FACH (MBMS) -
UL - -
Code DCH
DL
HSDPA -

Resources UL/DL Service CLB User Selection

DC-HSDPA -
FACH (MBMS) -
DCH
UL HSUPA
DC-HSUPA
Credit DCH
HSDPA -
DL
DC-HSDPA -
FACH (MBMS) -
When a cell enters the CLB state, the RNC selects users for inter-frequency measurements based on
the following conditions:
The RNC selects users that support one of the frequencies used by the inter-frequency neighboring
cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE.
The RNC selects users based on the CLB state of a cell.
If the cell is in the CS CLB state, the RNC selects the users performing CS services.
If the cell is in the PS CLB state, the RNC selects the users performing PS services.
If
the cell is in the CS and PS CLB states simultaneously, the RNC selects both the users performing
CS services and the users performing PS services.
The RNC selects users with a bandwidth smaller than the bandwidth upper limit.
The bandwidth of UEs processing non-HSPA services and HSPA CS AMR services is their current rate,
and the bandwidth of UEs processing HSPA PS BE services and streaming services is the GBR. The
parameters related to the bandwidth limit are UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd.
The RNC does not select DC-HSDPA users.
The RNC can select DC-HSUPA users whose primary cell is in the CLB state.
The RNC selects gold users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter is set to ON.
Then, the RNC sorts the selected users by integrated user priority in ascending order. The RNC selects
users with lower priorities first and then users with higher priorities. For users having the same integrated
priority, a user is randomly selected. The maximum number of selected users is specified by the
MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter. For details about the integrated user priority, see section 2.3.3
"Integrated User Priority."
6.4 Target Cell Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover

The RNC selects a target cell of a CLB inter-frequency handover for each selected user. Based on the
value of the CellLoadBalanceRange parameter, the RNC decides whether to select the inter-frequency
neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE under the neighboring RNC (CLB-capable neighboring cell
for short). The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter values are as follows:
ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC: Only intra-RNC inter-frequency load balancing is allowed. Only a
CLB-capable neighboring cell under the same RNC can be selected as the target cell.

ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC: Only inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing is allowed. Only a

CLB-capable neighboring cell under the neighboring RNC can be selected as the target cell.
BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC: Intra- and inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing are
both allowed. A CLB-capable neighboring cell under the same RNC or the neighboring RNC can be
selected as the target cell.
The process for selecting a target cell of an inter-frequency handover varies according to the following
conditions:
The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC.
TheRNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE. These cells must
be under the same RNC as the source cell in the CLB state.
From the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the inter-frequency neighboring cells working
on the frequencies that are not supported by UEs to be handed over ,the inter-frequency neighboring
cells in the CLB state, and the inter-frequency neighboring cells in the LDR state.
From the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the cells whose cell load is larger than the CLB
triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold, ensuring that the selected cells have
sufficient resources. The selected cells are combined as candidate cells. The CLB triggering
threshold and difference threshold are set based on the air interface load, CE resource, and code
resource. The CLB difference threshold is used to set the resource space threshold for CLB
inter-frequency handovers. The related parameters are described as follows:
Resource Type Uplink Downlink
Power resource UlPwrLoadSpaceThd DlPwrLoadSpaceThd
Code resource None ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd
CE resource UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd
From the candidate cells, the RNC selects a cell or cells with the highest priority as the target cell or
cells based on the CLB-capable neighboring cell priority (CLBPrio).
When the reference user speed optimization switch (UESpdOptSwitch) is set to ON, high-speed
users cannot be handed over to a micro cell. For details on how to identify high-speed users, see the
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, and
SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch is set to ON.
The RNC can identify the CLB state of the inter-RNC neighboring cell only by the "high load cell" mark. If the
SepRNCNCellLoadEstSwitch parameter is set to OFF, the RNC does not identify the CLB state by the "high load cell"
mark.
The
RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring cells whose CLBFlag is TRUE. The selected cells
must NOT be under the same RNC as the source cell in the CLB state.
From the previously selected cells, the RNC excludes the inter-frequency neighboring cells working
on the frequencies that are not supported by UEs to be handed over and the inter-frequency
neighboring cells in the CLB state and the 3G cells marked "high load cell" as candidate cells. The
details about the 3G cells marked "high load cell" are as follows:
a) During the time window defined by UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindow, if the number of inter-RNC
handover failures due to neighboring cell congestion or high load reaches the value of the
UmtsCellIFHOFailNum parameter, the 3G cell is marked "high load cell". Inter-frequency
measurements on and handovers towards the 3G cell are forbidden. The handover failure
causes include Relocation Preparation Failure and Radio Link Setup Failure.

b) When a 3G cell under a neighboring RNC is marked "high load cell", a penalty timer
(PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCell) starts. The 3G cell cannot be selected as the target cell of a
CLB inter-frequency handover until the timer expires. When it expires, the "high load cell" mark
is removed from the 3G cell.
When the reference user speed optimization switch (UESpdOptSwitch) is set to ON, high-speed
users are not allowed to be handed over to a micro cell. For details on how to identify high-speed
users, see the Handover Feature Parameter Description.
The CellLoadBalanceRange parameter is set to BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC.
The
RNC selects the combination of target cells that are selected when this parameter is set to
ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC and ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC as candidate cells.
In the preceding three scenarios, if the RNC selects a DC-HSUPA user, the target cell must not be an inter-frequency
neighboring cell from the same carrier group.
6.5 Inter-Frequency Measurements and Handovers

The RNC sends the inter-frequency measurement control message to the UEs selected for CLB
inter-frequency handovers, instructing the UEs to perform inter-frequency measurements for CLB
inter-frequency handovers. This message contains information about one or more target cells. If the
compressed mode is required for inter-frequency measurements, the RNC starts the compressed mode
first. For details about how target cells are selected, see section 6.4 "Target Cell Selection for a CLB
Inter-Frequency Handover." For details about how UEs are selected for CLB inter-frequency handovers,
see section 6.3 "User Selection for a CLB Inter-Frequency Handover."
The UEs selected for CLB inter-frequency handovers send the RNC measurement reports, containing
the cell quality information about one or more target cells. Upon receiving such a measurement report,
the RNC performs the following:
The RNC initiates an inter-frequency hard handover if the received measurement report includes a cell
that meets all of the following criteria:
The cell quality meets the RSCP-based and Ec/Io-based inter-frequency handover thresholds.
The cell is not in the CLB state.
The cell load is less than or equal to the CLB triggering threshold minus the CLB difference threshold.
If the inter-frequency hard handover succeeds, the RNC processes the next UE. If the handover fails,
the RNC waits for the next measurement report. If the UE cannot be handed over to any of the candidate
cells, the RNC decides that the UE cannot be handed over and processes the next one.
If the received measurement report includes more than one cell, the RNC selects a target cell based
on the following rules and initiates an inter-frequency hard handover.
TheRNC selects cells whose cell load meets the RSCP-based and Ec/Io-based inter-frequency
handover thresholds.
The RNC excludes cells in the CLB state and cells whose cell load exceeds the CLB triggering
threshold minus the CLB difference threshold.
The RNC selects a cell with the highest integrated priority as the target cell. If more than one cell has
the highest integrated priority, the RNC selects any of them as the target cell.
If the inter-frequency hard handover succeeds, the RNC processes the next UE. If the handover fails,
the RNC selects the target cell with the second-highest integrated priority. If the handover still fails, the

RNC waits for the next measurement report. If the UE cannot be handed over to any of the candidate
cells, the RNC decides that the UE cannot be handed over and processes the next one.
6.6 Related Features

The features that CLB depends on vary in different scenarios:
In the intra-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB does not depend on any features.
In the inter-band inter-frequency networking scenario, CLB depends on the WRFD-020110 Multi
Frequency Band Networking Management feature.
The difference between CLB and LDR lies in timing for algorithm triggering. LDR is used in the basic
congestion scenario. CLB is used for load balancing when:
The cell has not been congested.
The cell has been congested but LDR cannot be used for load balancing, such as load balancing
among cells under different RNCs.
CLB is independent from LDR.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing
7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

7.1 Overview
In the case of intra-frequency neighboring cells, the current cell and the intra-frequency neighboring cells
dynamically adjust their coverage based on their load. When the cell load increases, cell coverage is
decreased so that some UEs at the cell edge are handed over to intra-frequency neighboring cells. This
reduces the load of the current cell. When the cell load decreases, cell coverage is increased to absorb
some load of other cells.
Intra-frequency load balancing uses idle resources in neighboring cells to increase the capacity of the
current cell. This increases resource usage and system capacity.
Intra-frequency load balancing is classified into downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink
intra-frequency load balancing. Downlink intra-frequency load balancing and uplink intra-frequency load
balancing cannot be used simultaneously.
7.2 Downlink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

This chapter describes the WRFD-020104 Intra-Frequency Load Balance feature.
Downlink intra-frequency load balancing is performed to adjust the coverage areas of cells according to
the measured values of cell load. It is applicable only to the downlink.
Downlink intra-frequency load balancing between intra-frequency cells is performed by adjusting the
transmit power of the Primary Common Pilot Channel (P-CPICH) according to the downlink load of the
associated cells.
When this function is activated, that is, when the INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB sub-parameter of the
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter is set to 1, the RNC checks the load of cells periodically and adjusts the
transmit power of the P-CPICH in the associated cells based on the cell load.
The following figure shows the procedure for downlink intra-frequency load balancing.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 7-1 Procedure of downlink intra-frequency load balancing
The downlink intra-frequency load balancing is described as follows:

If the downlink load of a cell is higher than the cell overload threshold (CellOverrunThd), it is an
indication that the cell is heavily overloaded. In this case, the transmit power of the P-CPICH needs to
be reduced step by step. The step is specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the minimum transmit power of P-CPICH (MinPCPICHPower),
the current transmit power is not adjusted.
Because of the reduction in the pilot power, the UEs at the edge of the cell can be handed over to
neighboring cells, especially to those with a relatively light load and with relatively high pilot power.
After that, the downlink load of the cell is lightened accordingly.
If the downlink load of a cell is lower than the cell underload threshold (CellUnderrunThd), it is an
indication that the cell has sufficient remaining capacity for more load. In this case, the transmit power
of the P-CPICH can be increased step by step to help lighten the load of neighboring cells. The step is
specified by the PCPICHPowerPace parameter.
If the current transmit power is equal to the maximum transmit power of P-CPICH
(MaxPCPICHPower), the current transmit power is not adjusted.
7.3 Uplink Intra-Frequency Load Balancing

In scenarios where uplink interference is always strong, increased RTWP leads to limited uplink
coverage, causing uplink and downlink coverage imbalance. To solve this problem, the RTWP-based
uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is introduced. If this algorithm finds that uplink coverage
limitation is caused by RTWP, it automatically adjusts pilot power and decreases downlink coverage,
thereby balancing uplink and downlink coverage. This algorithm reduces the call drop ratio of cell edge
users caused by strong external interference. After the uplink RTWP becomes normal, this algorithm
automatically adjusts the pilot power to normal.

WCDMA RAN
The uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm is specified by the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch:

UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB parameter. Figure 7-2 shows the process of the uplink intra-frequency
load balancing algorithm.
Figure 7-2 Process of the uplink intra-frequency load balancing algorithm
As shown in Figure 7-2, the RNC performs the following actions in each ULB period (specified by the
IntraFreqULBPeriodTimerLen parameter):
1. The RNC obtains RTWP from the NodeB and then performs smooth filtering on the RTWP value. The
smooth filtering window is specified by the ULBAvgFilterLen parameter.
2. The RNC evaluates the uplink load of the current cell based on the filtered RTWP value.
If
the filtered RTWP value is between RTWPHeavyThd and RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the
load of the current cell to be normal. In this case, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this
period.
If
the filtered RTWP value is more than or equal to RTWPHeavyThd, the RNC considers the load of
the current cell to be heavy. In this case, the RNC performs step 3.
If
the filtered RTWP value is less than or equal to RTWPLightThd, the RNC considers the load of the
current cell to be light. In this case, the RNC performs step 4.
3. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MinPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is more
than MinPCPICHPower, the RNC decreases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.
4. The RNC compares the current pilot power and MaxPCPICHPower. If the current pilot power is less
than MaxPCPICHPower, the RNC increases the current pilot power by one step (specified by the
PCPICHPowerPace parameter). Otherwise, the RNC does not adjust the pilot power in this period.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 8 Load Reshuffling
8 Load Reshuffling
This chapter describes the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature.
When the usage of cell resources exceeds the basic congestion trigger threshold, the cell enters the
basic congestion state. In this case, LDR is required to reduce the cell load and increase the access
success rate.
8.1 Basic Congestion Triggering

The basic congestion of a cell is caused by insufficient power resource, code resource, Iub resource, or
NodeB credit resource. A cell where the basic congestion occurs is referred to as a cell in the LDR state.
For power resource, the RNC performs periodic measurement and checks whether the cells are
congested. For code, Iub, and NodeB credit resources, the RNC checks whether the cells are congested
when resource usage changes.
If the congestion of all resources is triggered in a cell, the basic congestion triggered by different
resources will be relieved in order of resource priority for load reshuffling as configured by running the
SET ULDCALGOPARA command.
8.1.1 Power Resource

The uplink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:
If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_First, ALGORITHM_THIRD, or
ALGORITHM_OFF, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on power
resource.
If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_FORTH, the uplink load
reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on the total uplink load corresponding to the
actual uplink service load.
If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the uplink load
reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.
For an HSUPA cell, if the sub-parameter HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS of NBMCacAlgoSwitch is not selected,

regardless of the value of the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic
congestion based on ENU.
If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example,
when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the measurement results, the uplink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger
basic congestion based on ENU.
The downlink load reshuffling algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:
If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_OFF, ALGORITHM_First, or
ALGORITHM_THIRD, the downlink load reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on
power resource.
If the parameter NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_SECOND, the downlink load
reshuffling algorithm will trigger basic congestion based on ENU.
If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell is calculated based
on the uncontrollable load in the HSUPA cell or total RTWP load in the R99 cell. And the downlink load of
the cell is calculated based on the load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the HSDPA cell or total TCP load
in the R99 cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the downlink load of
the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load of the cell, respectively. For details about the load of

WCDMA RAN
a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, see the Call Admission Control Feature
Parameter Description.
In a DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell, if the cell load is calculated based on the number of equivalent users, only the
equivalent users on the primary carrier are counted in the DC-HSDPA or DC-HSUPA cell.
Congestion control based on power resource can be enabled through the DL_UU_LDR and
UL_UU_LDR sub-parameters of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and relieving of basic congestion.
Figure 8-1 Triggering and relieving of basic congestion
As shown in Figure 8-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UL/DL LDR trigger
threshold (UlLdrTrigThd or DlLdrTrigThd) for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the basic congestion state,
and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in Table 8-2, are taken. If the current UL/DL load of the
cell is lower than the UL/DL LDR relief threshold (UlLdrRelThd or DlLdrRelThd) for a hysteresis time,
the cell changes to the normal state and the related load reshuffling actions are stopped.
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the DlLdTrnsHysTime parameter; for the uplink, the hysteresis time
is 600 ms.
The DL LDR trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the DL LDR trigger
thresholds of the two cells in this group. The DL LDR relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals
the sum of the DL LDR relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA cell group is in the
basic congestion state, the related LDR actions are performed in each cell separately.
In a DC-HSUPA cell, LDR triggering and execution happen in the two cells respectively.
8.1.2 Code Resource

Congestion control based on code resource can be enabled through the CELL_CODE_LDR
sub-parameter of the NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.

WCDMA RAN
If the SF corresponding to the current remaining code of the cell is larger than the value of
CellLdrSfResThd, code congestion is triggered and the related load reshuffling actions, as listed in
Table 8-2, are taken.
8.1.3 Iub Resource

Congestion control based on Iub resource can be enabled through the IUB_LDR sub-parameter of the
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
Iub congestion control in both the uplink and downlink is NodeB-oriented. In the case of Iub congestion,
LDR actions are applied to congestion resolution. Iub congestion is detected in a separate processing
module. For details about the decision on Iub congestion detection, see the Transmission Resource
Management Feature Parameter Description.
For the basic congestion caused by Iub resource, all UEs under the NodeB are the objects of related
LDR actions.
8.1.4 NodeB Credit Resource

The basic congestion caused by NodeB credit resource is of the following types:
Type A: Basic congestion at the local cell level
If the cell UL/DL current remaining credit resource is lower than the credit resource corresponding to
the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd or DlLdrCreditSfResThd (set by running the ADD
UCELLLDR command), credit congestion at the cell level is triggered and related load reshuffling
actions will be taken in the current cell.
Type B: Basic congestion at the local cell group level (if any)
Type C: Basic congestion at the NodeB level
If the cell group or NodeB UL/DL current remaining credit resource is lower than the credit resource
corresponding to the SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd or DlLdrCreditSfResThd (set by running
the ADD UNODEBLDR command), credit congestion at the cell group or NodeB level is triggered and
related load reshuffling actions will be taken.
The basic congestion of type A will not trigger load-based inter-frequency handovers while the basic
congestion of type B or C will trigger such actions.
The following table lists the LDR switches that need to be set to 1 for different algorithm types.
Table 8-1 LDR switches to be set to 1
Algorithm Load Control Algorithm Switch LDC Algorithm Switch
Type A LC_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH CELL_CREDIT_LDR
Type B LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH LCG_CREDIT_LDR
Type C NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH NODEB_CREDIT_LDR
8.2 LDR Procedure

When the cell is in the basic congestion state, the RNC takes one of the following actions in each period
(specified by the LdrPeriodTimerLen parameter by running the SET ULDCPERIOD command) until the
congestion is relieved. These procedures apply to HSPA cells and R99 cells:
For R99 cells, only DCH UEs are selected by LDR actions.

WCDMA RAN
The GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter specifies whether LDR actions select gold users. The RNC selects gold
users only when the GoldUserLoadControlSwitch parameter is set to ON.
Load-based inter-frequency handover
Code reshuffling
AMR rate reduction
Inter-RAT load-based handover in the CS domain, which involves the following actions:
Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain
Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain
The difference between the "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" and "Inter-RAT Should
Not Be Load-based Handover In the CS/PS Domain" actions lies in the selection of users. The former only involves
CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE in RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST set to "handover to GSM should be
performed", while the latter only involves CS/PS users with the "service handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not
be performed". For details about the "service handover" IE, see the Handover Feature Parameter Description.
Inter-RAT load-based handover in the PS domain, which involves the following actions:
Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain
Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain
QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services
MBMS power reduction
The sequence of LDR actions can be changed by running the MOD UCELLLDR/MOD UNODEBLDR
command.
The following figure illustrates the detailed LDR procedure. In this example, the sequence of LDR
actions is fixed to load-based inter-frequency handover, code reshuffling, BE rate reduction, inter-RAT
handover in CS domain, inter-RAT handover in PS domain, AMR rate reduction, QoS Renegotiation for
Uncontrollable Real-Time Services, and MBMS power reduction.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 8-2 LDR procedure
As shown in the preceding figure, when the system is congested, the load-based inter-frequency
handover is initiated first.
If the handover succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested. If the
system is still congested, the load-based inter-frequency handover is initiated again.
If the handover fails, code reshuffling is performed:
Ifthe code reshuffling succeeds, the algorithm continues to check whether the system is congested.
If the system is still congested, the code reshuffling is initiated again.
If the code reshuffling fails, the next action, BE rate reduction, is taken.
The remaining actions to be performed may be deduced by analogy. For details about LDR actions, see
section 8.3 "LDR Actions."
The LDR actions that are triggered by basic congestion caused by different resources are different.
Table 8-2 describes the LDR actions intended for different resources.
When the basic congestion is triggered by different resources, the congestion can be relieved in an order
set by running the SET ULDCALGOPARA command.

WCDMA RAN
Table 8-2 LDR actions intended for different resources

Res UL/ Service LDR Actions
ourc DL
es Load- BE Inter Inter-RA AMR QoS Code MBMS
based Rate -RA T Rate Renego Resh Power
Inter- Redu T Handove Reducti tiation ufflin Reducti
Frequ ction Han r in PS on for g on
ency dove Domain Uncont
Hand r in rollable
over CS Real-Ti
Dom me
ain Service
s
Pow UL DCH *
er
HSUPA *
DC-HS
UPA
DL DCH *
HSDPA
DC-HS
DPA
FACH *
(MBMS)
Iub UL DCH
HSUPA
DC-HS
UPA
DL DCH
HSDPA
DC-HS
DPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Cod - -
e
DL DCH *
HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
Cred UL DCH
it
HSUPA

WCDMA RAN
Res UL/ Service LDR Actions

ourc DL
es Load- BE Inter Inter-RA AMR QoS Code MBMS
based Rate -RA T Rate Renego Resh Power
Inter- Redu T Handove Reducti tiation ufflin Reducti
Frequ ction Han r in PS on for g on
ency dove Domain Uncont
Hand r in rollable
over CS Real-Ti
Dom me
ain Service
s
DC-HS
UPA
DL DCH
HSDPA
FACH
(MBMS)
A few actions in Table 8-2 are described as follows:

The Inter-RAT Handover in CS Domain action can be performed for the HSDPA services only when
the HsdpaCMPermissionInd parameter is set to TRUE.
If the uplink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the load-based inter-frequency
handover for HSUPA user can be performed.
If the uplink power-based admission uses the power resource algorithm, the load-based
inter-frequency handover for HSUPA user cannot be performed, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the
preceding table.
If the downlink power-based admission uses the ENU algorithm, the basic congestion can also be
caused by the ENU. In this situation, LDR actions do not involve AMR rate reduction or MBMS power
reduction, as indicated by the symbol "*" in the preceding table.
In the same environment, different rates have different downlink transmit powers. The higher the rate,
the greater the downlink transmit power. Therefore, the load can be reduced by bandwidth
reconfiguration.
If dynamic CE resource management is enabled, BE service rate downsizing of LDR actions that is
triggered by insufficient NodeB credit resource is ineffective to HSUPA users.
For LDR triggered by Iub congestion, RNC selects UEs in the congested path or port.
Load-based inter-frequency handovers triggered by code resource congestion support blind
handovers but do not support measurement-based handovers.
In an LDR-triggered DC-HSUPA cell, the RNC selects only the DC-HSUPA UEs whose current cell is
the primary carrier cell. If LDR is triggered because of insufficient uplink power or number of equivalent
users, the RNC does not select the DC-HSUPA UEs whose secondary carrier cell is the target cell.
Parameters related to certain LDR actions are classified into cell-level and NodeB-level parameters.
These parameters apply to different resources.
NodeB-levelparameters take effect when Iub resources, cell group credit resources, or NodeB credit
resources are in basic congestion state.

WCDMA RAN
Cell-level
parameters take effect when power resources, code resources, or cell credit resources are
in basic congestion state.
8.3 LDR Actions

8.3.1 Load-based Inter-Frequency Handover
Process
Load-based inter-frequency handover is also called inter-frequency load balance (WRFD-020103
Inter-Frequency Load Balance). The load-based inter-frequency handover can be performed with
measurement of target cells (measured handover) or without measurement of target cells (blind
handover).
The folloing figure shows the process of load-based inter-frequency handover.
When HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC
is allowed to initiate inter-frequency measure control or the load-based inter-frequency hard handover
upon the handover decision on inter-frequency load.
The CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd parameter can be set so that the inter-frequency handover can
relieve the basic congestion caused by code resource.
User Selection
The RNC selects the UEs that meet the following requirements. Then, RNC sorts the UEs by integrated
user priority and selects the UE of the lowest integrated user priority to perform the next step. If there are
no candidate users, the action fails.
The service types of UEs are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC.

WCDMA RAN
The user rate of UEs is smaller than the handover bandwidth threshold. The handover bandwidth
thresholds of uplink and downlink are respectively specified by the UlInterFreqHoBWThd and
DlInterFreqHoBWThd parameters.
If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are selected
as candidate UEs.
If
multiple UEs have the same lowest integrated priority, the algorithm selects the one with the
highest rate for handover.
The user rates of UEs processing non-HSPA services and HSPA CS AMR services are their actual
rates, and the user rates of UEs processing HSPA PS BE services and streaming services are their
GBRs. The user rates must be less than UlInterFreqHoBWThd and DlInterFreqHoBWThd in the
uplink and downlink.
If
the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are
selected as candidate UEs. UEs processing CS services are not selected because they consume a
small amount of credit resource and therefore handovers of them can do little to ease credit
congestion. In addition, selecting UEs processing CS services as candidate UEs may increase the
call drop rate of CS services.
If the UE is in the soft handover state, load-based inter-frequency handover can be performed only
when HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter is set to 1 and the
cell that triggers LDR is the best cell of the UE
Blind Handover
If the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter is set to BLINDHO, the load-based inter-frequency
handover based on blind handover performs the following steps:
1. The select the target UEs. For details, see 3.2 User Selection.
2. The RNC selects the candidate cells that meet the following requirements:
The cell supports blind handover. Whether the neighboring cells support blind handover is specified by
the parameter BlindHoFlag.
The cell is an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell and is controlled by the same RNC.
The frequency of the cell is within the band supported by the UE.
The algorithm selects the candidate cells to be handed over according to the setting of
NbmLdcUeSelSwitch:
If
NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the algorithm only selects the
candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service.
If
NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST, the algorithm first selects the
candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service.
If
there are no such cells, the algorithm selects the candidate cells from the cells not supporting the
UE service.If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_ALL_UE, the condition is invalid for the
algorithm.
The load state of candidate cell is normal.
The candidate cell meets the following conditions on load margin:
If the basic congestion is caused by power resource:
If the cell does not support DC-HSDPA, the algorithm checks whether the UL/DL load margin of the
cell is higher than UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd/DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.
If a cell supports DC-HSDPA, the cell and its corresponding cell group must have sufficient load
margin to qualify as the candidate cell. That is, the load margin of the cell group must be greater than
twice the value for DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and the load margin of the cell must be
greater than DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.

WCDMA RAN
The load margin refers to the difference between the load of the candidate cell and the basic congestion trigger
threshold of the candidate cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on power resource, the uplink load of the cell
is calculated based on the uncontrollable load of the cell and the downlink load of the cell is calculated based on the
load of non-HSPA power and GBP in the cell. If the load of a cell is calculated based on ENU, the uplink load and the
downlink load of the cell are calculated based on the total ENU load in the cell, respectively. For details about the
load of a cell calculated based on power resource and based on ENU, see Call Admission Control Feature
If the basic congestion is caused by code resource:
Whether there are blind handover candidate cells meeting the requirements is decided by the
following conditions:
The minimum SF of the candidate cell is not greater than that of the current cell.
The difference of code usage between the current cell and the candidate cell is greater than
LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd.
If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource:
UL credit margin for LDR in the candidate cell >Credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by
The UL credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the credit resource corresponding to the
SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resource in the cell group or under
the NodeB. The UL credit margin for LDR equals the smaller one of the UL credit margin for LDR in
the cell group and that under the NodeB.
3. The RNC starts intra-frequency measurement
The inter-frequency cells with the same coverage area have the same CPICH RSCP values. By
measuring the CPICH RSCP of the cell, the quality of the cells with the same coverage area can be
determined, which increases the probability of successful blind handover.
The RNC initializes the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover. The timer is
specified by internal algorithm and does not need to be configured.
The RNC initiates a periodical intra-frequency measurement.
The reporting period is BlindHOIntrafreqMRInterval.
The number of measurement reports is BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount.
The intra-frequency handover measurement quantity is CPICH RSCP.
The list of measured cells contains only the cells that trigger LDR.
After receiving from the UE the intra-frequency measurement reports for conditional blind handover,
the RNC checks whether the following condition is met: CPICH RSCP of the cell in the measurement
report BlindHOQualityCondition
If
the condition is met, the RNC increments the counter of the number of intra-frequency
measurement reports for blind handover by 1.
If
the condition is not met, the RNC does not perform a blind handover to the cell that triggers LDR
and stops intra-frequency measurement for blind handover.
When the counter reaches the value of BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmount, the RNC initiates a blind
handover to the target cell. If the counter does not reach this value, the RNC waits for the next
intra-frequency measurement report from the UE.
If the timer of intra-frequency measurement for blind handover expires, the RNC does not perform a
blind handover to the target cell and stops intra-frequency handover measurement for blind handover.
If the inter-frequency handover based on coverage or QoS is triggered, the RNC stops the
intra-frequency measurement for conditional blind handover.
4. The RNC selects the target cell from the candidate cells according to the following principles:

WCDMA RAN
If
there are more than one candidate cells meeting the requirements, the first cell in the list of the
neighbor cells is selected as the blind handover target cell.
If
there is no such cell, the RNC selects the candidate user of the second lowest integrated user
priority to retry to select the target cell.
If
all the candidate users have been tried and the RNC does not select the target cell, the action fails
and the algorithm takes the next action.
5. After selecting the target cell and the UE, the RNC makes blind handover decision. For details, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
Measured Handover
The load-based inter-frequency handover based on measurement can be performed if the basic
congestion is caused by power or credit resource.
Load-based inter-frequency handovers triggered by code resource congestion support blind handovers
but do not support measurement-based handovers.
If the InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection parameter is set to MEASUREHO, the load-based
inter-frequency handover is performed based on measurement. The LDR algorithm is implemented by
performing the following steps:
1. The RNC selects the UE whose service types are not restricted for LDR handover by parameter
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC, and then sorts the selected UEs according to their integrated priority
and performs load-based inter-frequency handover based on measurement on the UE with the
lowest integrated priority.
If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource, only UEs processing PS services are selected
as candidate UEs. This is the same as in cases of blind handovers.
If the UE is in the soft handover state, load-based inter-frequency handover can be performed only
when HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch parameter is set to 1 and the
cell that triggers LDR is the best cell of the UE.
2. The RNC selects the candidate cells that meet the following conditions:
The cell is an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the current cell and is controlled by the same RNC.
The frequency of the cell is within the band supported by the UE.
The algorithm selects the candidate cells to be handed over according to the setting of
NbmLdcUeSelSwitch:If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the
algorithm only selects the candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service.
If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FIRST, the algorithm first selects the
candidate cells from the cells supporting the UE service. If there are no such cells, the algorithm
selects the candidate cells from the cells not supporting the UE service.
If NbmLdcUeSelSwitch is set to NBM_LDC_ALL_UE, the condition is invalid for the algorithm.
The cell meets the following conditions on load margin:
a. If the basic congestion is caused by power resource:
If the cell does not support DC-HSDPA, the algorithm checks whether the UL/DL load margin of the
target cell is higher than UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd / DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
and whether the load of the target cell is normal.
If the cell supports DC-HSDPA, the cell and its corresponding cell group must have sufficient load
margin. That is, the load margin of the cell group must be greater than twice the value for
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd and the load margin of the cell must be greater than
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd.
b. If the basic congestion is caused by the credit resource:

WCDMA RAN
UL credit margin for LDR in the candidate cell > Credit resource corresponding to the SF specified by
The UL credit margin for LDR is calculated by subtracting the credit resource corresponding to the
SF specified by UlLdrCreditSfResThd from the remaining credit resource in the cell group or under
the NodeB. The UL credit margin for LDR equals the smaller one of the UL credit margin for LDR in
the cell group and that under the NodeB.
And the load state of target cell is normal.
The DrdOrLdrFlag parameter of the cell is set to True, indicating that the cell can be measured.
If
the NbmLdcUeSelSwitch parameter is set to NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY, the cell must
support the service requested by the UE.
If
the UESpdOptSwitch parameter is set to ON, the RNC identifies high-speed users. To high-speed
users, the value of HCSPrio for candidate cells must be higher than that for the serving cell. For
details on how to identify high-speed users, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
If such candidate cells do not exist, the load-based inter-frequency handover action fails and the
algorithm takes the next action.
If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.
3. The RNC issues a measurement control message to the UE, requesting the UE to measure the
signal quality of all candidate cells.
4. The UE measures the RSCP and Ec/N0 of the candidate cells and periodically reports the
measurement results to the RNC. The reporting period is specified by the PrdReportInterval
parameter.
5. Based on the received measurement results, the RNC selects the candidate cells. The candidate
cells must meet the following conditions:
The cell is not in the basic congestion state.
Themeasured RSCP is higher than the RSCP threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdRscp
parameter.
Themeasured Ec/N0 is higher than the Ec/N0 threshold that is specified by the TargetFreqThdEcN0
parameter.
If such candidate cells do not exist, the load-based inter-frequency handover action fails and the
algorithm takes the next action.
If such candidate cells exist, the following step is performed.
6. The RNC selects the cell with the highest priority from the candidate cells to perform inter-frequency
hard handover.
If the handover succeeds, the LDR action is complete.
If
the handover fails, the RNC tries accessing the cell with the second highest priority to perform
inter-frequency hard handover until the handover succeeds or it has attempted to access all the
candidate cells.
If the compressed mode is required for the UE to perform inter-frequency measurement, the RNC
starts the inter-frequency measurement timer (specified by the InterFreqMeasTime parameter) as
soon as the measurement control message is issued. If inter-frequency handover remains
unsuccessful until the timer expires, the RNC stops the inter-frequency measurement and cancels the
compressed mode.

WCDMA RAN
8.3.2 BE Rate Reduction
When admission control of Power/NodeB Credit is disabled, it is not recommended that the BE Rate Reduction be
configured as an LDR action in order to avoid ping-pong effect.
BE rate reduction can only be performed when the DRA_DCCC_SWITCH sub-parameter of the
DraSwitch parameter is set to 1.
The LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the BE RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the BE RABs that meet the following condition:
The
current rate of the BE RAB is higher than the GBR specified by running the SET UUSERGBR
command.
The BE RAB has the lower integrated priorities.
The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum or
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum parameter.
If the integrated priorities of some RABs are identical, the RAB with the highest rate is selected.
3. If services can be selected, the action is successful. If services cannot be selected, the action fails.
The algorithm takes the next action.
4. The bandwidth of the selected services is reduced to the specified rate. For details about the rate
reduction procedure, see the DCCC Feature Parameter Description.
5. The reconfiguration is complete as indicated by the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
message on the Uu interface and through the synchronized radio link reconfiguration procedure on
the Iub interface.
8.3.3 QoS Renegotiation for Uncontrollable Real-Time Services

This section describes the WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface
feature.
Uncontrollable real-time services refer to PS streaming services. The load can be reduced by adjusting
the rates of real-time services through QoS renegotiation.
The uncontrollable real-time service cannot perform rate down automatically like BE service due to the
QoS requirement. That is, GBR is specified in RAB assignment procedure and must be guaranteed.
When the system needs to adjust service rate to relieve the system load, the RNC has to initiate a rate
renegotiation over the Iu interface by requesting a new RAB parameters with a lower bit rate for real time
service using RAB Modification procedure.
The RNC will request a new MBR and GBR that are the lowest ones among the alternative
configurations in the RAB ASSIGNMENT message from the CN. However, the CN can decide how to
react to the request upon reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message.
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs for real-time services in the PS domain
in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities for QoS renegotiation. The
number of selected RABs is specified by the UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum or
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the
QoS renegotiation, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.

WCDMA RAN
3. The algorithm performs QoS renegotiation for the selected services. The GBR during the service
setup is the minimum rate of the service after the QoS renegotiation.
4. The RNC initiates the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message to the CN for the QoS renegotiation. Upon
reception of the RAB MODIFY REQUEST message, the CN sends the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message to the RNC for RAB parameter reconfiguration.
8.3.4 Inter-RAT Handover in the CS Domain

This action can only be performed when the CS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.
The size and coverage mode of a 2G cell are different from those of a 3G cell. Therefore, inter-RAT blind
handover is not considered.
Inter-RAT handover in the CS domain involves the following actions.
Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain

1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the UEs with the "service handover" IE set to
"handover to GSM should be performed" in the CS domain in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is
specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum or DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum
parameter.
3. For the selected UEs, the LDR module sends the load-based handover command to the inter-RAT
handover module, requesting the inter-RAT handover module to hand over the UEs to the 2G
system.
4. The handover module decides to trigger the inter-RAT handover, depending on the capability of the
UE to support the compressed mode.
5. If a UE that meets the handover criteria is not found, the algorithm takes the next action.
Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the CS Domain

The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based
Handover in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action only involves CS users with the "service
handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed".
The number of selected UEs is specified by the UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum or
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum parameter.
8.3.5 Inter-RAT Handover in the PS Domain

This action can only be performed when the PS inter-RAT handover algorithm is enabled.
Inter-RAT handover in the PS domain involves the following actions.
Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain

The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Be Load-based
Handover in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only PS users with the "service
handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should be performed".
The number of controlled UEs is determined by the UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum or
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based Handover in the PS Domain

The algorithm for this action is the same as that for the action "Inter-RAT Should Not Be Load-based
Handover in the CS Domain". The difference is that this action involves only PS users with the "service
handover" IE set to "handover to GSM should not be performed".
The number of controlled UEs is specified by the UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum or
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum parameter.
HSPA services can be selected only when HsdpaCMPermissionInd is set to TRUE and HsupaCMPermissionInd is not
set to Limited.
For details about the two parameters, see the Handover Feature Parameter Description.
8.3.6 AMR Rate Reduction

This action can only be performed when the sub-parameter CS_AMRC_SWITCH of the parameter
CsSwitch is set to 1.
AMR Rate Reduction in the Downlink

In the downlink, the LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the
GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected RABs is specified by the
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the
AMR rate reduction, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.
3. The RNC sends the rate control request message through the Iu interface to the CN to adjust the
AMR rate to the GBR.
AMR Rate Reduction in the Uplink

In the uplink, the LDR algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the AMR RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities and with the rates higher than the
GBR for AMR services (conversational). The number of selected RABs is determined by the
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum parameter. If the RNC cannot find an appropriate RAB for the
AMR rate reduction, the action fails. The algorithm takes the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TFC CONTROL command to the UE to adjust the AMR rate to the GBR.
8.3.7 Code Reshuffling

This section describes the WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management feature.
To optimize the code usage efficiency, the "left most" principle is adopted in initial code allocation
procedure, that is, the code with minimum SF is reserved to ensure that the codes are available for use
continuously. However, the code tree may not obey the "left most" principle during actual use. Code
reshuffling can be used to make the code tree obey "left most" principle.
When the cell is in the basic congestion state caused by code resource, code reshuffling can be
performed to reserve sufficient code resource for subsequent services. Code sub-tree adjustment refers
to the switching of users from one code sub-tree to another. It is used for decreasing the code fragments
to release smaller codes first.
The algorithm operates as follows:

WCDMA RAN
1. Initializes SF_Cur to CellLdrSfResThd.

2. Traverses all the sub-trees with this SF_Cur at the root node except the sub-trees occupied by
common channels and HSDPA channels, and takes the sub-trees in which the number of users is not
larger than the value of MaxUserNumCodeAdj as candidate sub-trees for code reshuffling.
If such candidate sub-trees are available, the algorithm goes to step 3.
If no such candidate sub-tree is available, sub-tree selection fails. This procedure ends.
3. Selects a sub-tree from the candidate sub-trees according to the setting of LdrCodePriUseInd.
If
this parameter is set to TRUE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the largest code number from
the candidates.
If
this parameter is set to FALSE, the algorithm selects the sub-tree with the smallest number of
users from the candidates. if multiple sub-trees have the same number of users, the algorithm selects
the sub-tree with the largest code number.
4. Treats each user in the sub-tree as a new user and allocates code resource to each user.
5. Initiates the reconfiguration procedure for each user in the sub-tree and reconfigures the
channelization codes of the users to the newly allocated code resource.
The reconfiguration procedure on the UU interface is initiated through the PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message and that on the Iub interface through the RL RECONFIGURATION
message.
The following figure shows an example of code reshuffling. In this example, CellLdrSfResThd is set to
SF8, and MaxUserNumCodeAdj is set to 1.
Figure 8-3 Code reshuffling
8.3.8 MBMS Power Reduction

The downlink power load can be reduced by lowering power on MBMS traffic channels.
The algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects an RAB with the lowest integrated priority and with the current power higher
than the minimum transmit power of the corresponding MTCH. That is, it selects an RAB whose ARP
value is higher than MbmsDecPowerRabThd.
3. The algorithm triggers a reconfiguration procedure to set the power to the minimum transmit power of
the FACH onto which the MTCH is mapped.

WCDMA RAN
The reconfiguration procedure on the Iub interface is implemented through the COMMON
TRANSPORT CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION REQUEST message.
8.3.9 UL and DL LDR Action Combination of a UE

LDR actions in the uplink and the downlink are independent. Sometimes, the actions in both directions
are applied to the same UE. In this situation, the actions are combined as follows:
If the actions in the two directions are identical, the actions are combined. For example, if BE rate
reduction actions in both the uplink and the downlink need to be applied to the same UE, then only a
single RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message is sent out.
If the actions in the two directions are different and if one direction requires inter-frequency handover,
the UE undergoes the inter-frequency handover. The action in the other direction is not taken.
If the actions in the two directions are different and if one direction requires the inter-RAT handover,
the UE undergoes the inter-RAT handover. The other action is not taken.
If the action in one direction requires inter-frequency handover, and the action in the other direction
requires inter-RAT handover, the UE undergoes the UL LDR action. The DL LDR action is not taken.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 9 Overload Control
9 Overload Control
This chapter describes the WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature.
After the UE access is allowed, the power consumed by a single link is adjusted by the single link power
control function. The power varies with factors such as the mobility of the UE and the changes in the
environment. In some situations, the total power load of the cell can be higher than the target load. To
ensure the system stability, OLC must be performed.
9.1 Overload Triggering

Only the power resource and Iub bandwidth may result in the overload congestion state. Hard resources
such as the ENU and credit resource do not cause overload congestion.
For details about overload congestion caused by Iub bandwidth, see the Transmission Resource Management Feature
For the overload triggered by power resources, the downlink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based
on total TCP load in the R99 cell or the load of non-HSPA power and HSDPA GBP in the HSDPA cell.
The uplink OLC algorithm selection depends on the following conditions:
If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_First, ALGORITHM_THIRD, or
ALGORITHM_OFF, the uplink OLC algorithm will trigger overload based on total RTWP load of the
cell.
If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_FORTH, the uplink OLC algorithm
will trigger overload based on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load.
If the parameter NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch is set to ALGORITHM_Second, the uplink OLC algorithm
is disabled because EN does not cause overload congestion.
If the measurement on the total uplink load corresponding to the actual uplink service load is unavailable, for example,
when the relevant NodeB boards cannot report the measurement results, the uplink OLC algorithm will trigger overload
based on total RTWP load of the cell.
OLC can be enabled through the UL_UU_OLC and DL_UU_OLC sub-parameters of the
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
The following figure shows the triggering and release of cell power overload.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 9-1 Triggering and release of cell power overload
As shown in Figure 9-1, if the UL/DL load of the cell is higher than or equal to the UlOlcTrigThd or
DlOlcTrigThd for a hysteresis time, the cell is in the overload state, and the related overload handling
action is taken. If the current UL/DL load of the cell is lower than the UlOlcRelThd or DlOlcRelThd for a
hysteresis time, the overload state of the cell is released and the related overload handling is stopped.
For the downlink, the hysteresis time is specified by the parameter DlLdTrnsHysTime; for the uplink, the hysteresis time
is 600 ms.
The UL or DL OLC trigger threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC
trigger thresholds of the two cells in this group. The UL or DL OLC relief threshold of a DC-HSDPA cell
group equals the sum of the UL or DL OLC relief thresholds of the two cells in this group. If a DC-HSDPA
cell group is overloaded, the related overload handling is performed in each cell separately.
In a DC-HSUPA cell, OLC triggering and execution happen in the two cells respectively.
In addition to periodic measurement, event-triggered measurement is applicable to OLC.

If the sub-parameter OLC_EVENTMEAS of the parameter NBMLdcAlgoSwitch is set to 1, the RNC
sends the NodeB a request for event measurement based on power resource. In the associated request
message, the reporting criterion is specified, including the hysteresis time, the related OLC thresholds.
Then the NodeB checks the current power load in real time according to this criterion and reports the
status to the RNC periodically if the conditions of reporting are met.
Limited by 3GPP, the NodeB cannot check the total load of the non-HSDPA power and the GBP. Therefore, the
recommended setting of OLC_EVENTMEAS is 0 for HSDPA cells.
9.2 General OLC Procedure

When the cell is overloaded, the RNC takes one of the following actions in each period specified by the
OlcPeriodTimerLen parameter until the congestion is relieved:

WCDMA RAN
Performing TF control of BE services

Switching BE services to common channels
Adjusting the maximum FACH TX power
Releasing some RABs
The RSVDBIT13 sub-parameter of the RsvdPara1 parameter in the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH command specifies
whether OLC actions select gold users. When RSVDBIT13 is selected, OLC actions select gold users.
The following figure shows the OLC procedure.

Figure 9-2 OLC procedure
As shown in the preceding figure, the OLC procedure is as follows:

1. The OLC takes the first action to perform TF control.
If
the TF control succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
performs TF control again.
If the TF control fails, go to step 2.
2. The OLC takes the second action to switch BE services to common channels.
If
the switching succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
switches BE services to common channels again.
If the switching fails, go to step 3.
3. The OLC takes the third action to adjust the maximum FACH transmit power.
If
the adjustment succeeds, the OLC checks whether the system is overloaded. If yes, the OLC
adjusts the power again.
If the adjustment fails, the OLC takes the fourth action to release some RABs.
For details about OLC actions, see section 9.3 "OLC Actions."

WCDMA RAN
Moreover, when the cell is in the overload congestion state:

The state transition from FACH to DCH is prohibited.
When the FACH_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to ON, the
admission for users over FACH or enhanced FACH channels (HS-DSCH) is prohibited.
When the FACH_UU_ADCTRL sub-parameter of NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is set to OFF, the
admission decision for users over FACH or enhanced FACH channels(HS-DSCH) is allowed.
The admission for resource requests of RRC connection setup whose cause is emergency call, detach,
or registration is always allowed. This is because the priority of such requests is high.
9.3 OLC Actions

9.3.1 Performing TF Control of BE Services
OLC Algorithm for TF Control in the Downlink
For the TF control in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the following RABs:
DCH
RABs with the rates higher than DlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see the
DCCC Feature Parameter Description.
RABs with the lowest integrated priorities.
The number of RABs selected is smaller than or equal to DlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum.
If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service for the TF control, the OLC takes the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TF control indication message to the MAC. Each MAC of the selected RABs will
receive one TF control indication message and will restrict the transport format combination (TFC)
selection of the BE services to reduce the data rate step by step.
The MAC restricts the TFC selection according to the following formula:
TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x Ratelimitcoeff
Here:
TFmax(0) is the maximum TB number of the BE service before the service is selected for TF control.
TFmax(N+1) is the maximum TB number during the period from (T0 + RateRstrctTimerLen x N) to
(T0 + RateRstrctTimerLen x (N + 1)), where T0 is the time when the MAC receives the TF control
indication message.
Ratelimitcoeff is specified by the RateRstrctCoef parameter.
4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds DlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails.
The OLC takes the next action.
5. If the congestion is relieved, the RNC sends the congestion relief indication to the MAC. At the same
time, the rate recovery timer (RateRecoverTimerLen) is started. When this timer expires, the MAC
increases the data rate step by step.
MAC recovers the TFC selection by calculating the maximum TB number according to the following
formula:
TFmax(N+1) = TFmax(N) x RateRecoverCoeff
Here:
TFmax(0) is the maximum TB number of the BE service before congestion relief indication is
received.

WCDMA RAN
TFmax(N+1) is the maximum TB number during the period from (T1 + RateRecoverTimerLen x N)
to (T1 + (RateRecoverTimerLen x (N + 1)), where T1 is the time when the MAC receives the
congestion relief indication message.
RateRecoverCoeff is specified by the RecoverCoef parameter.
OLC Algorithm for TF Control in the Uplink

For a UE with the DCH service, the RNC sends a TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL
message to the UE to restrict the TFC of the UE, according to the 3GPP TS25.331. The UE does not
reply to the RNC before the procedure is performed successfully.
For the TF control in the uplink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts the DCH RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the following RABs:
RABs with the rates higher than UlDcccRateThd. For details about the parameter, see the DCCC
Feature Parameter Description.
RABs with the lowest integrated priorities.
The number of selected RABs is specified by the UlOlcFTFRstrctRabNum parameter.
If the RNC cannot find an appropriate service, the OLC performs the next action.
3. The RNC sends the TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION CONTROL message to the UE that
accesses the specified service. This message contains the following IEs:
Transport Format Combination Set Identity: defines the available TFC that the UE can select, that is,
the restricted TFC sub-set. It is always the two TFCs corresponding to the lowest data rate.
TFC Control Duration: defines the period the restricted TFC sub-set is to be applied. It is set to a
random value (integer multiples of 10 ms) from the range of 10 ms to 5120 ms to avoid data rate
upsizing at the same time.
After the TFC control duration expires, the UE can apply for any TFC of TFCS before the TF control.
4. If the number of times that TF control is performed exceeds UlOlcFTFRstrctTimes, the action fails.
The OLC takes the next action.
9.3.2 Switching BE Services to Common Channels

Whether the selected UEs can be switched to common channels depends on the setting of
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, or
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH in the parameter DraSwitch.
For the switching of uplink BE services to common channels, if the control RTWP anti-interference
function switch (NBMCacAlgoSwitch: RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB) is turned on, the RNC checks
whether the uplink equivalent user load proportion of the cell is lower than 40%. If it is lower than 40%,
the RNC does not perform this operation.
For switching BE services to common channels, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all the UEs in the PS domain in descending
order.
2. The algorithm selects the UEs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected UEs is
specified by TransCchUserNum. If the selection fails, the OLC takes the next action.
This function is disabled when the TransCchUserNum parameter is set to 0.

3. The OLC switches the selected UEs to common channels.

WCDMA RAN
If both the selected UEs and the current cell support enhanced CELL_FACH, these UEs can be
switched to the enhanced CELL_FACH state.
9.3.3 Adjusting the Maximum FACH TX Power

The procedure for adjusting the maximum FACH transmit power is as follows:
1. Set the maximum FACH transmit power to the target maximum transmit power. The target maximum
transmit power is calculated according to the following formula:
Ptarget = Pmax - Delta
Ptarget is the target maximum transmit power.
Pmax is the maximum FACH transmit power (MaxFachPower).
Delta is the FACH power reduction step (FACHPwrReduceValue).
2. If the congestion is relieved after the power adjustment, the system starts the FACH power recovery
timer, which is set to 5s. When the timer expires, the maximum FACH transmit power is increased to
the original maximum FACH transmit power if the system is always in the normal state before the
timer expires.
The preceding power adjustment is applicable to only the FACH carrying common services rather than MBMS services.
9.3.4 Releasing Some RABs

OLC Algorithm for the Release of Some RABs in the Uplink
If the Control RTWP Anti-interference algorithm switch (NBMCacAlgoSwitch:
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB) is enabled, the RNC checks whether the uplink equivalent user load
proportion of the cell is lower than 40% before performing this operation. If it is lower than 40%, the RNC
does not perform this operation.
For the release of some RABs in the uplink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all RABs including HSUPA and DCH services in
descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of
some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB
or the GBR for HSUPA RAB) in the uplink. The number of selected RABs is specified by
UlOlcTraffRelRabNum.
3. The selected RABs are released directly.
OLC Algorithm for the Release of Some RABs in the Downlink

For the release of some RABs in the downlink, the OLC algorithm operates as follows:
If the SeqOfUserRel parameter is set to USER_REL, then:
1. Based on the integrated priority, the algorithm sorts all non-MBMS RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. If the integrated priorities of
some RABs are identical, it selects the RAB with a higher rate (that is, the current rate for DCH RAB
or the GBR for HSDPA RAB) in the downlink. The number of selected RABs is specified by
DlOlcTraffRelRabNum.
3. The selected RABs are directly released.
4. If all non-MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, MBMS RABs are
selected.
If the SeqOfUserRel parameter is set to MBMS_REL, then:

WCDMA RAN
1. Based on the ARP, the algorithm sorts all MBMS RABs in descending order.
2. The algorithm selects the RABs with the lowest integrated priorities. The number of selected RABs is
specified by MbmsOlcRelNum.
3. The selected RABs are directly released.
4. If all MBMS RABs are released but congestion persists in the downlink, non-MBMS RABs are
selected.
This function is disabled when the UlOlcTraffRelRabNum, DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, and MbmsOlcRelNum parameters
are set to 0.
The higher the value of UlOlcTraffRelRabNum or DlOlcTraffRelRabNum, the more the cell load decreases, which will
affect the users experience negatively.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 10 Impact on the Network
10 Impact on the Network

10.1 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing
10.1.1 System Capacity
If uplink traffic is high (or CE usage is high), the CE-based inter-frequency handover balances the CE
resource among cell groups that improve CE usage and uplink throughput of cells. In this case, users
are handed over to inter-frequency cells with low CE usage that improves uplink throughput of users.
10.1.2 Network Performance

Inter-frequency load balancing based on uplink credit resource enables some UEs to be handed over to
an inter-frequency neighboring cell when the current cell is in the basic congestion state. In this way, the
admission failures due to CE resource congestion decrease.
In addition, this feature makes UEs processing PS services more likely to perform inter-frequency
handovers. This may slightly increase the PS call drop rate.
10.2 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on

With CLB, a heavily loaded cell can be relieved, and the resources of a lightly loaded cell can be fully
utilized, increasing the whole system capacity.

CLB improves the coverage performance of a heavily loaded cell.
The impact of CLB on network performance in different scenarios is as follows:
Macro and micro combined network using different frequencies
CLB offloads HSPA services on the macro network to the micro network. Resources of the micro
network deployed at hot spots are fully utilized and the quality of HSPA services after handovers is
ensured. In addition, the quality of CS services on the macro network is improved after the network load
decreases.
Overlay network
CLB supports inter-frequency load balancing for UEs in connected mode under different RNCs in an
overlay network, enabling effective network resource utilization of different vendors. The sector capacity
is expanded, and key performance indicators (KPIs) of heavily loaded cells are improved.
When CLB is implemented between different RNCs on the overlay network, ping-pong handovers may
occur because an RNC cannot obtain the information about the load of inter-frequency neighboring cells
under the neighboring RNC. Therefore, a load evaluation algorithm has been added to evaluate the load
of inter-frequency neighboring cells. If the number of failed inter-frequency handovers during a certain
period of time exceeds a preset threshold, a penalty timer is triggered and UEs cannot be handed over
to the inter-frequency neighboring cell until the penalty timer expires. However, ping-pong handovers
may still occur because this load evaluation algorithm makes a rough estimate of the load of
inter-frequency neighboring cells.
Other scenarios

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 10 Impact on the Network
CLB is used in other scenarios the similar way the WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balance feature
is used. The difference is that CLB can implement load balancing before a cell enters the basic
congestion state so that the traffic load can evenly be distributed among cells. CLB helps prevent a cell
from being heavily loaded or having deteriorated KPIs.
Negative impact
More inter-frequency handovers may reduce the success rate of inter-frequency handovers and
increase the call drop rate.
During
the inter-frequency handover measurement, the throughput of online UEs in compressed
mode with halved spreading factors (SF) will be reduced.
10.3 WRFD-02040005 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on

Distance
No impact.

Table 10-1 lists the impact of this feature on KPIs.
Table 10-1 Impact on KPIs
KPI Type KPI Impact
Access RRC Setup This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive
Success Ratio coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which
increases the RRC connection setup success rate. The RRC
CONNECTION REJECT messages from RRC redirections based on
distance (including inter-RAT and inter-frequency redirections) are
not considered as RRC connection setup failures. Therefore, such
rejections do not affect the RRC connection setup success rate.
Maintainability Call Drop Ratio This feature redirects UEs at the cell edge or in cells with excessive
coverage problems to inter-frequency neighboring cells, which
reduces the call drop rate.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 11 Engineering Guidelines
11 Engineering Guidelines
11.1 WRFD-021104 Emergency Call
11.1.1 Feature Deployment
Requirements
Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Dependencies on Other Features
This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
This feature need not be activated.
Activation Check
Use a UE to initiate an emergency call.. The emergency call is successfully established.
Feature Deactivation
This feature need not be deactivated.
11.2 WRFD-010506 RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over

Iu Interface
Requirements
The NEs in the core network must support selective configuration of the maximum bit rate (MBR) and
guaranteed bit rate (GBR).
License
Data Preparation
None

WCDMA RAN
Feature Activation
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the cell-level LDR
algorithm. In this step, set Cell LDC algorithm switch to UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm),
DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm).
2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the
NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, set NodeB LDC algorithm switch to IUB_LDR(IUB LDR
Algorithm), LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB
Credit LDR Algorithm).
3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level LDR
trigger threshold. In this step, set UL/DL LDR Trigger threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis
threshold according to the network plan.
4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set
the NodeB-level LDR credit spreading factor (SF) reserved threshold. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit
SF reserved threshold and Dl LDR Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.
5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the NodeB credit LDR
threshold for the local cell. In this step, set Ul LDR Credit SF reserved threshold and DL LDR
Credit SF reserved threshold according to the network plan.
6. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented LDC
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set LDR period timer length according to the network plan.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable QoS renegotiation on
real-time services. In this step, set DL LDR first action to QOSRENEGO.
Activation Check
1. Establish a PS streaming service.
2. Trigger LDR in the cell according to the cell LDR threshold specified in the activation procedure.
3. If RAB MODIFY REQUEST is traced on the Iu interface, this feature has been activated.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to disable the cell-level LDR
algorithm. In this step, deselect UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm), DL_UU_LDR(Downlink
UU LDR Algorithm), and CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm) from the Cell LDC
algorithm switch drop-down list box.

WCDMA RAN
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disable the
NodeB-level LDR algorithm. In this step, deselect IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm), and NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR
Algorithm) from the NodeB LDC algorithm switch drop-down list box.
Example
/*Activating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/
//Enabling the cell-level LDR algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=
UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1;
//Enabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1",
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_LDR-1&NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1;
//Enable QoS renegotiation on real-time services
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=QoSRenego;
/*Deactivating RAB Quality of Service Renegotiation over Iu Interface*/
//Disabling the cell-level LDR algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=
UL_UU_LDR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0;
//Disabling the NodeB-level LDR algorithm
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NODEB1",
11.3 WRFD-020102 Load Measurement

Requirements
In RAN14.0, the load measurement of total uplink services is introduced, and the dependencies on
NodeB are as follows:
The BTS3812, BTS3812E and BTS3812AE do not report the actual service load.
The DBS3800 does not report the actual service load.
If
the 3900 series base station is configured with the WBBPa board or the RRU3801C 20W, the
actual service load is not reported. In other configurations, the actual service load is reported.
License

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
1. The function of measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power is always activated. Therefore,
this feature does not need to be activated.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR
Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to activate the cell-level load
measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA.
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set load
monitoring parameters, including the uplink/downlink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm trigger/release
thresholds and uplink/downlink overload congestion (OLC) algorithm trigger/release thresholds to
appropriate values.
4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Load Monitoring Parameter Configuration > LDM Algorithm
Parameters of RNC; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this
step, set parameters associated with load measurement, report period, and smoothing filter length
according to the network plan.
Activation Check
1. On the BSC6900 LMT, open the Monitor page. In the Monitor navigation tree, double-click UMTS
Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring, and create tasks of monitoring Cell DL Carrier TX
Power and RTWP.
2. Check whether the uplink full-bandwidth RX power of the cell is displayed in the RTWP monitoring
window.
3. Check whether the downlink carrier TX power is displayed in the Cell DL Carrier TX Power
monitoring window.
1. The measurement on RTWP, TCP, and non-HSPA power has been activated and cannot be
deactivated.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR Meas Algorithm) and HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR
Meas Algorithm) from the Cell CAC algorithm switch drop-down list to deactivate the cell-level
load measurement for HSDPA and HSUPA.
Example
//Activating load measurement
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=100,
NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-1&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-1;

WCDMA RAN
MOD UCELLLDM: CellId=1, UlLdrTrigThd=55, UlLdrRelThd=45, DlLdrTrigThd=70, DlLdrRelThd=60,

UlOlcTrigThd=95, UlOlcRelThd=85, DlOlcTrigThd=95, DlOlcRelThd=85, HsupAuRetrnsLdTrigThd=70,
HsupAuRetrnsLdRelThd=50;
SET ULDM: UlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6, ChoiceRprtUnitForUlBasicMeas=TEN_MSEC,
TenMsecForUlBasicMeas=100, DlBasicCommMeasFilterCoeff=D6;
//Deactivating load measurement
NBMCacAlgoSwitch=HSDPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUPA_PBR_MEAS-0;
11.4 WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling

Requirements
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
License
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
The following section provides the related parameters and commands. The parameter settings depend on the network
plan.
1. Enable the related load reshuffling algorithms.
a. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, turn on the
following switches of Cell LDC algorithm switch:
UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm): UL UU load reshuffling algorithm

DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm): DL UU load reshuffling algorithm
CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm): Code reshuffling algorithm
CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm):Credit reshuffling algorithm
b. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration:
NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches).
In this step, turn on the following switches of NodeB LDC algorithm switch:
IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm): NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm

WCDMA RAN
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm): NodeB-level credit reshuffling

algorithm
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm): cell-group-level credit reshuffling
algorithm
2. Set the related thresholds.
Runthe BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set LDR thresholds
(UL/DL LDR Trigger/release threshold and DL State Trans Hysteresis threshold).
Runthe BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell
LDR SF reserved threshold) and LDR actions.
Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB
Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to set
the cell-group-level or NodeB-level LDR thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).
Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level credit LDR
thresholds (Ul/DL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold).
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
set the LDR period (LDR period timer length).
4. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch Configuration >
Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to enable the functions used in the LDR actions.
Inter-frequency load handover
Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH and
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH.
Set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to DRA_DCCC_SWITCH.
CS domain inter-RAT load handover
Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH.
PS domain inter-RAT load handover
Set HandOver Switch to HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH.
Downsizing the bit rate of AMR voice
Set CS Algorithm Switch to CS_AMRC_SWITCH.
Activation Check
The following section takes R99 non-real-time data services as examples to verify BE service rate
reduction in the basic congestion state.
1. Enable a UE in idle mode to camp on CELL_A11.
2. On the BSC6900 LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the Monitor Navigation Tree tab page,
double-click UMTS Monitoring > Cell Performance Monitoring. In the displayed dialog box, create
a Cell DL Throughput monitoring task.

WCDMA RAN
3. Connect the UE to a laptop through the USB port and initiate a data service. Check the
rb-mappinginfo information element (IE) contained in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over
the Uu interface. The value of rrc-Stateinditator is CELL_DCH.
4. Use the UE to log in to the FTP server and then start FTP downloading. Data downloading is normal.
5. To simulate the scenario where power load reaches 75%, run the NodeB MML command STR
DLSIM. The RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed in the Uu Interface Trace dialog box. In the
Cell DL Throughput of the Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view the
downlink RB rate decrease configured on the RNC.
6. To stop simulating power load, run the NodeB MML command STP DLSIM. In the Uu Interface Trace
dialog box, the RRC_RB_RECFG message is displayed. In the Cell DL Throughput of the
Connection Performance Monitoring dialog box, you can view the downlink RB rate increase
configured on the RNC.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect the following
switches from Cell LDC algorithm switch:
UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm): UL UU load reshuffling algorithm
DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm): DL UU load reshuffling algorithm
CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm): Code reshuffling algorithm
CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit LDR Algorithm):Credit reshuffling algorithm
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step,
deselect the following switches from NodeB LDC algorithm switch:
IUB_LDR(IUB LDR Algorithm): NodeB Iub reshuffling algorithm
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm): NodeB-level credit reshuffling algorithm
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm): cell-group-level credit reshuffling algorithm
Example
//Activating Load Reshuffling
//Enabling load reshuffling algorithms
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1&CELL_CODE_LDR-1&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-1;
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1",
//Setting load reshuffling thresholds
UlOlcTrigThd=95, UlOlcRelThd=85, DlOlcTrigThd=95, DlOlcRelThd=85, DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000;
//Setting code reshuffling thresholds
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100, DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj, DlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO,
CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;
//Setting NodeB-level credit reshuffling thresholds

WCDMA RAN
MOD UNODEBLDR: NodeBName="nodeb1", UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8;

//Setting cell-level credit reshuffling thresholds
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=100, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8;
//Setting load reshuffling period
SET ULDCPERIOD: LDRPERIODTIMERLEN=10;
//Turning on load reshuffling function switches
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_DCCC_SWITCH-1,CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_I
NTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Deactivating Load Reshuffling
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="nodeb1",
11.5 WRFD-020107 Overload Control

Requirements
License
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to enable the air interface OLC
algorithm. Select the UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU
OLC Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Switch for Cell Load Control.
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to enable the OLC
algorithm. Select the IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) check box under the parameter NodeB LDC
algorithm.

WCDMA RAN
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set UL OLC trigger
threshold, DL OLC trigger threshold, UL OLC release threshold, and DL OLC release threshold.
set the OLC period (OLC period timer value).
5. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLOLC (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Overload Congestion Control Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the
parameter related to OLC-related actions.
Activation Check
1. Run the following BSC6900 MML commands to verify whether the activation is successful.
LST UCELLALGOSWTICH
LST UCELLLDM
LST UNODEBALGOPARA
LST ULDCPERIOD
LST UCELLOLC
Consult Huawei engineers about the verification solution to obtain professional technical support.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to dienable the air interface OLC
algorithm. Clear the UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU OLC Algorithm) and DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU
OLC Algorithm) check boxes under the parameter Switch for Cell Load Control.
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) to disenable the
OLC algorithm, Clear the IUB_OLC(IUB OLC Algorithm) check box under the parameter NodeB
LDC algorithm.
Example
//Activating Overload Control
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-1&DL_UU_OLC-1;
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-1;
SET ULDCPERIOD: OlcPeriodTimerLen=3000;
ADD UCELLOLC: CellId=111;
//Deactivating Overload Control
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0;
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: NodeBName="NodeB1", NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=IUB_OLC-0;

WCDMA RAN
11.6 WRFD-020108 Code Resource Management

Requirements
License
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
The code allocation function is always activated. The activation procedure applies to only the code reshuffling function.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then enable the required LDR
algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting the
Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set code LDR threshold (Cell
LDR SF reserved threshold) and set CodeAdj(Code adjust) as one of the DL LDR actions.
set the length of LDR period (LDR period timer length).
Activation Check
1. Enable the UE in the idle state to camp on CELL_A11.
2. Set the PS service type to interactive on the HLR.
3. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR with Cell LDR SF reserved threshold set to
SF8 and Max user number for code adjust to 1.
4. Connect the UE to a laptop on the USB port and enable the UE to initiate a data service.
Expected result: Services are set up on the DCH successfully. You can view the rb-mappinginfo
information element (IE) in the RRC_RB_SETUP message traced over the Uu interface. In the Cell
Code Tree Monitor window, you can view that the service occupies code SF32(4).
5. Enable the UE to log in to the FTP Internet server and then enable FTP download.
6. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell
code congestion is displayed as basic congestion.
7. Run the BSC6900 MML command RMV URESERVEOVSF to release the service that occupies code
SF32(1).

WCDMA RAN
8. Run the BSC6900 MML command DSP UCELLCHK to check the cell health status. The status of cell
code congestion is displayed as not congested.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches), and then deactivate the required
LDR algorithm switches for resources (CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm)) through setting
the Cell LDC algorithm switch parameter.
Example
//Activating Code Resource Management
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-1;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=CodeAdj, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;
SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10;
//Verifying Code Resource Management
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1;
DSP UCELLCHK: CHECKSCOPE=CELLID, CELLID=111;
RMV URESERVEOVSF: CellId=111, DLOVSFSF=SF32, DLCODENO=1;
//Deactivating Code Resource Management
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=CELL_CODE_LDR-0;
11.7 WRFD-020105 Potential User Control

Requirements
License
None.
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to select PUC(Potential User

WCDMA RAN
Control Algorithm) from the Switch for Cell Load Control drop list to enable the cell-oriented PUC
algorithm.
specify the period of potential user control. In this step, set PUC period timer length to an
appropriate value.
3. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLPUC (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented PUC Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-oriented PUC
algorithm parameters.
Activation Check
1. Configure two cells CELL_A11 and CELL_A12 as inter-frequency neighboring cells on the NodeB.
2. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold
for CELL_A11.
3. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where the cell has a high load.
The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ from
the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP message responded by the NodeB.
The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch
signaling element (IE) of the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and
Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of CELL_A11 increase.
4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLPUC to change the potential user control threshold
for CELL_A12.
5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate a situation where CELL_A12 has a high
downlink load.
The following messages can be traced on the Iub interface: the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_REQ
message from the RNC to the NodeB, and the NBAP_SYS_INFO_UPDATE_RSP response message
from the NodeB.
The updated system information can be traced on the Uu interface. The value of the Sintersearch IE of
the SIB3 of CELL_A11 decreases, and the values of the Qoffset1s,n and Qoffset2s,n IEs of the SIB11 of
CELL_A11 increase.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect the
PUC(Potential User Control Algorithm) check box under the parameter Cell LDC algorithm
switch.
Example
//Activating Potential User Control
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=PUC-1;
SET ULDCPERIOD: PucPeriodTimerLen=1800;
ADD UCELLPUC: CELLID=1, SPUCLIGHT=45, SPUCHEAVY=70, SPUCHYST=5,
OFFSINTERLIGHT=-2, OFFSINTERHEAVY=2, OFFQOFFSET1LIGHT=-4, OFFQOFFSET2LIGHT=-4,
OFFQOFFSET1HEAVY=4, OFFQOFFSET2HEAVY=4;

WCDMA RAN
//Deactivating Potential User Control

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=PUC-0;
11.8 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing

11.8.1 When to Use
You are advised to use CE-based inter-frequency load balancing in the following scenarios:
There are multiple resource groups (or NodeBs) of co-coverage or overlaped coverage
In the senario of in the same NodeB, ensure NodeB license CEs are larger than the sum of the CEs of
all resource group.
11.8.2 Required Information

CE usage of resource groups in the co-coverage or overlapped coverage.
RNC counters and KPI used to monitor how the feature takes effect.
RNC Counters
VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULCE
VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULCE
VS.RAC.NewCallReq.Fail.ULCE.Cong
VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.ULCE.Cong
VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.ULCE.Cong
VS.HSUPAPSLoad.ULThruput.RNC
KPI
RRC setup success ratio
CS RAB setup success ratio
PS RAB setup success ratio
PS call drop ratio
11.8.3 Planning
None

Requirements
When this feature is used for HSDPA, WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package is required.
When this feature is used for HSUPA, WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package is required.
Load-basedinter-frequency blind handover between mulitple bands requires WRFD-020110 Multi
Frequency Band Networking Management
Load-based
inter-frequency measured handover between mulitple-bands requires WRFD-020160
Enhanced Multiband Management.

WCDMA RAN
License
The licenses "Inter frequency load handover" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about
the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Feature ID Feature Name License Description NE Sales Unit
WRFD-02010 Inter Frequency Inter frequency load RN Erl+Mbps
3 Load Balance handover C
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
1. Enable load reshuffling (LDR) algorithms.
Enabling uplink load reshuffling on the Uu interface
a. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm
Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches).
In this step, select the UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) check box under the
parameter Switch for Cell Load Control.
Enabling downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface
In this step, select the DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) check box under the
Enabling load reshuffling based on cell code resources
In this step, select the CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) check box under the
Enabling cell-level load reshulffling based on credit rresources
b. Run the MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
CELL_CREDIT_LDR (cell credit reshuffling algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load
Control parameter.
Enabling NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources
a. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCALGOPARA (CME single
configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter

WCDMA RAN
Configuration > RNC Configuration of Load Control; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, select the NodeB-level
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(NodeB Credit LDR Switch) or cell group-level
LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit LDR Switch) check box under
the parameter load control algorithm switch.
b. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single
configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB
Parameters in Batches). In this step, select the NodeB-level
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) or cell group-level
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm) check box under the parameter NodeB
LDC algorithm switch.
2. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to enable inter-frequency handover. In this command, select
the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH check
boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch.
3. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME
batch modification center: not supported) to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell supporting blind
handover, or to add an inter-frequency neighboring cell supporting measurement by setting the
parameter DrdOrLdrFlag to an appropriate value.
4. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented
None-Coverage Based Inter-frequency Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) (cell level) or SET
UINTERFREQHONCOV (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express >
HandOver Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented None-Coverage Based Inter-frequency
Handover Measurement Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) (RNC level) to set parameters related to load-based inter-RAT hard
handovers to appropriate values based on the network plan.
5. For a load-based inter-frequency handover that is based on measurement, run the Run the BSC6900
MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express >
Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying
UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set InterFreq Load Handover Method Selection to
MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO).
6. Set LDR-related thresholds based on the network plan.
Foruplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface, run the Run the BSC6900 MML
command MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:
Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the following LDR-related thresholds:
UL LDR trigger threshold, UL LDR release threshold, DL LDR trigger threshold, DL LDR
release threshold, and DlLdTrnsHysTime.
For uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface and load reshuffling based on cell code
resources, run the Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the
following LDR-related threshold: Cell LDR SF reserved threshold.
For
NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources, run the Run the
BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration
Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME

WCDMA RAN
batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the
following LDR-related threshold: UL LDR Credit SF reserved threshold.
7. For load reshuffling based on cell code resources, run the Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD
UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters >
Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters
in Batches) to allow inter-frequency handovers in cases of code resource congestion. In this step, set
Code congestion select inter-freq indication to TRUE(TRUE).
8. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in
Batches). In this step, set the LDR period LDR period timer length to an appropriate value.
9. For uplink and downlink load reshuffling on the Uu interface and load reshuffling based on cell code
resources, run the Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, select the
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) check box under the parameter DL LDR first action and
set other parameters related to the LDR action based on the network plan.
10. For NodeB-level or cell group-level load reshuffling based on credit resources, run the Run the
BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBLDR (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration
Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information > NodeB LDR Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, select the
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) check box under the parameter UL LDR first action and
set other parameters related to the LDR action based on the network plan.
11. Run the MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH(CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the policy for selecting users to be
handed over. In this step, set Inter-freq NbmLdcUeSelSwitch (Handover Select User algorithm
switch).
Activation Check
Check the value of the following counters. If the value is not 0, this feature has been activated
VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq: Number of UEs Performing Inter-Frequency Load Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE: Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handover Attempts Based on
UL CE for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE: number of Successful PS Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on UL CE for Cell.
1. Disabling load reshuffling algorithms
Disabling uplink LDR on the Uu interface
a. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single
In this step, clear the UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU LDR Algorithm) check box under the
Disabling downlink LDR on the Uu interface

WCDMA RAN
In this step, clear the DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU LDR Algorithm) check box under the
Disabling load reshuffling based on cell code resources
In this step, clear the CELL_CODE_LDR(Code LDR Algorithm) check box under the
Disabling cell-level load reshulffling based on credit rresources
b. Run the MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
CELL_CREDIT_LDR (cell credit reshuffling algorithm) under the Switch for Cell Load
Control parameter.
Disabling NodeB-level or cell-level load reshuffling based on credit resources
a. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command SET ULDCALGOPARA (CME single
configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter
Configuration > RNC Configuration of Load Control; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the NodeB-level
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(NodeB Credit LDR Switch) or cell group-level
LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit LDR Switch) check box under
the parameter load control algorithm switch.
b. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single
configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB
Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear the NodeB-level
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(NodeB Credit LDR Algorithm) or cell group-level
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG Credit LDR Algorithm) check box under the parameter NodeB
LDC algorithm switch.
2. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Connection_Oriented RRM Switch
Configuration > Connection Oriented Algorithm Switches; CME batch modification center:
Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to disable inter-frequency handover. In this command, clear
the HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH and HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH check
boxes under the parameter HandOver Switch.
3. Run the Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to prohibit inter-frequency
handovers in cases of code resource congestion. In this step, set Code congestion select
inter-freq indication to FALSE(FALSE).
4. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.

WCDMA RAN
Example
//Activating Inter Frequency Load Balance
SET ULDCALGOPARA:
LdcSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-1;
ADD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10,
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-1&LCG_CREDIT_LDR-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-1;
ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=11, CellId=111, NCellRncId=22, NCellId=222, SIB11Ind=TRUE,
SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, BlindHoFlag=FALSE, NPrioFlag=FALSE,
DrdOrLdrFlag=TRUE, InterNCellQualReqFlag=FALSE;
ADD UCELLINTERFREQHONCOV: CellId=111, InterFreqFilterCoef=D3, Hystfor2C=6,
TrigTime2C=D640, InterFreqCovHOThdEcN0=-16, InterFreqMeasTime=60, PeriodFor2C=4,
AmntOfRpt2C=5;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection=MEASUREHO;
DlLdTrnsHysTime=1000;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8;
MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10, UlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd=SF8;MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111,
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=TRUE;
SET ULDCPERIOD: LdrPeriodTimerLen=10;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO, UlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
UlInterFreqHoBWThd=2000000, DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000;
MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10, UlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO;
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: NbmLdcUeSelSwitch=NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_ONLY;
//Deactivating Inter Frequency Load Balance
SET ULDCALGOPARA:
LdcSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-0;
MOD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=11,
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CREDIT_LDR_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch=HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH-0;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=111, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd= FALSE;
MOD UNODEBLDR: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=10, UlLdrFirstAction=NoAct;

WCDMA RAN
11.8.5 Performance Monitoring

Activation Observation
See section Activation Check..
After activation, the following counters decrease.
CE congestion release
VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULCE: Duration of Cell in LDR State Due to UL CE Resource Congestion
VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULCE: Number of Times a Cell Is in LDR State Due to UL CE Resource Congestion
for Cell
VS.RAC.NewCallReq.Fail.ULCE.Cong Number of Failed Requests for Uplink CE Resources During
RAB Establishment for Cell
Failed CS/PS PS RAB establishments
The following counters may decrease slightly.
VS.RAB.FailEstabPS.ULCE.Cong: Number of Failed PS RAB Establishments for Cell (UL CE
Congestion)
VS.RAB.FailEstabCS.ULCE.Cong: Number of Failed CS RAB Establishments for Cell (UL CE
Congestion)
11.8.6 Parameter Optimization

UlLdrCreditSfResThd (Threshold of SF reserved in uplink credit LDR)
The lower the parameter value is, the easier the credit enters the congestion status, the easier the
LDR action is triggered, and the easier the user experience is affected. A lower code resource LDR
trigger threshold, however, causes a higher admission success rate. Recommend to use the default
value.
UlInterFreqHoCeLDRSpaceThd (UL InterFreq Ho CeLL LDR Space Threshold)
If this parameter is set to a small value, the RNC can easily locate target cells but the target cells easily
becomes congested, resulting in ping-pong inter-frequency handovers. If this parameter is set to a
large value, the RNC cannot easily locate target cells. Recommend to use the default value.
11.8.7 Troubleshooting
CE-triggerred inter-frequency blind handover
If
handover success ratio is low, check if the Blind Handover Quality Condition
BlindHOQualityCondition of the current cell is too low.
If
there is no CE-triggerred inter-frequency blind handover but there are many times of CE-triggerred
load reshufulling, check if neighbouring cells for blind handover are configured.
CE-triggerred inter-frequency handover based on measurement
If
handover success ratio is low, check the signal quality threshold of the target cell
TargetFreqThdRscp and TargetFreqThdEcN0
If
there is no CE-triggerred inter-frequency handover but there are many times of CE-triggerred load
reshufulling, check if neighbouring cells for measurement are configured.

WCDMA RAN
11.9 WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on

11.9.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on
This feature is used in the following scenarios:
Overlay network: This feature achieves inter-frequency load balancing for cells managed by different
RNCs.
Macro and micro combined network: When macro and micro cells are networked using different
frequencies, this feature enables micro cells to absorb PS services preferentially.
Currently, this feature is not recommended for other multi-carrier scenarios.
11.9.2 Required Information

To evaluate network performance before and after this feature is enabled, collect the information listed in
Table 11-1 before deploying this feature.
Table 11-1 Information to collect before feature activation
Item Counter or KPI Item
Cell resources VS.MeanTCP: Mean Transmitted Power of Cell resources
Carrier for Cell
VS.MeanRTWP: Mean Power of Totally
Received Bandwidth for Cell
Access CS RAB setup success rate Access performance and
performance and PS RAB setup success rate service retainability
service
retainability AMR RAB setup success rate
CS service drop rate
PS call drop rate
AMR call drop rate
HSDPA call drop rate
HSUPA call drop rate
Inter-frequency hard handover success rate

WCDMA RAN
Item Counter or KPI Item

Cell traffic volume Cell CS traffic volume Cell traffic volume
VS.RAB.AMR.Erlang.cell: Number of
Erlangs for AMR Services for Cell
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell: Equivalent
Erlang for AMR Services for Best Cell
Cell PS traffic volume
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes:
Number of Total Bytes Received in Uplink of
HSUPA MAC-d Flow for Cell
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes:
Number of Total Bytes Sent in Downlink of
HSDPA MAC-d Flow for Cell
Cell user number
VS.CellDCHUE: Number of UEs in
CELL_DCH State for Cell
VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell: Average
Number of HSDPA UEs in a Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell: Average Number
of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

Requirements
This feature depends on the feature WRFD-020110 Multi Frequency Band Networking Management in
the inter-band networking scenario.
License
The licenses "Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold (per Cell)" on
the RNC side have been activated. For details about the license items and how to activate the license,
see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
Feature ID Feature Name License Control NE Sales Unit
Item
WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Inter-Frequency RNC Cell
Balance Based on Load Balancing
Configurable Load Threshold Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold(per Cell)
Data Preparation
None

WCDMA RAN
Feature Activation
1. Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLLICENSE (CME
single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License
Resource/Function Item; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in
Batches). In this step, under FuncSwitch1, select
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based
on Config Load Thd) to enable the license of CLB for a specified cell.
2. Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UCELLALGOSWITCH (CME single configuration: UMTS
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH
(CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Algorithm
Switches; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step,
under NBMLdcAlgoSwitch, select UL_UU_CLB to enable uplink Uu-interface load balancing, select
DL_UU_CLB to enable downlink Uu-interface load balancing, select CELL_CODE_CLB to enable
cell code resource load balancing, and select CELL_CREDIT_CLB to enable cell credit load
balancing for a specified cell.
3. Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) or MOD
UNODEBALGOPARA (CME single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC >
NodeB Basic Information > NodeB Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center:
Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, under NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch, select
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm) to enable NodeB credit load
balancing and select LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm) to
enable local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB.
4. Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported) or MOD UINTERFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Inter-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported). In this step, set CLBFlag for the inter-frequency neighboring cell
of a specified cell to TRUE, and set CLBPrio based on the network plan.
The inter-frequency neighboring cell of intra-RNC whose CLBFlag is TRUE can be the target cell of an inter-frequency
handover using CLB only after step 1 is performed.
5. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UCELLCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load
Banlance Algorithm; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches)
or MOD UCELLCLB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell
Parameters > Cell-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Banlance Algorithm; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the feature
parameters for a specified cell. Based on the site requirements, set CellLoadBalanceRange to
ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC, or BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC
to enable intra-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, or
intra- and inter-RNC inter-frequency load balancing, respectively. Keep the default settings of other
parameters, which are the thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing based on code resources,
cell credit resources, and MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO.
The thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing caused by code resource and cell credit resource
congestion are as follows:

WCDMA RAN
UlCreditCSClbRelThd
UlCreditPSClbRelThd
DlCreditCSClbRelThd
DlCreditPSClbRelThd
UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd
DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd
CellSfCSClbTrigThd
CellSfPSClbTrigThd
CellSfCSClbRelThd
CellSfPSClbRelThd
ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd
UlPwrLoadSpaceThd
DlPwrLoadSpaceThd
6. Optional: If CellLoadBalanceRange in step 5 is set to ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC or

BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC, Run the BSC6900 MML commandSET UCLB (CME
single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter
Configuration > RNC Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Banlance Algorithm; CME batch
modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to set the parameters related to the cell
load status of the neighboring RNC.
7. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML commandSET ULDCPERIOD (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Load Control Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
LDC Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in
Batches). In this step, set ClbPeriodTimerLen.
8. Optional: If NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(NodeB Credit CLB Algorithm) or
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH(Local Cell Group Credit CLB Algorithm)is selected under
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch in step 3, Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UNODEBCLB (CME
single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Banlance Algorithm; CME batch
modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches) or MOD UNODEBCLB (CME
single configuration: NodeB Configuration Express > IUB_RNC > NodeB Basic Information >
NodeB-Oriented Parameters for CLB interfreq Load Banlance Algorithm; CME batch
modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, set the feature
parameters for a specified NodeB. Keep the default parameter settings, which are the thresholds for
inter-frequency load balancing because of cell group credit resource and NodeB credit resource.
The thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing caused by cell group credit resource and NodeB
credit resource congestion are as follows:
UlCreditCSClbRelThd

WCDMA RAN
UlCreditPSClbRelThd
DlCreditCSClbRelThd
DlCreditPSClbRelThd
9. Optional: If UL_UU_CLB or DL_UU_CLB is selected under NBMLdcAlgoSwitch in step 2, Run the
BSC6900 MML commandADD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration
Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification
center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLLDM (CME single configuration:
UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDM Algorithm
Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this
step, set the threshold for inter-frequency load balancing because of power resource for a specified
cell. Keep the default parameter settings.
The thresholds for inter-frequency load balancing caused by power resource congestion are as
follows:
UlPwrCSClbTrigThd
UlPwrPSClbTrigThd
DlPwrCSClbTrigThd
DlPwrPSClbTrigThd
UlPwrCSClbRelThd
UlPwrPSClbRelThd
DlPwrCSClbRelThd
DlPwrPSClbRelThd
UlLdTrnsHysTime
DlLdTrnsHysTime
10. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UCMCF (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Compression Mode Parameter Configuration > RNC Oriented
CMCF Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in
Batches). In this step, set NCovCMUserNumCtrlSwitch and CellSFCMUserNumThd.
11. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML commandADD UCELLMCLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Based Measurement
Inter-frequency LDR Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying
UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) or MOD UCELLMCLDR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Based Measurement Inter-frequency
LDR Handover Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set UESpdOptSwitch.
Activation Check
Check the value of the counter VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq or VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq on the
M2000. If the value is not 0, this feature has been activated successfully.
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLICENSE (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell License Resource/Function Item; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, clear
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD under FuncSwitch1 to disable the license
of the feature for a specified cell.

WCDMA RAN
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, under
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch, clear UL_UU_CLB to disable uplink Uu-interface load balancing, clear
DL_UU_CLB to disable downlink Uu-interface load balancing, clear CELL_CODE_CLB to disable
cell code resource load balancing, and clear CELL_CREDIT_CLB to disable cell credit load
balancing for a specified cell.
CME batch modification center: Modifying Logical NodeB Parameters in Batches). In this step, under
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch, clear NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH to disable NodeB credit load
balancing and clear LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH to disable local cell group credit load balancing
for a specified NodeB.
Example
/*Activating the feature WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold*/
//Activating the feature WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold
//Enabling the license of CLB for a specified cell
ADD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1, FuncSwitch1=INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-1; or
MOD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1, FuncSwitch1=INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-1;
//Enabling uplink Uu-interface load balancing, downlink Uu-interface load balancing, cell code resource
load balancing, and cell credit load balancing for a specified cell
ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1,
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-1&DL_UU_CLB_1&CELL_CODE_CLB-1&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-1,
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF, NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch=ALGORITHM_OFF; or
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-1&DL_UU_CLB_1&CELL_CODE_CLB-1&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-1;
NBMUlCacAlgoSelSwitch and NBMDlCacAlgoSelSwitch in the ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH command are mandatory

parameters. Their values are based on site configurations. In this example, they are set to ALGORITHM_OFF.
//Enabling NodeB credit load balancing and local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB
ADD UNODEBALGOPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1,
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1; or
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the CLB priority for the inter-frequency neighboring cell of a specified cell
ADD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0, CellId=1, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=2, CLBFlag=TRUE, CLBPrio=1; or
MOD UINTERFREQNCELL: RNCId=0, CellId=1, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=2, CLBFlag=TRUE, CLBPrio=1;
//Setting the CLB parameters for a specified cell

ADD UCELLCLB: CellId=1, CellLoadBalanceRange=BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC; or
MOD UCELLCLB: CellId=1, CellLoadBalanceRange=BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_AND_INTER_RNC;
//Setting the thresholds for triggering and stopping inter-frequency load balancing caused by code
resource and cell credit resource congestion for a specified cell

WCDMA RAN
ADD UCELLCLB: CellLoadBalanceRange=ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, CellSfCSClbTrigThd=100, CellSfPSClbTrigThd=82,

CellSfCSClbRelThd=87, CellSfPSClbRelThd=69, UlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100, UlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82,
DlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100, DlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82, UlCreditCSClbRelThd=87, UlCreditPSClbRelThd=69,
DlCreditCSClbRelThd=87, DlCreditPSClbRelThd=69, UlPwrLoadSpaceThd=15, DlPwrLoadSpaceThd=15,
ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd=13, DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd=13, MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO=2; or
MOD UCELLCLB: CellLoadBalanceRange=ONLY_TO_INTRA_RNC, CellSfCSClbTrigThd=100, CellSfPSClbTrigThd=82,
CellSfCSClbRelThd=87, CellSfPSClbRelThd=69, UlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100, UlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82,
DlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100, DlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82, UlCreditCSClbRelThd=87, UlCreditPSClbRelThd=69,
DlCreditCSClbRelThd=87, DlCreditPSClbRelThd=69, UlPwrLoadSpaceThd=15, DlPwrLoadSpaceThd=15,
ClbCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, UlClbCreditSfSpaceThd=13, DlClbCreditSfSpaceThd=13, MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO=2;
//Setting the thresholds for triggering and stopping inter-frequency load balancing caused by cell group
credit resource and NodeB credit resource congestion for a specified cell
ADD UNODEBCLB: IDTYPE=BYID, UlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100, UlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82, DlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100,
DlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82, UlCreditCSClbRelThd=87, UlCreditPSClbRelThd=69, DlCreditCSClbRelThd=87,
DlCreditPSClbRelThd=69; or
MOD UNODEBCLB: IDTYPE=BYID, UlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100, UlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82, DlCreditCSClbTrigThd=100,
DlCreditPSClbTrigThd=82, UlCreditCSClbRelThd=87, UlCreditPSClbRelThd=69, DlCreditCSClbRelThd=87,
DlCreditPSClbRelThd=69;
//Setting the thresholds for triggering and stopping inter-frequency load balancing caused by power
resource congestion for a specified cell
ADD UCELLLDM: UlPwrCSClbTrigThd=100, UlPwrPSClbTrigThd=40, DlPwrCSClbTrigThd=100,
DlPwrPSClbTrigThd=40, UlPwrCSClbRelThd=90, UlPwrPSClbRelThd=30, DlPwrCSClbRelThd=90,
DlPwrPSClbRelThd=30; or
MOD UCELLLDM: UlPwrCSClbTrigThd=100, UlPwrPSClbTrigThd=40, DlPwrCSClbTrigThd=100,
DlPwrPSClbTrigThd=40, UlPwrCSClbRelThd=90, UlPwrPSClbRelThd=30, DlPwrCSClbRelThd=90,
DlPwrPSClbRelThd=30;
/*Deactivating the feature WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load
Threshold*/
//Disabling the license of CLB for a specified cell
MOD UCELLLICENSE: CellId=1,
FuncSwitch1=INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEON_CFG_THD-0;
//Disabling uplink Uu-interface load balancing, downlink Uu-interface load balancing, cell code resource
load balancing, and cell credit load balancing for a specified cell
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB_0&CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-0;
//Disabling NodeB credit load balancing and local cell group credit load balancing for a specified NodeB
NodeBLdcAlgoSwitch=NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITCH-0;
11.9.4 Performance Optimization

Whether This Feature Takes Effect
Observe the numbers of CS and PS UEs handed over to inter-frequency cells to determine whether
this feature takes effect. The numbers are indicated by the following counters:

WCDMA RAN
VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFreq: Number of CS UEs Involved in Inter-Frequency Load-based Handovers

in a CS CLB Cell
VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFreq: Number of PS UEs Involved in Inter-Frequency Load-based Handovers
in a PS CLB Cell
Observe the numbers of outgoing inter-frequency hard handover attempts and successful outgoing
inter-frequency hard handovers caused by resource congestion in a cell (including power resources,
CE resources, and code resources) to determine whether this feature takes effect. The numbers are
indicated by the counters listed in Table 11-2.
Table 11-2 Counters indicating whether this feature takes effect
Cause Counter Description
Uplink CE resources VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.UlCE Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover Attempts Based on UL
CE for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.UlC Number of Successful CS
E Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on UL CE for Cell
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.UlCE Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover Attempts Based on UL
CE for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.UlC Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard
E Handover Attempts Based on UL
CE for Cell
Downlink CE resources VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.DlCE Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover Attempts Based on DL
CE for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.DlC Number of Successful CS
Based on DL CE for Cell
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.DlCE Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover Attempts Based on DL
CE for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.DlC Number of Successful PS
Based on DL CE for Cell
Cell total transmit power VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalT Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard
xPwr Handover Attempts Based on Cell
Total Transmit Power for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Tota Number of Successful CS
lTxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total Transmit Power
for Cell
VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalT Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard
xPwr Handover Attempts Based on Cell
Total Transmit Power for Cell

WCDMA RAN
Cause Counter Description

VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Total Number of Successful PS
TxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total Transmit Power
for Cell
Cell total receive power VS.HHO. Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard
AttInterFreqOut.CS.TotalRxPwr Handover Attempts Based on Cell
Total Receive Power for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Tota Number of Successful CS
lRxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total Receive Power
for Cell
VS.HHO. Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard
AttInterFreqOut.PS.TotalRxPwr Handover Attempts Based on Cell
Total Receive Power for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Total Number of Successful PS
RxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on Cell Total Receive Power
for Cell
Code resources VS.HHO. AttInterFreqOut.CS.Code Number of CS Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover Attempts Based on Code
Resources for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.CS.Cod Number of Successful CS
e Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on Code Resources for Cell
VS.HHO. AttInterFreqOut.PS.Code Number of PS Inter-Frequency Hard
Handover Attempts Based on Code
Resources for Cell
VS.HHO.SuccInterFreqOut.PS.Cod Number of Successful PS
e Inter-Frequency Hard Handovers
Based on Code Resources for Cell
The counters listed in Table 11-2 measure the number of inter-frequency handovers triggered by the LDR and CLB
features.
Feature Performance
The CLB feature is working properly if the following conditions are met:
The inter-frequency hard handover success rate does not decrease noticeably.
The values of VS.MeanTCP and VS.MeanRTWP are nearly the same for two cells involved in load
balancing.
If the CLB feature is enabled for CS services:

WCDMA RAN
TheCS RAB setup success rate, AMR RAB setup success rate, and CS service drop rate do not
decrease noticeably in the source cell. If any of them decreases noticeably, perform parameter
optimization by referring to 11.9.5 Parameter Optimization.
The values of VS.RAB.AMR.Erlang.cell and VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell decrease in the source cell.
If the CLB feature is enabled for PS services:
ThePS RAB setup success rate, PS call drop rate, HSDPA call drop rate, and HSUPA call drop rate
do not decrease noticeably in the source cell. If any of them decreases noticeably, perform parameter
optimization by referring to section 11.9.5 Parameter Optimization.
Thevalues of VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes and
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes decrease in the source cell.
The number of online UEs decreases in the source cell.
The values of VS.CellDCHUEs, VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell, and VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell decrease in
the source cell.
11.9.5 Parameter Optimization

The effect of CLB is affected by the threshold settings for different resources. After CLB is activated,
regulate the following thresholds based on the operator's requirements and load balancing effect:
UlPwrCSClbTrigThd, UlPwrPSClbTrigThd, DlPwrCSClbTrigThd, DlPwrPSClbTrigThd,
CellSfCSClbTrigThd, CellSfPSClbTrigThd, UlCreditCSClbTrigThd, UlCreditPSClbTrigThd,
DlCreditCSClbTrigThd, and DlCreditPSClbTrigThd. For the load balancing effect, see section 6.4
"Performance Monitoring."
If the call drop rate significantly increases or the inter-frequency handover success rate decreases, raise
the preceding thresholds or lower the MaxUserNumforCLBIFHO parameter value to reduce the number
of inter-frequency handovers.
Increase the value for TargetFreqThdRscp and TargetFreqThdEcN0 to reduce the inter-frequency
handover failures caused by poor signal quality. These two parameters can be configured by running the
MML command MOD UCELLMCLDR or SET UMCLDR.
None
11.10 WRFD-020401 Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on

Distance
11.10.1 When to Use Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on
Distance
Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance is recommended when both of the following conditions
are met:
The UMTS cell is experiencing excessive coverage problems. This is especially the case when the cell
is operating on UMTS 900 MHz.
The UMTS cell is not configured with neighboring GSM cells.
11.10.2 Information to Be Collected

Before you enable Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on Distance, obtain the following information.
Confirm that there are UMTS cells that are experiencing excessive coverage problems.

WCDMA RAN
Use this information to determine whether you need to enable Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on
Distance.
Confirm that there are UMTS cells that are not configured with GSM neighbouring cells.
Use this information to determine whether you need to enable Inter-Frequency Redirection Based on
Distance.
Network band and frequencies
Use this information to configure the target band and frequency for distance-based inter-frequency
RRC redirection.
KPI of the cells before activation
Compare the KPI after activation with the KPI before activation to observe the effect

Requirements
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is
activated.
License
None.
Data Preparation
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Description Source
Inter-freq Redirection InterFreqRedirSwitch Decide whether to Network plan
Switch enable this feature
according to the
requirements in 11.10.1
When to Use
Inter-Frequency
Redirection Based on
Distance.
Inter-freq Redirect InterFreqRedirDelayThd 10 Network plan
Propa Delay Thres (internal plan)
Inter-freq Redirection InterFreqRedirFactorOfL 50 Network plan
Factor of LDR DR (internal plan)
Inter-freq Redirection InterFreqRedirFactorOfN 0 Network plan
Factor of Normal orm (internal plan)
ReDirection target RedirBandInd DependOnNCell Network plan
band indicator (internal plan)
Redirection Target UL ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd None Network plan
Frequency Index
Redirection target ReDirUARFCNUplink None Network plan
uplink UARFCN

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Description Source

Redirection target ReDirUARFCNDownlink None Network plan
downlink UARFCN
Feature Activation
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration:
UMTS Radio Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration >
RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying
RNC Parameters in Batches) for the RNC or ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based
RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in
Batches)) for a cell. In this step, turn on InterFreqRedirSwitch, set RedirBandInd based on the
network plan, and set other parameters according to the prepared data.
If
RedirBandInd is set to DependOnNCell, you do not need to set ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd,
ReDirUARFCNDownlink, and ReDirUARFCNUplink.
If
RedirBandInd is set to other values, set ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd, ReDirUARFCNDownlink, and
ReDirUARFCNUplink based on the network plan.
Inter-frequency redirection based on distance does not select the inter-frequency neighboring cell under the DRNC as the
target cell. DRD and redirection at RRC connection setup do not select the inter-frequency neighboring cell that uses a
different frequency band from the cell where the RRC connection is to access.
Activation Check
1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Under Uu Message Type, select
RRC_RRC_CONN_REJ.
2. Move a UE to a position where it has a distance from the NodeB but can still detect pilot signals.
Initiate a service using the UE, such as cs service.
The distance between the UE and the NodeB must be larger than InterFreqRedirDelayThd x 78.125 m/chip x 3 chips.
3. View the Uu interface tracing data.
If
the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message includes the redirectionInfo IE and this IE contains
frequencyInfo (information about the cell), as shown in Figure 11-1, the RNC has redirected the UE
to an inter-frequency neighboring cell and this feature has been activated.
If
the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not include the redirectionInfo IE, this feature
has not been activated.
Figure 11-1 redirectionInfo IE

WCDMA RAN
o deactivate Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance at the RNC level, Run the BSC6900 MML
command SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC
Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
turn off InterFreqRedirSwitch.
To deactivate Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance at the cell level, Run the BSC6900 MML
command MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters;
CME batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to turn off
InterFreqRedirSwitch.
Example
//Activating Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance
SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: InterFreqRedirSwitch=ON, InterFreqRedirDelayThd=10,
InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR=50, InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell;
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, InterFreqRedirSwitch=ON,
InterFreqRedirDelayThd=10, InterFreqRedirFactorOfLDR=50, InterFreqRedirFactorOfNorm=0,
RedirBandInd=DependOnNCell;
//Deactivating Inter-frequency Redirection Based on Distance
SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: InterFreqRedirSwitch =OFF;
MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, InterFreqRedirSwitch =OFF;
11.10.4 Monitoring
Effectivity
You can use the counter VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat to monitor Inter-Frequency Redirection
Based on Distance. If the value of this counter remains steady or keeps increasing, this feature is
functioning properly.
RRC Setup Sucess Rate and Call Drop Rate
You can evaluate the impact of this feature on the cell performance. After activation. this feature
improves RRC setup success rate and reduces call drop rate by redirecting the users on the edge or in
the excessive coverage of a cell.
You can check the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell to learn whether this feature is properly
triggered. If the value of the counter VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat is not in accordance with the
propagation delay of the UEs in a cell, the feature is not functioning properly. For example, the counter
VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.IntraRat has a large value but the propagation delay of the UEs in a cell
indicates that this large number of redirections is not reasonable. If this happens, deactivate this feature.

WCDMA RAN
11.11 WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance

Requirements
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package has been configured before this feature is
activated.
License
The licenses "Inter System Redirect Based on Distance" on the RNC side have been activated. For
details about the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
1. This feature can be activated by using either of the following methods according to the feature area:
Toactivate this feature in the entire BSC6900, run the BSC6900 MML command SET
UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC
Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches) to
set the BSC6900-level parameters.
Set Redirection Switch to ON.
Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25.433
SetRedirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on
the network plan.
To
activate this feature in a cell, run the BSC6900 MML command ADD
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express >
Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the cell-level parameters.
Set Redirection Switch to ON.
Set Propagation delay threshold as specified in 3GPP TS 25.433.
SetRedirection Factor Of LDR and Redirection Factor Of Normal to appropriate values based on
the network plan.
Activation Check
1. Initiate Uu interface message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT, as shown in Figure 11-2

WCDMA RAN
Figure 11-2 Uu Interface Trace dialog box
2. Simulate a scenario where pilot pollution occurs. Place the UE in a place where the UE is far away
from the NodeB and pilot signals are strong. Then, use the UE to establish a CS voice call.
3. Check the messages traced on the Uu interface.
Asshown inFigure 11-3, if the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message contains the information
element (IE) GSM-Targetcellinfo, the RAN has redirected the UE to the GSM network, and this
feature has been activated.
If
the RRC CONNECTION REJECT message does not contain the IE GSM-Targetcellinfo, this
feature is not activated.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 11-3 GSM-Targetcellinfo IE
1. This feature can be deactivated by using either of the following methods according to the feature
area:
To deactivate this feature in the entire BSC6900, run the BSC6900 MML command SET
UDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global Configuration
Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented Delay Based RRC
Redirection Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set Redirection Switch to OFF.
To
deactivate this feature in a cell, run the BSC6900 MML command MOD
UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express >
Cell Parameters > Cell-Oriented Delay Based RRC Redirection Parameters; CME batch
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Redirection
Switch to OFF.
Example
//Activating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance
//Activating this feature in the entire BSC6900
SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=ON, DelayThs=100, RedirFactorOfLDR=70,
RedirFactorOfNorm=60;
//Activating this feature in a specified cell
ADD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, RedirSwitch=ON, DelayThs=100,
RedirFactorOfLDR=80, RedirFactorOfNorm=60;
//Deactivating Inter-RAT Redirection Based on Distance
//Deactivating this feature in the entire BSC6900
SET UDISTANCEREDIRECTION: RedirSwitch=OFF;
//Deactivating this feature in a specified cell

WCDMA RAN
MOD UCELLDISTANCEREDIRECTION: CellId=1, RedirSwitch=OFF;
11.12 WRFD-02040003 Inter System Redirect

11.12.1 When to Use
None.

None.

Requirements
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is
activated.
License
The licenses "Inter System Redirect" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the
license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.
2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented DRD
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In
this step, set ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT.
Activation Check
1. Start Uu Interface Trace on the BSC6900 LMT. Use a UE to initiate an RRC connection setup
request.
2. The following procedure is traced on the Uu interface:
a. The UE sends an RRC_SETUP_REQ message.

b. The BSC6900 responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message, carrying GSM-TargetCellInfo in
the IE redirectioninfo.

WCDMA RAN
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UDRD (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio Global
Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented DRD
Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches). In
this step, set RRC redirect switch to OFF or Only_To_Inter_Frequency.
Example
//Activating Inter-System Redirect
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DrSwitch=DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH-1;
SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=Allowed_To_Inter_RAT;
//Deactivating Inter-System Redirect
SET UDRD: ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch=OFF;
11.13 WRFD-020120 Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC

Connection Setup
11.13.1 When to Use
None.

None.

Requirements
The feature WRFD-020400 DRD Introduction Package must be configured before this feature is
activated.
License
The licenses "Service Steering in RRC Connection Setup" on the RNC side have been activated. For
Others
The UE needs to be compliant with 3GPP Release 6 (or later) to support the feature.
Data Preparation
None

WCDMA RAN
Feature Activation
The adaptive multirate (AMR) service that is redirected to an inter-RAT cell during RRC connection setup is used as an
example.
Parameters in Batches) to enable the RRC directed retry decision (DRD) function. In this step, set
Direct Retry Switch to DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH.
2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented RRC
In this step, set RNC-level Traffic Type to AMR and Redirection Switch to
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT.
3. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-level RRC Redirection
step, set cell-level Traffic Type to AMR and Redirection Switch to ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT.
If a cell is configured with both the RNC-level and cell-level parameters, the cell-level parameter settings take effect.
Activation Check
1. Use a UE to send an RRC_SETUP_REQ message with the cause value "Originating Conversational
Call."
2. The BSC6900 responds with an RRC_CONN_REJ message. If "redirectioninfo" of the message
contains "GSM-TargetCellInfo," this feature has been activated.
Parameters in Batches) to disable the RRC DRD function.
2. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UREDIRECTION (CME single configuration: UMTS Radio
Global Configuration Express > Directed Retry Parameter Configuration > RNC-Oriented RRC
In this step, set Redirection Switch to an appropriate value to disable the RNC-level RRC DRD
based on service steering.
3. Optional: Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLREDIRECTION (CME single
configuration: UMTS Cell Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell-level RRC Redirection
step, set Redirection Switch to an appropriate value to disable the cell-level RRC DRD based on
service steering.
Example
/*Activating Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup*/
/*Enabling the RRC DRD function*/
//Setting the RNC-level DRD switch

WCDMA RAN
SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=AMR, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT, RedirFactorOfNorm=0,

RedirFactorOfLDR=0, RedirBandInd=BAND1, ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE,
ReDirUARFCNDownlink=10713;
//Setting the cell-level DRD switch
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=1, TrafficType=AMR, RedirSwitch=ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT,
RedirFactorOfNorm=0, RedirFactorOfLDR=100, RedirBandInd=BAND1,
ReDirUARFCNUplinkInd=FALSE, ReDirUARFCNDownlink=10563;
/*Deactivating Service Steering and Load Sharing in RRC Connection Setup*/
//Disabling the RRC DRD function
//Setting the RNC-level DRD switch
SET UREDIRECTION: TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;
//Setting the cell-level DRD switch
MOD UCELLREDIRECTION: CellId=100, TrafficType=PSHSPA, RedirSwitch=OFF;
11.14 WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Load Balance

11.14.1 When to Use
None.

None.

Requirements
License
The licenses "Intra frequency load balancing" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about
the license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL (CME single configuration: UMTS
Cell Configuration Express > Neighboring Cell > Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell; CME batch
modification center: not supported) to add an intra-frequency neighboring cell.

WCDMA RAN
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB(Intra Frequency LDB Algorithm) from the Cell LDC algorithm switch
drop-down list.
Algorithm Cycle Length; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC Parameters in Batches).
In this step, set Intra-frequency LDB period timer length to an appropriate value.
4. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UCELLLDB (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Cell Parameters > Cell Oriented LDB Algorithm Parameters; CME
batch modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches) to set the following
parameters associated with the cell-level intra-frequency load balancing (LDB) algorithm to
appropriate values:
Cell overload threshold
Pilot power adjustment step
Cell under load threshold
5. Run the BSC6900 MML command MOD UPCPICHPWR (CME single configuration: UMTS Cell
Configuration Express > Channel Configuration > PCPICH; CME batch modification center:
Modifying UMTS Channel Parameters in Batches). In this step, set P-CPICH parameters associated
with intra-frequency LDB, including Max transmit power of PCPICH and Min transmit power of
PCPICH to appropriate values.
Activation Check
To verify that the RNC can balance the cell load by adjusting the P-CPICH power of a cell, perform the
following steps:
1. On the BSC6900 LMT, open the Monitor tab page. Create the task of monitoring PCPICH TxPower
of CELL_A11.
2. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to simulate high load in CELL_A11.
3. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.
Expected result: As the cell load increases, the pilot power periodically decreases. The actual pilot
power must not be decreased to a level lower than the configured minimum pilot power.
4. The NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ and NBAP_CELL_RECFG_RSP messages should be displayed in
the Iub tracing result. In the NBAP_CELL_RECFG_REQ message, check whether the RNC has
reduced the pilot power.
5. Run the NodeB MML command STR DLSIM to stop simulating high load in CELL_A11.
6. In the Cell Performance Monitoring dialog box, check the pilot power of CELL_A11.
Expected result: As the cell load becomes normal, the pilot power periodically increases. The actual
pilot power must not be increased to a level higher than the configured maximum pilot power.
modification center: Modifying UMTS Cell Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB from the Cell LDC algorithm switch drop-down list.
2. Restore the parameter settings modified in the activation procedure.
Example
//Activating Intra Frequency Load Balance

WCDMA RAN
//Configuring intra-frequency neighboring cells

ADD UINTRAFREQNCELL: RncId=1, CellId=111, NCellRncId=1, NCellId=211, SIB11Ind=TRUE,
SIB12Ind=FALSE, TpenaltyHcsReselect=D0, NPrioFlag=FALSE;
//Enabling the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-1;
//Setting the intra-frequency LDB period
SET ULDCPERIOD: IntraFreqLdbPeriodTimerLen=1800;
//Setting parameters associated with the cell-oriented intra-frequency LDB algorithm to appropriate
values
MOD UCELLLDB: CellId=111, PCPICHPowerPace=2, CellOverrunThd=90, CellUnderrunThd=30;
//Setting the P-CPICH associated parameters for intra-frequency LDB
MOD UPCPICHPWR: CellId=111, MaxPCPICHPower=346, MinPCPICHPower=313;
//Verifying Intra Frequency Load Balance
STR DLSIM: LOCELL=111, LR=90;
STP DLSIM: LOCELL=111;
//Deactivating Intra Frequency Load Balance
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=111, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0;
11.15 WRFD-010505 Queuing and Preemption

11.15.1 When to Use
None.

None.

Requirements
This feature requires the CN to bring the information element allocation/retention priority (ARP) to
BSC6900 during RAB assignment so that BSC6900 can obtain service priorities with RAB parameters.
The following features must be configured before this feature is activated: WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package and WRFD-010612 HSUPA Introduction Package.
License
The licenses "Queuing and Pre-emption" on the RNC side have been activated. For details about the
license items and how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

WCDMA RAN
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Queue Preempt Parameters Configuration > RNC
Oriented Queue Preempt Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to turn on the queuing and preemption switches. In this step, set Preempt
algorithm switch to ON and set Queue algorithm switch to ON.
Activation Check
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UQUEUEPREEMPT to check whether the queuing and
preemption switches are turned on.
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command SET UQUEUEPREEMPT (CME single configuration: UMTS
Radio Global Configuration Express > Queue Preempt Parameters Configuration > RNC
Oriented Queue Preempt Algorithm Parameters; CME batch modification center: Modifying RNC
Parameters in Batches) to turn off the queuing and preemption switches. In this step, set Preempt
algorithm switch to OFF and set Queue algorithm switch to OFF.
Example
//Activating Queuing and Preemption
SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=ON, QueueAlgoSwitch=ON;
//Deactivating Queuing and Preemption
SET UQUEUEPREEMPT: PreemptAlgoSwitch=OFF, QueueAlgoSwitch=OFF;
11.16 WRFD-010507 Rate Negotiation at Admission Control

11.16.1 When to Use
None.

None.

Requirements
License

WCDMA RAN
The licenses "RAB Downsizing at Admission Control" on the RNC side have been activated. For
Other Prerequisites
For Iu QoS negotiation, the CN nodes must support this feature.
For RAB rate reduction, the CN nodes do not need to support this feature.
Data Preparation
None
Feature Activation
Activating QoS negotiation
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH
and PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH.
Activating RAB rate reduction
Parameters in Batches). In this step, set Dynamic Resource Allocation Switch to
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH, and set PS rate negotiation switch to PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH.
Activation Check
Verifying QoS negotiation
1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.
2. Start Iu message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 11-4.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 11-4 Iu message tracing
3. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message. If it contains the IE "alt-RAB-Parameters",

the CN supports Iu QoS negotiation, as shown in Figure 11-5
Figure 11-5 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_REQ message on the Iu interface
Verifying RAB rate reduction

1. Run the BSC6900 MML command LST UCORRMALGOSWITCH to query the activation result.
2. Start Iu message tracing on the BSC6900 LMT and establish a PS service, as shown in Figure 11-6.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 11-6 Iu message tracing
3. View the RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message. If it contains the IE "ass-RAB-Parameters",

rate negotiation at admission control takes effect, and the MaxBitrate is the data rate negotiated by
the RNC, as shown in Figure 11-7.
Figure 11-7 RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message on the Iu interface

WCDMA RAN
Deactivating QoS negotiation
Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource
Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and deselect PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH and
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH from the PS rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.
Deactivating RAB rate reduction
Parameters in Batches). In this step, deselect DRA_DCCC_SWITCH from the Dynamic Resource
Allocation Switch drop-down list box, and deselect PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH from the PS
rate negotiation switch drop-down list box.
Example
//Activating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1, PsSwitch
=PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1,
PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1;
//Deactivating Rate Negotiation at Admission Control
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0, PsSwitch
=PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch=DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH-0,
PsSwitch=PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-0;

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 12 Parameters
12 Parameters
Table 12-1 Parameter description
Parameter ID NE MML Feature ID Feature Name Description
Command
BackgroundNo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:If [Auto-Adaptive

ise UCELLCAC Control Background Noise Update
WRFD-020102 Switch] is set to OFF, it is
MOD Load used to set background
UCELLCAC Measurement noise of the cell. If
[Auto-Adaptive Background
Noise Update Switch] is set
to ON, new background
noise is restricted by this
parameter and
"BgnAbnormalThd". For
detailed information of this
parameter, refer to the 3GPP
TS 25.133.
GUI Value Range:0~621
Actual Value
Range:-112~-50
Unit:None
Default Value:61
BgnAbnormalT BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:This parameter is

hd UCELLCAC Control applied when "BGNSwitch"
WRFD-020102 is set to ON. (1) If the
MOD Load difference of measured
UCELLCAC Measurement background noise without
filtered and the current
background noise is larger
than the RTWP threshold,
the background noise will not
be updated. (2) If the
difference of new
background noise and the
configured value is larger
than the RTWP threshold,
the background noise will not
be updated.
Actual Value Range:0.1~40
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:100

WCDMA RAN

Command
BGNAdjustTim BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:Only when the

eLen UCELLCAC Control measured background
WRFD-020102 noise's duration reaches this
MOD Load parameter, the output of the
UCELLCAC Measurement auto-adaptive background
noise update filter could be
regarded as effect
background noise, and the
current value is replaced
with the new one. At the
same time, the
auto-adaptive status should
be restarted; otherwise, the
output could not be regarded
as the effective background
noise.
Actual Value Range:1~6000
Unit:s
Default Value:120
BgnEndTime BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:1. This parameter,

UCELLCAC Control along with the [Algorithm
WRFD-020102 start time], is used to limit the
MOD Load validation time of the
UCELLCAC Measurement background noise automatic
update algorithm. When
[Algorithm stop time] is
greater than [Algorithm start
time], and the background
noise automatic update
algorithm is enabled, then
the algorithm is activated
during the period of
[Algorithm start time] to
[Algorithm stop time] each
day. In other periods, the
algorithm does not take
effect.
2. Input format:
HH&MM&SS.
GUI Value Range:hour, min,
sec
Actual Value
Range:hour0~23, min0~59,
sec0~59

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BGNEqUserN BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:When the number

umThd UCELLCAC Control of uplink equivalent users is
WRFD-020102 not larger than this
MOD Load parameter, the RTWP could
UCELLCAC Measurement be regarded as background
noise. Therefore, the
measured RTWP could be
input to the auto-adaptive
background noise update
filter; otherwise, the RTWP
could not be regarded as
background noise, and
should not be input to the
filter, and at the same time,
the auto-adaptive status
should be reset.
Unit:None
Default Value:0
BGNOptSwitc BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:Whether to activate

h UCELLCAC Control the optimized background
noise algorithm. When this
MOD switch is turned on, the
UCELLCAC BSC6900 first checks
whether the "ULTotalLoad"
value is equal to or smaller
than the "BGNULLoadThd"
value. If yes, the BSC6900
regards the difference
between the current RTWP
and the "ULTotalLoad" value
as the current background
noise value, which is then
considered in the algorithm.
When this switch is turned
off, the algorithm does not
take effect and the original
background noise value
update algorithm is used.
The original background
noise value update algorithm
starts taking effect when the
number of the uplink

WCDMA RAN

Command
equivalent UEs in a cell is
equal to or smaller than the
"BGNEqUserNumThd"
value. The calculation
results given by this
algorithm may be inaccurate
because it takes the uplink
cell load into account.
GUI Value
Range:OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Actual Value Range:ON,
OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF(OFF)
BgnStartTime BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:1. This parameter,

UCELLCAC Control along with the [Algorithm
WRFD-020102 stop time], is used to limit the
MOD Load validation time of the
UCELLCAC Measurement background noise automatic
update algorithm. When
[Algorithm stop time] is
greater than [Algorithm start
time], and the background
noise automatic update
algorithm is enabled, then
the algorithm is activated
during the period of
[Algorithm start time] to
[Algorithm stop time] each
day. In other periods, the
algorithm does not take
effect.
2. Input format:
HH&MM&SS.
GUI Value Range:hour, min,
sec
Actual Value
Range:hour0~23, min0~59,
sec0~59
Unit:None
Default Value:None
BGNSwitch BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:When the

UCELLCAC Control parameter is 'OFF', the
auto-adaptive background

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD WRFD-020102 Load noise update algorithm is
UCELLCAC Measurement switched off. Otherwise, the
algorithm is switched on.
GUI Value Range:OFF, ON
Actual Value Range:OFF,
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
BGNULLoadT BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:Uplink cell load

hd UCELLCAC Control threshold for the optimized
background noise algorithm.
MOD When "BGNOptSwitch" is
UCELLCAC set to ON, the BSC6900
checks whether the
"ULTotalLoad" value is equal
to or smaller than the
"BGNULLoadThd" value. If
yes, the algorithm uses the
difference between the
current RTWP and the
"ULTotalLoad" value.
Unit:%
Default Value:10
BgnUpdateTh BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:The difference of

d UCELLCAC Control RTWP that trigger the
WRFD-020102 update of background noise.
MOD Load If the difference is larger
UCELLCAC Measurement than the threshold, the
background will be updated.
Actual Value Range:0.1~10
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:5
BlindHoFlag BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:Whether to perform

UINTERFRE Load Balance blind handover.
QNCELL WRFD-021200
HCS The value FALSE indicates
MOD (Hierarchical that the cell is not
UINTERFRE considered as a candidate

WCDMA RAN

Command
QNCELL Cell Structure) cell for blind handover.
Therefore, blind over to this
cell cannot be triggered. The
value TRUE indicates that
the cell is considered as a
candidate cell for blind
handover and blind over to
this cell can be triggered.
GUI Value Range:FALSE,
TRUE
Actual Value Range:FALSE,
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False
BlindHOIntrafr BSC6900 SET WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:The number of

eqMRAmount UINTRAFRE Load Balance required measurement
QHO WRFD-020104 reports for triggering an
Intra Frequency inter-frequency blind
Load Balance handover. If the number of
intra-frequency
measurement reports
continuously reported by the
UE reaches or exceeds the
number of intra-frequency
measurement reports for
triggering a blind handover
("BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmou
nt"), the BSC6900 initiates a
blind handover.
Measurements are
terminated if the UE reports
a measurement report
indicating that the handover
criteria are not met. In this
case, the BSC6900 does not
initiate a blind handover to
the target cell.
GUI Value Range:D1, D2,
D4, D8
Actual Value Range:1, 2, 4,
8
Unit:None
Default Value:D2
BlindHOIntrafr BSC6900 SET WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:Interval between

WCDMA RAN

Command
eqMRInterval UINTRAFRE WRFD-020104 Load Balance intra-frequency
QHO measurement reports
Intra Frequency reported by the UE for
Load Balance inter-frequency blind
handover triggered by load
reshuffling (LDR).
If the number of
intra-frequency
measurement reports
continuously reported by the
UE during the interval
reaches or exceeds the
number of intra-frequency
measurement reports for a
blind handover
("BlindHOIntrafreqMRAmou
nt"), the RNC initiates a blind
handover. Measurements
are terminated if the UE
reports a measurement
report indicating that the
handover criteria are not
met. In this case, the
BSC6900 does not initiate a
blind handover to the target
cell.
GUI Value Range:D250,
D500
Actual Value Range:250,
500
Unit:ms
Default Value:D250
BlindHOQualit BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:Threshold for the

yCondition UINTERFRE Load Balance measured signal level in the
QNCELL WRFD-021200 current cell. Blind handovers
HCS towards the inter-frequency
MOD (Hierarchical neighboring cell are allowed
UINTERFRE Cell Structure) only when the measured
QNCELL signal level exceeds this
threshold. This threshold is
used for urgent blind
handovers, load
balancing-based blind
handovers, and
inter-frequency DRDs from a
low-band cell to a high-band
cell.

WCDMA RAN

Command
GUI Value Range:-115~-25
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Default Value:-92
CarrierTypePri BSC6900 SET WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Decide which

orInd UUSERPRIO Reshuffling carrier is prior when ARP
RITY WRFD-020107 and TrafficClass are both
Overload identical.
WRFD-010505 Control
GUI Value Range:NONE,
Queuing and DCH, HSPA
Pre-Emption
Actual Value Range:NONE,
DCH, HSPA
Unit:None
Default Value:NONE
CellLdrSfResT BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:This parameter

hd UCELLLDR Reshuffling specifies the Cell SF
WRFD-020108 reserved threshold used for
MOD Code Resource judging whether the code
UCELLLDR Management load reshuffling (LDR) is
allowed. The code load
reshuffling could be
triggered only when the
minimum available SF of a
cell is higher than this
threshold.
GUI Value Range:SF4(SF4),
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Actual Value Range:SF4,
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
Default Value:SF8(SF8)
CellLoadBalan BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Range of target

ceRange UCELLCLB Load Balancing cells involved in the CLB
Based on feature.
MOD Configurable
UCELLCLB GUI Value

WCDMA RAN

Command
Load Threshold Range:ONLY_TO_INTRA_R
NC,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC,
BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_A
ND_INTER_RNC
Actual Value
Range:ONLY_TO_INTRA_R
NC,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RNC,
BOTH_TO_INTRA_RNC_A
ND_INTER_RNC
Unit:None
Default Value:None
CellOverrunTh BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Meaning:If the cell downlink
d UCELLLDB Load Balance load exceeds this threshold,
the algorithm will decrease
MOD the pilot transmit power of
UCELLLDB the cell so as to increase the
whole system's capacity.
This parameter is based on
network planning.
Unit:%
Default Value:90
CellSFCMUser BSC6900 SET UCMCF WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Threshold for the

NumThd Load Balancing number of UEs that use a
Based on different scrambling code,
Configurable use SF codes with half
Load Threshold numbers than usual, and
work in compressed mode in
a cell. When the number of
such UEs in a cell is equal to
or higher than this threshold,
the RNC does not perform
inter-frequency handovers to
prevent signal interference.
Unit:frame
Default Value:5

WCDMA RAN

Command
CellSfCSClbR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:SF release

elThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for CLB specific to
Based on CS services. If SF usage
MOD Configurable specific to CS services in a
UCELLCLB Load Threshold cell is lower than this
threshold, the RNC allows
the cell to leave the CS CLB
state.Because of load
fluctuation, the value
difference between
"CellSfCSClbRelThd" and
"CellSfCSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
Otherwise, a cell will
frequently enter and leave
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:87
CellSfCSClbTri BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:SF usage threshold

gThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing for the CLB feature specific
Based on to CS services. When the SF
MOD Configurable usage in a cell is equal to or
UCELLCLB Load Threshold higher than this threshold,
the RNC initiates
inter-frequency handovers
specific to CS services in the
cell to reduce Cell load.
Because of load fluctuation,
the value difference between
"CellSfCSClbRelThd" and
"CellSfCSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
CellSfPSClbR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:SF release

elThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for CLB specific to
Based on PS services. If SF usage

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD Configurable specific to PS services in a
UCELLCLB Load Threshold cell is lower than this
threshold, the RNC allows
the cell to leave the PS CLB
state.Because of load
difference between
"CellSfPSClbRelThd" and
"CellSfPSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:69
CellSfPSClbTri BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:SF usage threshold

gThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing for the CLB feature specific
Based on to PS services. When the SF
MOD Configurable usage in a cell is equal to or
UCELLCLB Load Threshold higher than this threshold,
the RNC initiates
specific to PS services in the
cell to reduce Cell
load.Because of load
difference between
"CellSfPSClbRelThd" and
"CellSfPSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:82
CellUnderrunT BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Meaning:If the cell downlink
hd UCELLLDB Load Balance load is lower than this
threshold, the algorithm will
MOD increase the pilot transmit
UCELLLDB power of the cell so as to

WCDMA RAN

Command
share load of other cells.
This parameter is based on
network planning.
Unit:%
Default Value:30
ChoiceRprtUni BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:This parameter

tForDlBasicMe Measurement sets the unit of the reporting
as period for the following
common measurements:
1. Transmitted Carrier Power
2. Transmitted carrier power
of all codes not used for
HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH,
E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or
E-HICH transmission
For detailed information of
this parameter, refer to
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
Default Value:TEN_MSEC
ChoiceRprtUni BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:If you set this
tForHsdpaPwr Measurement parameter to TEN_MSEC,
Meas use [HSDPA need pwr meas
cycle,Unit:10ms] to specify
the measurement report
period. If you set this
parameter to MIN, use
[HSDPA need pwr meas
cycle,Unit:min] to specify
measurement report period.
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN

WCDMA RAN

Command
Actual Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
tForHsdpaRat Measurement parameter to TEN_MSEC,
eMeas use [HSDPA bit rate meas
[HSDPA bit rate meas
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
tForHsupaRat Measurement parameter to TEN_MSEC,
eMeas use [HSDPA bit rate meas
[HSDPA bit rate meas
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None

WCDMA RAN

Command
ChoiceRprtUni BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:This parameter

tForUlBasicMe Measurement sets the unit of the reporting
as period for the following
common measurements:
1. Received Total Wide Band
Power
2. Received Scheduled
E-DCH Power Share
3GPP TS 25.433.
GUI Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Actual Value
Range:TEN_MSEC, MIN
Unit:None
ClbCodeUsed BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Code usage margin

SpaceThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for inter-frequency
Based on handovers involved in the
MOD Configurable CLB feature. When the code
UCELLCLB Load Threshold usage margin in a candidate
cell for inter-frequency
handovers exceeds this
threshold, this cell can be
selected as a target cell for
such handovers.
Unit:%
Default Value:13
CLBFlag BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Candidate flag of a

UINTERFRE Load Balancing cell ready to accommodate
QNCELL Based on UEs handed over by CLB.
Configurable When this parameter is set
MOD Load Threshold to TRUE, the current cell is
UINTERFRE listed on a candidate cell list
QNCELL during an inter-frequency
handover triggered by CLB.
When this parameter is set
to FALSE, the current cell is

WCDMA RAN

Command
not on the list.
TRUE
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:False
ClbPeriodTime BSC6900 SET WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Interval for the

rLen ULDCPERIO Load Balancing RNC to determine whether
D Based on to initiate inter-frequency
Configurable handovers. After a cell
Load Threshold enters the CLB state, the
RNC determines whether to
initiate inter-frequency
handovers at this interval.
Because inter-frequency
handovers may be triggered
in the load reshuffling
process, it is recommended
that this parameter be set to
the value of
"LdrPeriodTimerLen".
Actual Value
Range:1~86400
Unit:s
Default Value:10
CLBPrio BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Priority of a

UINTERFRE Load Balancing candidate cell for
QNCELL Based on inter-frequency handovers
Configurable triggered by CLB. 0 and 15
MOD Load Threshold indicate the highest and
UINTERFRE lowest priorities,
QNCELL respectively. During such a
handover, a neighboring cell
with a higher priority is more
likely to be on the candidate
cell list.
Unit:None

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:0
CodeCongSelI BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:This switch is valid

nterFreqHoInd UCELLLDR Reshuffling only when the
WRFD-020103 inter-frequency handover
MOD Inter Frequency switch is enabled. TRUE
UCELLLDR Load Balance means that inter-frequency
handover is selected in code
resource congestion. FALSE
means that inter-frequency
handover is not selected in
code resource congestion.
This parameter should be
set based on network
resource usage. In the case
of multi-frequency coverage,
if code resources present a
bottleneck, such as indoor
environment, the parameter
is recommended to be set to
TRUE.
GUI Value
Range:FALSE(FALSE),
TRUE(TRUE)
TRUE
Unit:None
Default
Value:FALSE(FALSE)
ConnectFailRr BSC6900 SET UDRD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Whether to activate

cRedirSwitch and Load the RRC redirection
WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC algorithm when the RRC
3 Connection connection setup is not
Setup admitted in the current cell.
RRC redirection is allowed in
Inter System the case of an admission
Redirect failure only When this switch
is turned on.
This parameter takes effect
only when
DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH is
set to ON.
- OFF: The RRC redirection
is not allowed.
- Only_To_Inter_Frequency:
Only RRC redirection to

WCDMA RAN

Command
inter-frequency cells is
allowed.
- Allowed_To_Inter_RAT:
RRC redirections to
inter-frequency cells and
inter-RAT cells are allowed.
GUI Value Range:OFF,
Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Unit:None
Default
Value:Only_To_Inter_Freque
ncy
CsP2DPreemp BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Whether a UE can

tSwitch UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption preempt resources occupied
EEMPT by PS BE services after the
cell resource admission fails
under the following
conditions:
-The UE moves from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D).
-The RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message sent by the UE
contains the cause value of
Originating Conversational
Call or Terminating
Conversational Call.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
CsSwitch BSC6900 SET WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO Meaning:1.

UCORRMAL CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When
GOSWITCH WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR the switch is on and the
Speech Rates AMRC license is activated,
Control the AMR control function is
enabled for AMR services.

WCDMA RAN

Command
2.
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTR
AN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on,
the default configurations of
signaling and RABs, which
are stipulated in 3GPP
25.331, are used for
relocation of the UE from
GSM to WCDMA. When the
switch is not on, the default
configurations are not used.
Instead, the complete
information of RB, TrCH, and
PhyCH, which are in the
HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMMAND message is
used.
3.
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_S
WITCH: When the switch is
on and the "Support IUUP
Version 2" license is
activated, the BSC6900
supports the TFO/TRFO
function.
4.
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CON
F_SWITCH (Dynamic CS
voice channel allocation
switch): Whether to support
the dynamic CS voice
channel allocation function.
5.
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWI
TCH: When this switch is
turned on, wideband AMRC
compatibility issues exist
and therefore the service
data rate must not be
adjusted. When this switch is
turned off, such issues do
not exist and therefore the
service data rate can be
adjusted.
6.
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWIT
CH: When this switch is
turned on, narrowband
AMRC compatibility issues

WCDMA RAN

Command
exist and therefore the
service data rate must not be
adjusted. When this switch is
turned off, such issues do
not exist and therefore the
service data rate can be
adjusted.
7.
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJ
UST_GRADUALLY_SWITC
H: Whether wideband AMRC
can be adjusted level by
level according to the data
rate sets configured by the
CN .When this switch is
turned off, wideband AMRC
cannot be adjusted level by
level. When this switch is
turned on, wideband AMRC
can be adjusted level by
level.
GUI Value
Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH
,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTR
AN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWIT
CH,
WITCH,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CON
F_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWI
TCH,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWIT
CH,
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJ
UST_GRADUALLY_SWITC
H
Actual Value
Range:CS_AMRC_SWITCH
,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTR
AN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWIT
CH,
WITCH,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CON
F_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWI
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWIT
CH,
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJ
UST_GRADUALLY_SWITC
H
Unit:None
Default
Value:CS_AMRC_SWITCH-
0&CS_HANDOVER_TO_UT
RAN_DEFAULT_CFG_SWI
TCH-1&CS_IUUP_V2_SUP
PORT_SWITCH-0&CS_VOI
CE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWIT
CH-0&CS_AMRC_WB_CM
P_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC_
NB_CMP_SWITCH-0&CS_
AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST
_GRADUALLY_SWITCH-0
DelayThs BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Meaning:Propagation delay

UCELLDIST Redirection threshold for the
ANCEREDIR Based on distance-based inter-RAT
ECTION Distance redirection algorithm. When
the propagation delay
MOD between a UE and the
UCELLDIST NodeB exceeds this
ANCEREDIR threshold, the BSC6900
ECTION activates this algorithm to
redirect the UE. For details
about the parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.433. The
specifications stipulate the
following: 1TP = 3chips.
Unit:3chip
Default Value:255
DlBasicComm BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Set Measurement

MeasFilterCoe Measurement Filter Coefficient as follow:
ff
HS-PDSCH,HS-SCCH,
E-AGCH, E-RGCH or
E-HICH transmission

WCDMA RAN

Command
The parameter notice NodeB
by Common Measurement
Initiation Request.
L3 filtering coefficient. The
larger the value of this
parameter, the stronger the
smoothing effect and the
higher the anti-slow-fading
capability, but the lower the
signal change tracing
capability. For detailed
information of this
parameter, refer to 3GPP TS
25.433.
D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D11, D13, D15, D17,
D19
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15,
17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
DlBeTraffInitBit BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:DL initial access

rate Channel rate of PS background or
Configuration interactive service. When
Control (DCCC) DCCC function is enabled,
the downlink initial access
rate will be set to this value if
the downlink maximum rate
is higher than the initial
access rate.
D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
Actual Value Range:8, 16,
32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
DlCacAvgFilter BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:The RNC filters the
Len Measurement common measurements
reported by the NodeB. The
filtered values are used for
call admission control (CAC)

WCDMA RAN

Command
in downlink admission
control.
This parameter sets the
length of a filter window and
is applied to filtering of the
following common
measurements:
HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH,
E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or
E-HICH transmission
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlClbCreditSfS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Margin threshold

paceThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing for downlink cell credit
Based on resources for inter-frequency
MOD Configurable handovers involved in the
UCELLCLB Load Threshold CLB feature. When the
remaining downlink credit
resources in a candidate cell
for inter-frequency
such handovers.
Unit:%
Default Value:13
DlCreditCSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

RelThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for high downlink
Based on cell credit usage specific to
MOD Configurable CS services. If the downlink
UCELLCLB Load Threshold credit usage specific to CS
services in a cell is lower
than this threshold, the RNC
allows the cell to leave the
CS CLB state.Because of

WCDMA RAN

Command
load fluctuation, the value
difference between
"DlCreditCSClbRelThd" and
"DlCreditCSClbTrigThd"
must be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:87
DlCreditCSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Cell downlink credit

TrigThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing usage threshold for the CLB
Based on feature specific to CS
MOD Configurable services. When the downlink
UCELLCLB Load Threshold credit usage in a cell is equal
to or higher than this
threshold, the RNC initiates
cell to reduce Cell
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
DlCreditCSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Downlink credit

TrigThd UNODEBCL Load Balancing usage threshold in a cell
B Based on group or NodeB for the CLB
Configurable feature specific to CS
MOD Load Threshold services. When the downlink
UNODEBCL credit usage in a cell group
B or NodeB is equal to or
higher than this threshold,
the RNC initiates

WCDMA RAN

Command
cell group or NodeB to
reduce Cell load.Because of
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
DlCreditPSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

RelThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for high downlink
Based on cell credit usage specific to
MOD Configurable PS services. If the downlink
UCELLCLB Load Threshold credit usage specific to PS
PS CLB state.Because of
difference between
"DlCreditPSClbRelThd" and
"DlCreditPSClbTrigThd"
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:69
DlCreditPSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Cell downlink credit

Based on feature specific to PS
MOD Configurable services. When the downlink

WCDMA RAN

Command
cell to reduce Cell
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:82
DlCreditPSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Downlink credit

TrigThd UNODEBCL Load Balancing usage threshold in a cell
B Based on group or NodeB for the CLB
Configurable feature specific to CS
MOD Load Threshold services. When the downlink
UNODEBCL credit usage in a cell group
B or NodeB is equal to or
higher than this threshold,
the RNC initiates
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:82
DlCSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldBeHOUe UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a DL LDR CS
Num domain inter-RAT
MOD

WCDMA RAN

Command
UCELLLDR SHOULDBE load handover.
The target subscribers of this
parameter are the CS
domain subscribers.
Because the CS domain
subscribers are session
subscribers in general and
they have little impact on
load, you can set this
parameter to a
comparatively high value.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlCSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldNotHOU UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a DL LDR CS
eNum domain inter-RAT
MOD SHOULDNOTBE load
UCELLLDR handover.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlDcccRateTh BSC6900 SET UDCCC WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:For BE services

d Channel with an excessively low
Configuration maximum rate, the DCCC
Control (DCCC) algorithm performance can
introduce only little gain, but
increases the algorithm
processing workload.
Therefore, the DCCC
algorithm based on the
uplink coverage can be
enabled only for BE services
whose maximum uplink rate
exceeds this threshold.
D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
DlInterFreqHo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:The UE can be

BWThd UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected to process load
handover only when its
MOD bandwidth is less than this
UCELLLDR threshold.
Actual Value
Range:0~400000
Unit:bit/s
Default Value:200000
DlInterFreqHo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:The inter-frequency

CellLoadSpac UCELLLDR Reshuffling neighboring cell could be
eThd selected as the destination
MOD of load handover only when
UCELLLDR its load remaining space is
larger than this threshold.
Unit:%
Default Value:20
DlLdrAMRRat BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:The maximum

eReductionRa UCELLLDR Reshuffling number of RABs selected in
bNum executing the action of
MOD downlink LDR-AMR voice
UCELLLDR service rate reduction. The
mechanism of the LDR is
that an action is performed in
each [LDR period] and some
services are selected based
on the action rules to
perform this action.
Unit:None
Default Value:1

WCDMA RAN

Command
DlLdrAvgFilter BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:The RNC filters the
Load Reshuffle (LDR).
following common
measurements:
HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH,
E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or
E-HICH transmission
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlLdrBERateR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of RABs

eductionRabN UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a DL LDR BE
um traffic rate reduction.
MOD
UCELLLDR GUI Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrCreditSf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Reserved SF

ResThd UCELLLDR Reshuffling threshold in downlink credit
LDR. The downlink credit
MOD LDR could be triggered only
UCELLLDR when the SF factor
corresponding to the
downlink reserved credit is
higher than the uplink or
downlink credit SF reserved
threshold.
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128),

WCDMA RAN

Command
SF256(SF256)
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
DlLdrCreditSf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Threshold of SF

ResThd UNODEBLD Reshuffling reserved in downlink credit
R LDR. The downlink credit
LDR is triggered when the
MOD SF factor corresponding to
UNODEBLD the downlink reserved credit
R is higher than the uplink or
threshold. The lower the
parameter value is, the
easier the credit enters the
congestion status, the easier
the LDR action is triggered,
and the easier the user
experience is affected. A
lower code resource LDR
trigger threshold, however,
causes a higher admission
success rate because the
resource is reserved. The
parameter should be set
based on the operator's
requirement.
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Unit:None
DlLdrPsRTQos BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of RABs

RenegRabNu UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a DL LDR
m uncontrolled real-time traffic
MOD QoS renegotiation. The
UCELLLDR target subscribers of this
parameter are the PS

WCDMA RAN

Command
domain real-time
subscribers. The setting of
this parameter is similar to
the setting of BE service rate
reduction subscriber
number. Considering the
scenario where the
candidate subscribers
selected for downlink LDR
do not meet the QoS
renegotiation conditions, you
need to leave some margin
when setting this parameter
to ensure the success of
LDR.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlLdrRelThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:If the ratio of DL

UCELLLDM Reshuffling load of the cell to the
downlink capacity is lower
MOD than this threshold, the DL
UCELLLDM load reshuffling function of
the cell is stopped. After the
basic congestion state of the
cell load is released, the
system no longer
implements the LDR action.
Because the load fluctuates,
the difference between the
LDR release threshold and
trigger threshold should be
higher than 10%. The
ping-pong effect of the
preliminary congestion state
will occur easily.
Unit:%
Default Value:60
DlLdrTrigThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:If the ratio of DL

UCELLLDM Reshuffling load of the cell to the
downlink capacity is not
MOD

WCDMA RAN

Command
UCELLLDM lower than this threshold, the
DL load reshuffling function
of the cell is triggered. After
the basic congestion state of
the cell load is released, the
system no longer
will occur easily.
Unit:%
Default Value:70
DlLdTrnsHysTi BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:If the DL load state

me UCELLLDM Measurement of the cell is lasted longer
than this threshold, the DL
MOD load state of the cell
UCELLLDM transfers.
GUI Value
Range:10~600000
Actual Value
Range:10~600000
Unit:ms
Default Value:1000
DlOlcAvgFilter BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:The RNC filters the
Overload Control (OLC).
following common
measurements:

WCDMA RAN

Command
HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH,
E-AGCH, E-RGCH, or
E-HICH transmission
Unit:None
Default Value:5
DlOlcFTFRstrc BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:DL fast TF

tRabNum UCELLOLC Control restriction refers to a
situation where, when the
MOD cell is overloaded and
UCELLOLC congested, the downlink TF
can be adjusted to restrict
the number of blocks
transported in each TTI at
the MAC layer and the rate
of user data, thus reducing
the cell downlink load.
The mechanism of the OLC
is that an action is performed
in each [OLC period] and
some services are selected
based on the action rules to
perform this action. This
parameter defines the
maximum number of RABs
selected in executing
downlink OLC fast
restriction.
Selection of RABs of the
OLC is based on the service
priorities and ARP values
and bearing priority
indication. The RAB of low
priority is under control.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlOlcFTFRstrc BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:The maximum

tTimes UCELLOLC Control number of times downlink
OLC fast TF restriction is

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD executed during the process
UCELLOLC of cell entering/quitting the
OLC state. The OLC
mechanism is as follows: An
action is performed in each
[OLC period] and some
services are selected based
on the action rules to
When overload and
congestion occurs, the RNC
immediately executes the
OLC action by first executing
fast TF restriction. The
internal counter is
incremented by 1 with each
execution. If the number of
times overload and
congestion occurs does not
exceed this threshold value,
the system reduces the BE
service rate by lowering TF
to mitigate overload. If the
number of times overload
and congestion occurs
exceeds this threshold
value, fast TF restriction has
no obvious effect on
mitigating overload. In this
case, the system has to
switch BE services to
common channels or release
users to solve the overload
problem.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
DlOlcMeasFilt BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Set event E

erCoeff Measurement Measurement Filter
Coefficient as follow:
HS-PDSCH,HS-SCCH,
E-AGCH, E-RGCH or

WCDMA RAN

Command
E-HICH transmission
Initiation Request.
information of this
25.433.
D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D11, D13, D15, D17,
D19
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15,
17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
DlOlcRelThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:If the ratio of DL

UCELLLDM Control load of the cell to the
downlink capacity is lower
MOD than this threshold, the DL
UCELLLDM overload and congestion
control function of the cell is
stopped. The value of the
OLC release threshold
should not be much lower
than or close to the OLC
trigger threshold, or the
system state will have a
ping-pong effect easily. The
recommended difference
between the OLC release
threshold and the OLC
trigger threshold is higher
than 10%. It is desirable to
set the two parameters a bit
higher given that the
difference between OLC
trigger threshold and OLC

WCDMA RAN

Command
release threshold is fixed.
Unit:%
Default Value:85
DlOlcTraffRelR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:The maximum

abNum UCELLOLC Control number of RABs released in
executing the action of
MOD downlink OLC service
UCELLOLC release when setting the
OLC algorithm.
The OLC mechanism is as
follows: An action is
performed in each [OLC
period] and some services
are selected based on the
action rules to perform this
action. RAB release is an
extreme method in reducing
the cell load and recovering
the system when the cell is
overloaded and
congested.For a user
processing a single service,
releasing RABs means
releasing the user.
Unit:None
Default Value:0
DlOlcTrigThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:If the ratio of DL

UCELLLDM Control load of the cell to the
downlink capacity is not
MOD lower than this threshold, the
UCELLLDM DL overload and congestion
triggered. The value of the

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:%
Default Value:95
DlPSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldBeHOUe UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a DL LDR PS
MOD SHOULDBE load handover.
UCELLLDR
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldNotHOU UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a DL LDR PS
UCELLLDR handover.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
DlPwrCSClbR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

elThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing threshold for the CS CLB
Based on state triggered by high
MOD Configurable downlink cell power load.
UCELLLDM Load Threshold When the downlink power
load in a cell is lower than
this threshold for a period of
time longer than the value of
"DlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell
leaves the CS CLB state and

WCDMA RAN

Command
any inter-frequency CS
handovers for CLB. Because
of load fluctuation, the value
difference between
"DlPwrCSClbRelThd" and
"DlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
Otherwise, the cell will
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:90
DlPwrCSClbTri BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Downlink cell

gThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing power load threshold for the
Based on CS CLB state. When the
MOD Configurable downlink power load in a cell
UCELLLDM Load Threshold is equal to or higher than this
threshold for a period of time
longer than the value of
"DlLdTrnsHysTime", the
RNC hands over UEs
processing CS services to
an inter-frequency
neighboring cell. Because of
load fluctuations, the value
difference between
"DlPwrCSClbRelThd" and
"DlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
DlPwrLoadSpa BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Margin threshold

ceThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing for the downlink cell power
Based on load for inter-frequency

WCDMA RAN

Command
downlink cell power load
margin in a candidate cell for
exceeds this threshold, this
cell can be selected as a
target cell for such
handovers.
Unit:%
Default Value:15
DlPwrPSClbR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

elThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing threshold for the PS CLB
Based on state triggered by high
MOD Configurable downlink cell power load.
UCELLLDM Load Threshold When the downlink power
load in a cell is lower than
this threshold for a period of
time longer than the value of
"DlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell
leaves the PS CLB state and
any inter-frequency PS
difference between
"DlPwrPSClbRelThd" and
"DlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:30
DlPwrPSClbTri BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Downlink cell

gThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing power load threshold for the
Based on PS CLB state. When the
MOD Configurable downlink power load in a cell
UCELLLDM Load Threshold is equal to or higher than this
"DlLdTrnsHysTime", the

WCDMA RAN

Command
RNC hands over UEs
processing PS services to an
inter-frequency neighboring
cell. Because of load
fluctuations, the value
difference between
"DlPwrPSClbRelThd" and
"DlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:40
DraSwitch BSC6900 SET WRFD-0106111 HSDPA State Meaning:Dynamic resource

UCORRMAL 1 Transition allocation switch group.
GOSWITCH
WRFD-0106120 HSUPA DCCC 1. DRA_AQM_SWITCH:
8 When the switch is on, the
HSUPA active queue management
WRFD-0106140 2ms/10ms TTI algorithm is used for the
4 Handover BSC6900.
WRFD-011502 Active Queue 2.
Management DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
WRFD-021101 (AQM)
TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD-050405 Dynamic When the switch is on, the
TTI dynamic adjustment
WRFD-050408 Channel
Configuration algorithm for admission
WRFD-010690 Control (DCCC) CE-based BE services
applies to the UE with the UL
WRFD-0106140 Overbooking on enhanced L2 feature. This
3 ATM parameter is valid when
Transmission DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
WRFD-010202 TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraS
Overbooking on witch) is set to ON.
IP Transmission
3.
TTI Switch for DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
BE Services TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
Based on When the switch is on, the
Coverage TTI dynamic adjustment
HSUPA 2ms TTI algorithm is supported for
admission CE-based BE
UE State in services.
Connected
Mode 4.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T

WCDMA RAN

Command
(CELL-DCH, TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
CELL-PCH, When the switch is on, the
URA-PCH, TTI dynamic adjustment
CELL-FACH) algorithm for
coverage-based BE services
applies to the UE with the UL
enhanced L2 feature. This
parameter is valid when
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraSw
itch) is set to ON.
5.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_RECFG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the TTI
dynamic adjustment
algorithm is supported for
coverage-based BE
services.
6.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_
L2_OPT_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the TTI
dynamic adjustment
algorithm for
differentiation-based BE
services applies to the UE
with the UL enhanced L2
feature. This parameter is
valid when
RECFG_SWITCH(DraSwitc
h) is set to ON.
7.
RECFG_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the TTI dynamic
adjustment algorithm is
supported for
differentiation-based BE
services.
8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the
dynamic channel
reconfiguration control
algorithm is used for the
BSC6900.
9.
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_C

WCDMA RAN

Command
ONTROL_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, flow control
is enabled for HSDPA
services in AM mode.
10.
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the status of the
UE RRC that carrying
HSDPA services can be
changed to CELL_FACH at
the BSC6900. If a PS BE
service is carried over the
HS-DSCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_S
WITCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS
real-time service is carried
over the HS-DSCH, the
switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously.
11.
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on,
the DCCC algorithm is used
for HSUPA. The DCCC
switch must be also on
before this switch takes
effect.
12.
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the status of the
UE RRC that carrying
HSUPA services can be
the BSC6900. If a PS BE
service is carried over the
E-DCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_S
WITCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS
real-time service is carried
over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously.
13.

WCDMA RAN

Command
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_S
WITCH: Switch of the
algorithm for increasing the
quality of subscribed
services. When this
parameter is set to ON, the
service priority weight of the
subscriber whose key
parameters (IP Address, IP
Port, and IP Protocol Type)
match the specified ones
can be adjusted. In this way,
the QoS is improved.
14.
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, UE RRC status
transition
(CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/U
RA_PCH) is allowed at the
BSC6900.
15.
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE
_TRANS_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the status of
the UE RRC that carrying
real-time services can be
the BSC6900.
16.
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CON
TROL_SWITCH: Under a
poor radio environment, the
QoS of high speed services
drops considerably and the
TX power is overly high. In
this case, the BSC6900 can
set restrictions on low data
rate transmission formats
based on the transmission
quality, thus lowering traffic
speed and TX power. When
the switch is on, the R99
downlink flow control
function is enabled.
17.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCC
C_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the DCCC
based on traffic statistics is

WCDMA RAN

Command
supported over the DCH.
18.
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_S
WITCH: when the switch is
on, the TTI selection based
on the voice service type
(including VoIP and CS over
HSPA) is supported when
the service is initially
established.
19.
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_
SWITCH: when the switch is
on, the TTI adjustment
based on the voice service
type (including VoIP and CS
over HSPA) is supported.
20.
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_
RETRY_SWITCH: Whether
to prohibit channel retries for
CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is
turned on, channel retries
are prohibited for CS and PS
combined services. When
this switch is turned off,
channel retries are allowed
for CS and PS combined
services.
21.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STAT
E_TRANS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the fast
state transition algorithm.
on, the BSC6900 identifies
UEs supporting fast state
transition and then quickly
transits the UEs from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
22.
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2
D_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the algorithm for
smart PCH-to-DCH state
transition specific to UEs in
the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state. When this

WCDMA RAN

Command
switch is turned on, the
BSC6900 identifies UEs
supporting smart
PCH-to-DCH state transition
and then transits the UEs
from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
23.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_I
NIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether initial TTI selection
is allowed for differentiated
BE services based on
fairness
0: This switch is turned off.
The TTI is selected
according to the original
algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. In
the dynamic TTI adjustment
algorithm for differentiated
BE services based on
fairness, HSUPA UEs use
10-ms TTI if the RTWP,
occupied Iub bandwidth, or
consumed CE resources are
congested.
24.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the
coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific
to BE services. When this
switch is turned on and
conditions on 2 ms TTI
specific to BE services has
been met, the BSC6900
determines uplink coverage
wideness of specific cells
based on the Ec/N0 values
reported by UEs during RRC
connection. If the uplink
coverage of the cells is
weak, the BSC6900
allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE
services as their initial TTI.
25. DRA_F2U_SWITCH:
Whether to enable state

WCDMA RAN

Command
transition from CELL_FACH
to URA_PCH.When this
switch is turned on, a UE can
directly move from the
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH
state. When this switch is
turned off, a UE must move
from the CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH and then to
URA_PCH state.
GUI Value
Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_RECFG_SWITCH,
L2_OPT_SWITCH,
RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_C
ONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWIT
CH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH,
WITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE
_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CON
TROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCC
C_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_S
WITCH,
SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_
RETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STAT
E_TRANS_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2
D_SWITCH,
NIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:DRA_AQM_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_
TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_RECFG_SWITCH,
L2_OPT_SWITCH,
RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_C
ONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWIT
CH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH,
WITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRA
NS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE
_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CON
TROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCC
C_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_S
WITCH,
SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_
RETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STAT
E_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2
D_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
NIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
DRA_F2U_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:DRA_AQM_SWITCH-
0&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_B
E_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0
&DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE
_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH-1&
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_T
TI_L2_OPT_SWITCH-0&DR
A_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_
RECFG_SWITCH-0&DRA_
BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_O
PT_SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE
_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SW
ITCH-1&DRA_DCCC_SWIT
CH-1&DRA_HSDPA_DL_FL
OW_CONTROL_SWITCH-0
&DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TR
ANS_SWITCH-0&DRA_HS
UPA_DCCC_SWITCH-1&D
RA_HSUPA_STATE_TRAN
S_SWITCH-0&DRA_IP_SE
RVICE_QOS_SWITCH-0&D
RA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS
_SWITCH-1&DRA_PS_NO
N_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWI
TCH-0&DRA_R99_DL_FLO
W_CONTROL_SWITCH-0&
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCC
C_SWITCH-0&DRA_VOICE
_SAVE_CE_SWITCH-0&DR
A_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SW
ITCH-0&DRA_CSPS_NO_P
ERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH-0
&DRA_SMART_FAST_STA
TE_TRANS_SWITCH-0&DR
A_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_
SWITCH-0&DRA_BASE_RE
S_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWIT
CH-0&DRA_BASE_COVER
_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITC
H-0&DRA_F2U_SWITCH-0
DrdOrLdrFlag BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020160 Enhanced Meaning:Specify the flags of

UINTERFRE Multiband the cells that the DRD
QNCELL Management measurement or LDR
measurement is performed.

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD The value "TRUE" indicates
UINTERFRE that the cell can be
QNCELL considered as the
measurement object in the
DRD measurement
algorithm or LDR
measurement algorithm. The
value "FALSE" indicates that
the cell is invalid.
GUI Value Range:FALSE(Do
not send), TRUE(Send)
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:FALSE(Do not
send)
DrSwitch BSC6900 SET WRFD-0106111 HSDPA DRD Meaning:Direct retry switch

UCORRMAL 2 group.
GOSWITCH Service Steering
WRFD-020120 and Load 1)
Sharing in RRC DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(D
WRFD-0204000 Connection RD switch for RRC
1 Setup connection): When the
WRFD-0204000 Intra System switch is on, DRD and
2 redirection is performed for
Direct Retry RRC connection if retry is
WRFD-0204000 Inter System required.
3 Direct Retry 2)
WRFD-0204000 Inter System DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWI
4 Redirect TCH(DRD switch for single
RAB): When the switch is
Traffic Steering on, DRD is performed for
and Load single service if retry is
Sharing During required.
RAB Setup
3)
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWI
TCH(DRD switch for
combine RAB): When the
switch is on, DRD is
performed for combined
services if retry is required.
4)
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWI
TCH(INTER-RAT DRD
switch): When this switch is
turned on, inter-RAT directed

WCDMA RAN

Command
retry is supported.
GUI Value
Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWI
TCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWI
TCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWI
TCH,
TCH
Actual Value
Range:DR_RRC_DRD_SWI
TCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWI
TCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWI
TCH,
TCH,
Unit:None
Default
Value:DR_RRC_DRD_SWIT
CH-1&DR_RAB_SING_DRD
_SWITCH-1&DR_RAB_CO
MB_DRD_SWITCH-0&DR_I
NTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH-
1
EcN0EffectTim BSC6900 ADD WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27. Meaning:Time period for

e UCELLFRC 2Kbps RRC valid Ec/No or RSCP. This
Connection and parameter defines the time
MOD Radio Access period during which the
UCELLFRC Bearer reported values of Ec/No or
Establishment RSCP are considered as
and Release valid values. The time period
starts from the time the
system receives the first
Ec/No or RSCP.
Actual Value
Range:0~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:5000
EcN0Ths BSC6900 ADD WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27. Meaning:Threshold for

UCELLFRC 2Kbps RRC determining the signal

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD Connection and quality in a cell. If the
UCELLFRC Radio Access reported Ec/No exceeds the
Bearer value of this parameter, you
Establishment can infer that the signal
and Release quality in the cell is good and
a high code rate can be set
for initial access.
Actual Value = (GUI Value -
49(offset)) x 0.5.
Actual Value Range:-24.5~0
Unit:0.5dB
Default Value:41
EmcPreeRefV BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Whether to allow

ulnSwitch UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption emergency calls to perform
EEMPT unconditional
preemption.When the switch
is enabled, users attempting
emergency call can preempt
the resources from all the
accessed users for non
emergency call. When the
switch is disabled, users
attempting emergency call
can only preempt resources
from the users for non
emergency call when they
are configured with the
preempted attributes and
ARP information element.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
FACHPwrRed BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:This parameter

uceValue UCELLOLC Control defines the reduce value in
Downlink reducing FACH
MOD power Action.
UCELLOLC

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:0
FuncSwitch1 BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140215 Dynamic Meaning:1. ICR(ICR): In the

UCELLLICE Configuration of drop-down list of this
NSE WRFD-140216 HSDPA CQI parameter, the switch ICR
MOD WRFD-140217 Feedback Function Activated is added
Period to control whether to activate
UCELLLICE Intra Circle Roaming (ICR).
NSE Load-based When setting of this switch
Uplink Target takes effect, handovers of
BLER UEs of primary, secondary,
Configuration or partner operators are
Inter-Frequency optimized as cells of ICR
Load Balancing partner operators become a
Based on handover target candidate.
Configurable When setting of this switch
Load Threshold does not take effect, ICR
partner operators are not a
handover target candidate.
After intra-circle roaming
(ICR) is successfully
activated in a cell, Inter RAT
Inter Plmn Ho Allowed in the
"SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMO
DE" command should be set
to DISABLE to ensure that
the call drop rate and
handover success rate are
not affected.
2.
INTELLIGENT_INTERFREQ
_UE_TYPE_STEERING(Inte
lligent Interfreq UE Type
Steering): When this switch
is turned on, the Intelligent
Inter-Carrier UE Layered
Management function is
enabled.
3.
CELL_ICR_DEMARCATION
_SWITCH(Cell ICR
Demarcation Switch): When
this switch is turned on, the
ICR Demarcation function is
enabled.
4.
DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynami

WCDMA RAN

Command
c Configuration of HSDPA
CQI Feedback Period):
License control switch for the
function of Dynamic
Configuration of HSDPA CQI
Feedback Period. When this
switch is turned on, functions
controlled by
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CE
LLLOAD_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_C
OVERAGE_SWITCH, and
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS
_PLUS_PS_SWITCH can
take effect.
5.
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based
Uplink Target BLER
Configuration): License
control switch for the
load-based uplink target
BLER algorithm.
6.
INTER_FREQ_LOAD_BALA
NCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(I
nter-Frequency Load
Balancing Based on Config
Load Thd): Whether to
enable the feature
Inter-Frequency Load
Balancing Based on
Configurable Load
Threshold (CLB). When this
switch is turned on in a cell
and the load balancing
function specific to a
resource type is enabled, the
function of
measurement-based
inter-frequency handover
related to load balancing is
available to this cell.
7.
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWI
TCH(Dynamic Target RoT
Adjustment): License control
switch for the Dynamic
Target RoT Adjustment
algorithm.
8.

WCDMA RAN

Command
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATI
ON_SWITCH(Cell MOCN
Demarcation Switch):
Whether to enable the
MOCN Cell Resource
Demarcation function for
multiple operators in an
MOCN cell. When this switch
is turned on, the cell
supports MOCN
demarcation; when this
switch is turned off, the cell
does not support MOCN
demarcation. Before turning
on this switch, perform the
following operations: 1.
Activate the MOCN
Introduction Package
feature. 2. Run the "ADD
UCELLMOCNDPAPOWERD
EMAR" command to add the
HSDPA power resource ratio
for all operators of the
operator group controlling
the cell, or run the "ADD
UCELLMOCNSFDEMAR"
command to add the SF
resource ratio for these
operators.
GUI Value Range:ICR(ICR),
_UE_TYPE_STEERING(Inte
lligent Interfreq UE Type
Steering),
_SWITCH(Cell ICR
Demarcation Switch),
DYN_CQI_ADJUST(Dynami
c Configuration of HSDPA
CQI Feedback Period),
DYN_BLER_PS(Load-based
Uplink Target BLER
Configuration),
NCE_BASEON_CFG_THD(I
nter-Frequency Load
Balancing Based on Config
Load Thd),
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWI
TCH(Dynamic Target RoT
Adjustment),
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATI

WCDMA RAN

Command
ON_SWITCH(MOCN Cell
Resource Demarcation)
Actual Value Range:ICR,
_UE_TYPE_STEERING,
_SWITCH,
DYN_CQI_ADJUST,
DYN_BLER_PS,
NCE_BASEON_CFG_THD,
DYN_TGTROT_CTRL_SWI
TCH,
CELL_MOCN_DEMARCATI
ON_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:ICR-0&INTELLIGENT
_INTERFREQ_UE_TYPE_S
TEERING-0&CELL_ICR_DE
MARCATION_SWITCH-0&D
YN_CQI_ADJUST-0&DYN_
BLER_PS-0&INTER_FREQ
_LOAD_BALANCE_BASEO
N_CFG_THD-0&DYN_TGT
ROT_CTRL_SWITCH-0&CE
LL_MOCN_DEMARCATION
_SWITCH-0
GoldUserLoad BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Indicates whether

ControlSwitch UCELLLDR Reshuffling gold users involve in the
switch of congestion control.
MOD According to the policy set
UCELLLDR for gold users by operators,
if service quality of gold
users should be guaranteed
even in resource congestion,
the switch should be
disabled. If the switch is
enabled, LDR such as rate
reduction and handover also
occurs on gold users even in
cell resource congestion,
which impacts user service
quality. If the switch is
disabled, no action is
performed on gold users.
GUI Value

WCDMA RAN

Command
ON
Unit:None
HCSPrio BSC6900 ADD WRFD-021200 HCS Meaning:HCS priority of the

UCELLHCS (Hierarchical cell belongs to. The
WRFD-010801 Cell Structure) parameter depends on HCS
MOD rules. For details, refer to
UCELLHCS WRFD-010802 Intra RNC Cell 3GPP TS 25.304. The value
Update 0 indicates the
Inter RNC Cell highest-hierarchy cell and
Update the value 7 indicates the
lowest-hierarchy cell.
High-hierarchy cells are
macro cells having large
coverage areas where UEs
move at high speeds.
Low-hierarchy cells are
micro cells having small
coverage areas where UEs
move at low speeds.
GUI Value Range:0~7
Unit:None
Default Value:0
HoSwitch BSC6900 SET WRFD-010610 HSDPA Meaning:1.

UCORRMAL Introduction HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_E
GOSWITCH WRFD-0106100 Package ST_SWITCH: When the
6 switch is on, the BSC6900
HSDPA Mobility evaluates the UE's moving
WRFD-010612 Management
speed in the HCS and
WRFD-0106120 HSUPA initiates fast intra-layer or
4 Introduction slow inter-layer handover.
WRFD-020103 Package 2.
WRFD-020201 HSUPA Mobility HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_S
Management HO_SWITCH: When the
WRFD-020202 switch is on, the LDR
Inter Frequency inter-frequency handover is
WRFD-020203 Load Balance allowed during soft
handover.
WRFD-020301 Intra Node B
Softer Handover 3.
WRFD-020302 HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_S
Intra RNC Soft WITCH: When the switch is

WCDMA RAN

Command
WRFD-020303 Handover on, the UE requires that the
redirection strategy be used
WRFD-020304 Inter RNC Soft for frequency layer
Handover convergence.
WRFD-020305
Intra Frequency
WRFD-020306 Hard Handover 4.
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWI
WRFD-020307 Inter Frequency
TCH: When the switch is on,
the associated receiving and
WRFD-020308 Hard Handover mobility algorithms of the
Based on
WRFD-0203080 Coverage overlay network are used.
1 When the switch is not on,
Inter-RAT the associated algorithms
WRFD-0203080 Handover are not used. Overlay
2 Based on network is an UTRAN
Coverage network covering present
WRFD-020309 network, it supports HSPA,
Inter Frequency
MBMS and other new
WRFD-021200 Hard Handover
features. To satisfy new
WRFD-020129 Based on DL requirements of operator
QoS and restrictions of present
WRFD-070005 network, overlay network
Inter-RAT
WRFD-070006 Handover realizes operation
Based on distribution and load sharing
WRFD-070007 Service between new network and
present network, also gives
WRFD-020106 Inter-RAT special handling for mobility
WRFD-140102 Handover management of network
Based on Load verge.
Video 5.
Telephony HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_
Fallback to HO_SWITCH: When the
Speech (AMR) switch is on, the BSC6900 is
for Inter-RAT allowed to initiate
HO inter-frequency measure
control or the load-based
Inter-RAT inter-frequency hard
Handover handover upon the handover
Phase 2 decision on inter-frequency
NACC(Network load.
Assisted Cell 6.
Change) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_
PS Handover OUT_SWITCH: Whether to
Between UMTS enable service-based PS
and GPRS handover from UMTS to
LTE. When this switch is
Inter-RAT turned on, the BSC6900 can
Handover send LTE MEASUREMENT
Based on DL CONTROL message based
QoS on service and initiate
service-based PS handover
HCS

WCDMA RAN

Command
(Hierarchical from UMTS to LTE. When
Cell Structure) this switch is turned off, the
BSC6900 cannot initiate
PS Service service-based PS handover
Redirection from from UMTS to LTE.
UMTS to LTE
7.
NACC HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_
Procedure SWITCH: When the switch is
Optimization on, the BSC6900 is allowed
Based on Iur-g to initiate inter-frequency
GSM and UMTS measure control and the CS
Load Balancing inter-RAT hard handover
Based on Iur-g from the 3G network to the
2G network.
GSM and UMTS
Traffic Steering 8.
Based on Iur-g HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G
_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITC
Load H: When the switch is on, the
Reshuffling NACC function is supported
during the PS inter-RAT
CS Fallback handover from the 3G
Guarantee for network to the 2G network in
LTE Emergency the cell change order
Calls process. When the switch is
not on, the NACC function is
not supported. When
PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_S
WITCH is ON, this switch is
useless. When the NACC
function is supported, the UE
skips the reading procedure
as the SI/PSI of the target
cell is provided after the UE
accesses the 2G cell. Thus,
the delay of inter-cell
handover is reduced.
9.
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G
_RELOCATION_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the
PS inter-RAT handover from
the 3G network to the 2G
network is performed in the
relocation process. When
the switch is not on, the PS
inter-RAT handover from the
3G network to the 2G
network is performed in the
cell change order process.
10.

WCDMA RAN

Command
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_
SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the BSC6900 is allowed
to initiate inter-frequency
measure control and the PS
inter-RAT hard handover
from the 3G network to the
2G network.
11.
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SE
RVICE_HO_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the
attributes of inter-RAT
handover of the services are
based on the configuration of
BSC6900 parameters. When
the switch is not on, the
attributes are set on the
basis of the CN. If no
information is provided by
the CN, the attributes are
then based on the BSC6900
parameters.
12.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
T_INTO_ACTSET_SWITCH
: When the switch is on, the
cells in the detected set from
which the BSC6900 receives
their valid event reports can
be added to the active set.
The cells allowed to be
added to the active set must
be the neighboring cells of
the cells in the active set.
13.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
T_RPRT_SWITCH: When
intra-frequency
measurement reports of the
detected set can be reported
by UE.
14.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the BSC6900 is
allowed to initiate the
intra-frequency hard

WCDMA RAN

Command
handover.
15.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1
J_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the event 1J is
included in the delivery of
intra-frequency
measurement control if the
UE version is R6.
16.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_
HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the cells on the
BSC6900 can active the soft
handover. When the
BSC6900 receives reports
on the events 1A, 1B, 1C, or
1D, associated addition,
removal, and replacement of
handover cell of the soft
handover are initiated.
17.
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_
UE_CAP_SWITCH: When
neighboring cell whose
frequency band is beyond
the UE's capabilities can
also be delivered in the
inter-frequency
measurement list.
18.
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE
_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the neighboring cell
combined algorithm is used
during the delivery of the
objects to be measured.
When the switch is not on,
the optimal cell algorithm is
used.
19.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INT
RA_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, intra-frequency
handover is allowed over the
Iur interface if the UE has
only signaling.

WCDMA RAN

Command
20.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH:
When the switch is on,
quality measurement on the
active set is delivered after
signaling setup but before
service setup. If the UE is at
the cell verge or receives
weak signals after accessing
the network, the BSC6900
can trigger inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handover when
the UE sets up the RRC.
21.
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTI
ON_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the BSC6900
controls the UEs in the
connected state based on
the configurations on the
CN. The UEs can only
access and move in
authorized cells.
22.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITC
H: Whether to enable
handover from UMTS to
turned on, the BSC6900 can
send LTE MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message and
initiate PS handover or
redirection from UMTS to
turned off, the BSC6900
cannot perform the
preceding procedures.
23.
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH: Whether to
enable service-based
redirection from UMTS to
turned on, the BSC6900 can
send LTE MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message based
on service and initiate
service-based PS redirection
from UMTS to LTE. When
this switch is turned off, the

WCDMA RAN

Command
BSC6900 cannot initiate
service-based PS redirection
from UMTS to LTE.
24.
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH
:This bit is a Single Radio
Voice Call Continuity
(SRVCC) switch for the VoIP
service that is handed over
to GERAN. SRVCC ensures
the continuity of voice
services that are handed
over between the CS domain
and the IP Multimedia
Subsystem (IMS).The
meaning of the bit is as
follows: When it is set to
"ON", it indicates that the
VoIP service can be handed
over to GERAN through
SRVCC procedure.When it
is set to "OFF", it indicates
that the VoIP service cannot
be handed over to GERAN
through SRVCC procedure.
25.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHP
RIOR_2D2F_SWITCH: This
switch controls which event
to be preferentially
processed when both an
intra- frequency
measurement report event
and event 2D or 2F need to
be processed. Turning on
this switch allows the
intra-frequency
measurement report event to
be preferentially processed.
Turning off this switch allows
event 2D or 2F to be
preferentially processed.
26. HO_CIO_1D_USED:
Whether the BSC6900
instructs the UE to use the
cell individual offset (CIO)
parameter when reporting
event 1D. If this field is
selected, the BSC6900
instructs the UE to use the

WCDMA RAN

Command
CIO parameter when
reporting event 1D. If this
field is not selected, the
BSC6900 does not instruct
the UE to use the CIO
parameter when reporting
event 1D. The call drop rate
will increase if the switch is
opened when the CIO is
configured to a big value.
27.
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_U
E_SWITCH: Whether the
BSC6900 determines the
initial speed state of a UE
based on the
enUeMobilityStateInd
information element (IE) sent
by the UE. If this switch is
turned on, the initial UE
speed state is determined by
this IE carried in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_RE
Q or RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message. If this switch is
determines the UE mobility
state as before based on
how frequently the UE sends
an event 1D measurement
report.
28.
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWIT
CH: Whether to activate CS
Fall Back. When this switch
is turned on, CS Fall Back is
activated. When this switch
is turned off, CS Fall Back is
deactivated.
29.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_
RETURN_SWITCH: Switch
for preferentially moving to
an LTE cell after a call
release. When this switch is
turned on, the BSC6900
includes the neighboring
frequency information in the
RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message for UEs

WCDMA RAN

Command
that can measure signal
quality of the frequency band
including the LTE cells'
frequencies. As a result of
these operations, these UEs
can preferentially move to
LTE cells after entering the
idle state.
30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH: When
BSC6900 sends periodical
inter-frequency and
intra-frequency
measurement control
messages, and includes the
information element (IE)
measurementIdentiy in the
inter-frequency
measurement control
message to instruct a UE to
report signal quality in an
active set cell in a periodical
inter-frequency
measurement report. When
BSC6900 sends only a
periodical inter-frequency
measurement control
message without this IE.
31.
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO
_COV_PARA_SWITCH
(Algorithm Switch for
Coverage-based
Inter-frequency or inter-RAT
Handover Parameters
Dedicated to CS and PS
Combined Services): When
handover parameters
dedicated to CS and PS
combined services are used
when CS and PS combined
services are processed.
off, the thresholds for CS or
PS services, whichever are
larger, are used for the

WCDMA RAN

Command
handover parameters.
GUI Value
Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SP
EED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_S
HO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_S
WITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH,
_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITC
H,
_RELOCATION_SWITCH,
SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SE
RVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
T_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH,
J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_
HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_
UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE
_SWITCH,
RA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTI
ON_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITC
H,
T_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH
,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHP

WCDMA RAN

Command
RIOR_2D2F_SWITCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
E_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWIT
CH,
RETURN_SWITCH,
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH,
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO
_COV_PARA_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:HO_ALGO_HCS_SP
EED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_S
HO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_S
WITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWI
TCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_
SWITCH,
_CELLCHG_NACC_SWITC
H,
_RELOCATION_SWITCH,
SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SE
RVICE_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSE
T_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_
HO_SWITCH,
J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_
HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_
UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE
_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
RA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTI
ON_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITC
H,
T_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH
,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHP
RIOR_2D2F_SWITCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
E_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWIT
CH,
RETURN_SWITCH,
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_F
REQ_MR_SWITCH,
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO
_COV_PARA_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:HO_ALGO_HCS_SP
EED_EST_SWITCH-0&HO_
ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_
SWITCH-1&HO_ALGO_MB
MS_FLC_SWITCH-0&HO_A
LGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH-0
&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD
_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_
SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SW
ITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_C
S_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_IN
TER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELL
CHG_NACC_SWITCH-0&H
O_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_
RELOCATION_SWITCH-0&
SWITCH-1&HO_INTER_RA
T_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWI
TCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_
DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_S
WITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FRE
Q_DETSET_RPRT_SWITC
H-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HA
RD_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_IN
TRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWI

WCDMA RAN

Command
TCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_
SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1&HO
_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_
CAP_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_
NCELL_COMBINE_SWITC
H-1&HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR
_INTRA_SWITCH-0&HO_M
C_SIGNAL_SWITCH-0&HO
_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_
SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_PS_O
UT_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_S
ERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
-0&HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWIT
CH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_H
IGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH-
0&HO_CIO_1D_USED-0&H
O_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE
_SWITCH-0&HO_L2U_EMG
CALL_SWITCH-0&HO_UMT
S_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN
_SWITCH-0&HO_HHO_WIT
H_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWIT
CH-0&HO_MULTIRAB_CSP
S_HO_COV_PARA_SWITC
H-0
HsdpaCMPer BSC6900 SET UCMCF WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Meaning:Whether the

missionInd Handover compressed mode (CM) can
WRFD-020302 Based on coexist with the HSDPA
WRFD-0106100 Coverage service. If this parameter is
6 set to TRUE: 1. the RNC can
Inter Frequency enable the CM for HSDPA
WRFD-0106120 Hard Handover services. 2. The HSDPA
4 Based on services can be enabled
Coverage when the CM is enabled. If
HSDPA Mobility this parameter is set to
Management FALSE: 1. the CM for
HSDPA services can be
HSUPA Mobility enabled only after the H2D
Management (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel
switch. 2. The HSDPA
services cannot be enabled
when the CM is enabled.
This switch is used for the
compatibility of the HSDPA
terminals that do not support
CM when HSDPA is
enabled.
GUI Value
Range:FALSE(Forbidden),

WCDMA RAN

Command
TRUE(Permit)
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:TRUE(Permit)
HsdpaNeedPw BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Length of

rFilterLen Measurement smoothing filter window of
HSDPA power requirement.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsdpaPrvidBit BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Length of

RateFilterLen Measurement smoothing filter window of
HSDPA bit rate.
Unit:None
Default Value:5
HsupaCMPer BSC6900 SET UCMCF WRFD-020303 Inter-RAT Meaning:Whether the

missionInd Handover compressed mode (CM) can
WRFD-020302 Based on coexist with the HSUPA
WRFD-0106100 Coverage service. If this parameter is
6 set to Permit: 1. the RNC
Inter Frequency can enable the CM for
WRFD-0106120 Hard Handover HSUPA services. 2. The
4 Based on HSUPA services can be
Coverage enabled when the CM is
HSDPA Mobility enabled. If this parameter is
Management set to Limited: 1. the CM for
HSUPA Mobility enabled only after the E2D
Management (E-DCH to DCH) channel
switch. 2. The HSUPA
services cannot be enabled
when the CM is enabled. If
this parameter is set to
BasedonUECap, the RNC
determines whether CM can
be enabled for HSUPA
services and whether

WCDMA RAN

Command
enabled when the CM is
enabled by considering the
UE capability.
This switch is used for the
compatibility of the HSUPA
terminals that do not support
CM when HSUPA is
enabled.
GUI Value Range:Limited,
Permit,
BasedOnUECap(Based On
UE Capability)
Actual Value Range:Limited,
Permit, BasedOnUECap
Unit:None
Default
Value:BasedOnUECap(Base
d On UE Capability)
HsupaInitialRa BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD-0106120 HSUPA DCCC Meaning:HSUPA BE traffic

te 8 initial bit rate. When DCCC
algorithm switch and HSUPA
DCCC algorithm switch are
enabled, the uplink initial bit
rate will be set to this value if
the uplink max bit rate is
higher than the initial bit rate.
D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384, D608, D1280,
D2048, D2720, D5440
32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384,
608, 1280, 2048, 2720, 5440
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D256
HsupaPrvidBit BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Length of

RateFilterLen Measurement smoothing filter window of
HSUPA bit rate.

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:None
Default Value:5
InterFreqLdHo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:This parameter

ForbidenTC UCELLLDR Reshuffling specifies the forbidden traffic
classes when perform
MOD inter-frequency handover, in
UCELLLDR order to prevent disarranging
of the layers.
GUI Value
Range:R99_CONVERSATI
ONAL(R99 Conversational),
R99_STREAMING(R99
Streaming), R99_BE(R99
BE),
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONA
L(HSDPA Conversational),
HSDPA_STREAMING(HSD
PA Streaming),
HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE),
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(
HSPA Conversational),
HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA
Streaming),
HSPA_BE(HSPA BE)
Actual Value
Range:R99_CONVERSATI
ONAL, R99_STREAMING,
R99_BE,
HSDPA_CONVERSATIONA
L, HSDPA_STREAMING,
HSDPA_BE,
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL,
HSPA_STREAMING,
HSPA_BE
Unit:None
Default
Value:R99_CONVERSATIO
NAL-0&R99_STREAMING-0
&R99_BE-0&HSDPA_CONV
ERSATIONAL-0&HSDPA_S
TREAMING-0&HSDPA_BE-
0&HSPA_CONVERSATION
AL-0&HSPA_STREAMING-
0&HSPA_BE-0
InterFreqLDH BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:This parameter

OMethodSelec UCELLLDR Reshuffling specifies load handover

WCDMA RAN

Command
tion MOD WRFD-020160 Enhanced method.When network is
UCELLLDR Multiband composed of same
Management frequency band,Blind
Handover method is
suggested .Otherwise,Meas
ure handover is suggested .
GUI Value
Range:BLINDHO(BLINDHO)
,
MEASUREHO(MEASUREH
O)
Actual Value
Range:BLINDHO,
MEASUREHO
Unit:None
Default
Value:BLINDHO(BLINDHO)
InterFreqMeas BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:This parameter

Time UCELLMCL Load Balance defines the timer length for
DR inter-frequency
measurement.
MOD
UCELLMCL After inter-frequency
DR measurement starts, if no
inter-frequency handover is
performed when this timer
expires, the inter-frequency
measurement and the
compressed mode (if
started) are stopped.
This parameter is used to
prevent the long
inter-frequency
measurement state
(compressed mode) due to
unavailable measurement of
the target cells that meet the
handover requirements.
Unit:s
Default Value:6
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 ADD WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Propagation delay

UCELLDIST Redirection threshold for inter-frequency

WCDMA RAN

Command
DelayThd ANCEREDIR 5 Based on redirection. When the
ECTION Distance propagation delay between a
UE and the NodeB exceeds
MOD this threshold, the
UCELLDIST distance-based
ANCEREDIR inter-frequency RRC
ECTION redirection algorithm will be
triggered. For details about
propagation delay, see
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:3chip
Default Value:10
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 SET WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Propagation delay

DelayThd UDISTANCE 5 Redirection threshold for inter-frequency
REDIRECTI Based on redirection. When the
ON Distance propagation delay between a
UE and the NodeB exceeds
this threshold, the
distance-based
inter-frequency RRC
redirection algorithm will be
triggered. For details about
propagation delay, see
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:3chip
Default Value:10
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 ADD WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Inter-frequency

FactorOfLDR UCELLDIST 5 Redirection redirection factor for LDR.
ANCEREDIR Based on This parameter is used to
ECTION Distance determine whether to trigger
the distance-based
MOD inter-frequency RRC
UCELLDIST redirection algorithm when
ANCEREDIR the cell enters the LDR or
ECTION OLC state. When this
parameter is set to 0, the
algorithm will not be
triggered even though the
cell has entered the LDR or
OLC state.

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:%
Default Value:50
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 SET WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Inter-frequency

FactorOfLDR UDISTANCE 5 Redirection redirection factor for LDR.
REDIRECTI Based on This parameter is used to
ON Distance determine whether to trigger
the distance-based
inter-frequency RRC
redirection algorithm when
the cell enters the LDR or
OLC state. When this
triggered even though the
cell has entered the LDR or
OLC state.
Unit:%
Default Value:50
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 ADD WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Inter-frequency

FactorOfNorm UCELLDIST 5 Redirection redirection factor for the
ANCEREDIR Based on normal state. This parameter
ECTION Distance is used to determine whether
to trigger the distance-based
MOD inter-frequency RRC
UCELLDIST redirection algorithm when
ANCEREDIR the cell load is within the
ECTION valid range. When this
triggered when the cell load
is within the valid range.
Unit:%
Default Value:0
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 SET WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Inter-frequency

UDISTANCE Redirection redirection factor for the

WCDMA RAN

Command
FactorOfNorm REDIRECTI 5 Based on normal state. This parameter
ON Distance is used to determine whether
to trigger the distance-based
inter-frequency RRC
redirection algorithm when
the cell load is within the
valid range. When this
triggered when the cell load
is within the valid range.
Unit:%
Default Value:0
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 SET WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Whether to allow

Switch UDISTANCE 5 Redirection for distance-based
REDIRECTI Based on inter-frequency RRC
ON Distance redirection. When this switch
is turned on, distance-based
inter-frequency redirection is
allowed when an RRC
connection is being set up.
off, such redirection is not
allowed.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
InterFreqRedir BSC6900 ADD WRFD-0204000 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Whether to allow

Switch UCELLDIST 5 Redirection for distance-based
ANCEREDIR Based on inter-frequency RRC
ECTION Distance redirection. When this switch
is turned on, distance-based
MOD inter-frequency redirection is
UCELLDIST allowed when an RRC
ANCEREDIR connection is being set up.
ECTION When this switch is turned
off, such redirection is not
allowed.

WCDMA RAN

Command
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
IntraFreqUlbP BSC6900 SET None None Meaning:Period of

eriodTimerLen ULDCPERIO RTWP-based
D intra-frequency load
balancing adjustment. When
RTWP is high, CPICH
transmit power is periodically
reduced, which reduces
RTWP.
Actual Value
Range:1~115300
Unit:s
Default Value:1800
LdbAvgFilterLe BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Length of

n Measurement smoothing filter window of
intra-frequency load
balancing (LDB).
Unit:None
Default Value:6
LdrCodePriUs BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:FALSE means not

eInd UCELLLDR Reshuffling considering the code priority
during the code reshuffling.
MOD TRUE means considering
UCELLLDR the code priority during the
code reshuffling. If the
parameter is TRUE, the
codes with high priority are
reserved during the code
reshuffling. It is good for the
code resource dynamic
sharing, which is a function
used for the HSDPA service.
GUI Value
Range:FALSE(FALSE),

WCDMA RAN

Command
TRUE(TRUE)
TRUE
Unit:None
Default
Value:FALSE(FALSE)
LdrCodeUsed BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Code resource

SpaceThd UCELLLDR Reshuffling usage difference threshold.
Inter-frequency handover is
MOD triggered when the
UCELLLDR difference of the resource
usage of the current cell and
that of the target cell is
greater than this threshold.
Unit:%
Default Value:13
LdrPeriodTime BSC6900 SET WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Identifying the

rLen ULDCPERIO Reshuffling period of the LDR execution.
D When basic congestion
occurs, execution of LDR
can dynamically reduce the
cell load.
The LDR algorithm aims to
slowly reduce the cell load
and control the load below
the admission threshold,
each LDR action takes a
period (for example the
inter-RAT load handover
needs a delay of about 5 s if
the compressed mode is
needed), and there is a
delay for the LDM module
responds to the load
decreasing (the delay is
about 3 s when the L3 filter
coefficient is set to 6), so the
parameter value should be
higher than 8s.
Actual Value

WCDMA RAN

Command
Range:1~86400
Unit:s
Default Value:10
MAXDELTAOF NodeB SET WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Meaning:Indicates the max

TARGETROT MACEPARA Scheduling with target RoT difference before
HSUPA and after IC.
GUI Value Range:0~6
Actual Value Range:0~3,
step:0.5
Unit:0.5dB
Default Value:0
MaxFachPowe BSC6900 ADD UFACH WRFD-020501 Open Loop Meaning:The offset between
r Power Control the FACH transmit power
MOD UFACH and P-CPICH transmit
power in a cell.
GUI Value Range:-350~150
Actual Value Range:-35~15
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:10
MaxPCPICHP BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020501 Open Loop Meaning:Maximum TX

ower UPCPICH Power Control power of the PCPICH in a
cell. This parameter should
MOD be set based on the actual
UPCPICHP system environment such as
WR cell coverage (radius) and
geographical environment,
and the cell total power.
When the ratio of soft
handover areas keeps the
same, the downlink
coverage cannot be
promoted by the increase of
PCPICH power.
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:346

WCDMA RAN

Command
MaxQueueTim BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Maximum queue

eLen UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption time of users. When a user
EEMPT initiates a call, it joins the
queue due to cell resource
insufficiency. This parameter
defines the maximum length
of time required for queuing
of a user. If cell resources
are still insufficient after
expiration, access fails.
Unit:s
Default Value:5
MaxUserNum BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:This parameter

CodeAdj UCELLLDR Reshuffling specifies the number of
users selected in code
MOD reshuffling. Code reshuffling
UCELLLDR can be triggered only when
the number of users on a
code is no greater than the
threshold. Code reshuffling
has a big impact on the QoS.
In addition, the reshuffled
subscribers occupy two code
resources during code
reshuffling. Thus, the
parameter should be set to
1.
GUI Value Range:1~3
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MaxUserNumf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Maximum number

orCLBIFHO UCELLCLB Load Balancing of UEs that can be handed
Based on over to inter-frequency cells
MOD Configurable during the period specified
UCELLCLB Load Threshold by "ClbPeriodTimerLen" in
the "SET ULDCPERIOD"
command. Such handovers
are triggered by the CLB
feature.

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:%
Default Value:2
MbmsDecPow BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:When the priority of

erRabThd UCELLLDR Reshuffling the RAB of MBMS services
exceeds this threshold,
MOD reconfigure the MBMS
UCELLLDR power to the minimum
power. The MBMS service at
each rate is set on the basis
of two power levels. The
power set for an MBMS
service is determined
according to cell load during
the service access. In
addition, the FACH power of
the MBMS service must be
decreased as required in the
duration of cell congestion.
Some services with high
priority, for example the
disaster pre-alert, however,
do not need the coverage
shrink caused by cell load. In
such a case, you can adjust
the service priority threshold
to protect the services with
high priority against the
impact of the service access
failure and the load control
algorithm.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MbmsOlcRelN BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:MBMS service

um UCELLOLC Control release is an extreme
method in reducing the cell
MOD load and recovering the
UCELLOLC system when the cell is
overloaded and congested.

WCDMA RAN

Command
GUI Value Range:0~8
Unit:None
Default Value:1
MinForDlBasic BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:DL basic common

Meas Measurement measurement report cycle.
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:min
Default Value:20
MinForHsdpaP BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:This parameter

rvidRateMeas Measurement specifies the HSDPA bit rate
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:min
Default Value:10
MinForHsdpaP BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:HSDPA power

wrMeas Measurement requirement measurement
report period For detailed
information of this
25.433.
Unit:min
Default Value:10

WCDMA RAN

Command
MinForHsupaP BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:This parameter

rvidRateMeas Measurement specifies the HSUPA bit rate
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:min
Default Value:1
MinForUlBasic BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:UL basic common

Meas Measurement measurement report cycle.
3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit:min
Default Value:20
MinPCPICHPo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020501 Open Loop Meaning:Minimum TX power

wer UPCPICH Power Control of the PCPICH in a cell. This
WRFD-020104 parameter should be set
MOD Intra Frequency based on the actual system
UPCPICHP Load Balance environment such as cell
WR coverage (radius) and
geographical environment.
Ensure that
MinPCPICHPower is set
under the condition of a
proper proportion of soft
handover area, or under the
condition that no coverage
hole exists.
Unit:0.1dBm
Default Value:313
NBMCacAlgoS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:Whether to enable

witch UCELLALG Control the algorithms related to cell
service admission. Selecting

WCDMA RAN

Command
OSWITCH WRFD-020102 Load a switch enables the
Measurement corresponding algorithm and
MOD WRFD-010202 clearing a switch disables
UCELLALG UE State in the corresponding algorithm.
OSWITCH WRFD-021102 Connected
Mode 1. CRD_ADCTRL: Control
(CELL-DCH, Cell Credit admission control
CELL-PCH, algorithm. Only when
URA-PCH, NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SW
CELL-FACH) ITCH which is set by the
SET UCACALGOSWITCH
Cell Barring command and this switch
are on,the Cell Credit
admission control algorithm
is valid.
2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL:
Control HSDPA UU Load
admission control
algorithm.This switch does
not work when uplink is
beared on HSUPA and
downlink is beared on
HSDPA.
3. HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL:
Control HSUPA UU Load
admission control algorithm.
This switch does not work
when uplink is beared on
HSUPA and downlink is
beared on HSDPA.
4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL:
Control MBMS UU Load
admission control algorithm.
5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS:
Control HSDPA power
requirement for GBR (GBP)
measurement. The NodeB
will report the GBP of
HSDPA users to the RNC
after the measurement is
enabled.
6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
Control HSDPA provided bit
rate (PBR) measurement.
The NodeB will report the
PBR of HSDPA users to the
RNC after the measurement
is enabled.
7.

WCDMA RAN

Command
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_
IU_RST: When this switch
and the RNC-level
IU_RST(SET
URRCTRLSWITCH )are
turned on, the Cell Barring
function is available to the Iu
interface.
8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS:
Control HSUPA PBR
measurement. The NodeB
will report the PBR of
HSUPA users to the RNC
after the measurement is
enabled.
9.
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_ME
AS: Control HSUPA
Provided Received
Scheduled EDCH Power
Share measurement.
10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL:
Control power admission for
emergency user.
11.
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB:
Control algorithm of resisting
disturb when RTWP is
abnormal.
12.
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_
SWITCH: Whether to
prohibit UEs that have
established RRC
connections but not start
processing any services yet
from performing soft
handovers. When this switch
is turned on, such UEs
cannot access target cells by
means of soft handover if the
OLC procedure is
progressing in target cells.
13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL:
Admission control switch for
the FACH on the Uu
interface. This switch

WCDMA RAN

Command
determines whether to admit
a user in the RRC state on
the CELL_FACH. 1) If this
switch is enabled: if the
current cell is congested due
to overload, and the users
are with RAB connection
requests or RRC connection
requests(except the cause of
""Detach"", ""Registration"",
or ""Emergency Call""), the
users will be rejected.
Otherwise FACH user
admission procedure is
initiated. A user can access
the cell after the procedure
succeeds. 2) If this switch is
disabled: FACH user
admission procedure is
initiated without the
consideration of cell state.
14.
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDP
A_ADCTRL: Legacy HSDPA
admission control algorithm
in MIMO cell.
15.
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCT
RL: Whether to enable or
disable state transition of
users in the CELL-DCH
state, who are enabled with
fast dormancy, to ease
FACH congestion in a cell. If
this switch is turned off in a
cell, state transition of such
users is disabled. Note that
when this switch is turned off
in multiple cells under an
BSC6900, signaling storm
may occur. As a result, the
CPU usage of the BSC6900,
NodeB, and SGSN
increases greatly, leading to
service setup failure.This
switch has been removed
from RAN13, so that this
switch is now invalid.
16.
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C

WCDMA RAN

Command
TRL: Whether to allow for
FACH UEs without
restrictions.
GUI Value
Range:CRD_ADCTRL(Credi
t Admission Control
Algorithm),
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSD
PA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm),
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSU
PA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm),
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBM
S UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm),
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDP
A GBP Meas Algorithm),
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDP
A PBR Meas Algorithm),
IU_RST(System Info Update
Switch for Iu Reset),
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUP
A PBR Meas Algorithm),
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_ME
AS(HSUPA EDCH RSEPS
Meas Algorithm),
EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emerge
ncy call power admission),
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(
RTWP Resist Disturb
Switch),
SWITCH(Signaling Sho Ul
power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH
power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDP
A_ADCTRL(Legacy HSDPA
Admission Control Algorithm
in MIMO Cell ),
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCT
RL(Fast Dormancy User
Admission Control
Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C
TRL(FACH USER
UNLIMITED)
Actual Value
Range:CRD_ADCTRL,

WCDMA RAN

Command
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL,
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
IU_RST,
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_ME
AS, EMC_UU_ADCTRL,
RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SWITCH,
FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDP
A_ADCTRL,
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCT
RL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C
TRL
Unit:None
Default
Value:CRD_ADCTRL-1&HS
DPA_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSU
PA_UU_ADCTRL-0&MBMS
_UU_ADCTRL-0&HSDPA_
GBP_MEAS-0&HSDPA_PB
R_MEAS-0&SYS_INFO_UP
DATE_FOR_IU_RST-0&HS
UPA_PBR_MEAS-0&HSUP
A_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS-0
&EMC_UU_ADCTRL-1&RT
WP_RESIST_DISTURB-0&
SWITCH-0&FACH_UU_AD
CTRL-0&MIMOCELL_LEGA
CYHSDPA_ADCTRL-0&FAS
T_DORMANCY_ADCTRL-1
&FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_
CTRL-0
NBMDlCacAlg BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:The following

oSelSwitch UCELLALG Control parameter values represent
OSWITCH different downlink admission
control algorithms:
MOD
UCELLALG ALGORITHM_OFF:
OSWITCH Downlink admission control
algorithm disabled.
ALGORITHM_FIRST:

WCDMA RAN

Command
Power-based increment
prediction algorithm for
downlink admission control.
ALGORITHM_SECOND:
ENU-based admission
algorithm for downlink
admission control.
ALGORITHM_THIRD:
Power-based non-increment
downlink admission control.
GUI Value
Range:ALGORITHM_OFF,
ALGORITHM_FIRST,
ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD
Actual Value
ALGORITHM_FIRST,
ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD
Unit:None
Default Value:None
NBMLdcAlgoS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Whether to activate

witch UCELLALG Reshuffling the cell load control
OSWITCH WRFD-020102 algorithm. The following are
Load meanings of different values:
MOD WRFD-020104 Measurement
UCELLALG WRFD-020105 1. The algorithms with the
OSWITCH Intra Frequency above values represent are
WRFD-020107 Load Balance as
follow:INTRA_FREQUENCY
WRFD-140217 Potential User _LDB: Intra-frequency load
Control
balance algorithm. It is also
Overload named cell breathing
Control algorithm.Based on the cell
load, this algorithm changes
Inter-Frequency the pilot power of the cell to
Load Balancing control the load between
Based on intra-frequency cells.
Configurable
Load Threshold 2. PUC: Potential user
control algorithm. Based on
the cell load, this algorithm
changes the
selection/reselection
parameters of a cell to lead
the UE to a lighter loaded

WCDMA RAN

Command
cell.
3. UL_UU_OLC: Uplink
Uu-interface overload
congestion control algorithm.
When the cell is overloaded
in the uplink, this algorithm
reduces the uplink cell load
by quick transport format
(TF) restriction, channel
switchover for BE services to
common channels, or
releasing UEs.
4. DL_UU_OLC: Downlink
Uu-interface overload
congestion control algorithm.
When the cell is overloaded
in the downlink, this
algorithm reduces the
downlink cell load by quick
TF restriction, channel
switchover for BE services to
common channels, or
releasing UEs.
5. UL_UU_LDR: UL UU load
reshuffling algorithm. When
the cell is heavily loaded in
UL, this algorithm reduces
the cell load in UL by using
inter-frequency load
handover, BE service rate
reduction, uncontrollable
real-time service QoS
renegotiation, CS should be
inter-RAT, PS should be
inter-RAT handover, CS
should not be inter-RAT and,
PS should not be inter-RAT
handover and AMR service
rate reduction.
6. DL_UU_LDR: DL UU load
the cell is heavily loaded in
DL, this algorithm reduces
the cell load in DL by using
inter-frequency load
handover, BE service rate
reduction, uncontrollable
real-time service QoS
renegotiation, CS should be
inter-RAT, PS should be

WCDMA RAN

Command
inter-RAT handover, CS
should not be inter-RAT and,
PS should not be inter-RAT
handover, AMR service rate
reduction and MBMS service
power decrease.
7. OLC_EVENTMEAS:
Control OLC event
measurement. This
algorithm starts the OLC
event measurement.
8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Code
the cell CODE is heavily
loaded, this algorithm
reduces the cell CODE load
by using BE service rate
reduction and code tree
reshuffling.
9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
Credit reshuffling algorithm.
When the cell credit is
heavily loaded, this
algorithm reduces the credit
load of the cell by using BE
service rate reduction,
uncontrollable real-time
service QoS renegotiation,
CS should be inter-RAT, PS
should be inter-RAT
handover, CS should not be
inter-RAT and PS should not
be inter-RAT handover.
10.
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_
ULB: Intra-frequency load
balancing algorithm based
on RTWP. CPICH power of a
cell is adjusted according to
RTWP load in the cell,
triggering intra-frequency,
inter-frequency, or inter-RAT
handover of UEs at the edge
of the cell. As a result, the
call drop rate in the cell is
reduced.
11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to
activate the
uplink-cell-load-based CLB

WCDMA RAN

Command
algorithm. With this
algorithm, the RNC
determines whether to
enable a cell to enter the
CLB state based on its uplink
cell load. Once the cell
enters the CLB state, the
RNC periodically initiates
measurement-based
balance load across
inter-frequency cells.
12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether
to activate the
downlink-cell-load-based
CLB algorithm. With this
algorithm, the RNC
CLB state based on its
downlink cell load. Once the
cell enters the CLB state, the
measurement-based
balance load across
13. CELL_CODE_CLB:
cell-code-resource-based
algorithm, the RNC
CLB state based on the code
usage in the cell. Once the
cell enters the CLB state, the
measurement-based
balance load across
14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
cell-credit-resource-based
algorithm, the RNC
CLB state based on the

WCDMA RAN

Command
credit usage in the cell. Once
the cell enters the CLB state,
the RNC periodically initiates
measurement-based
balance load across
15. If
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, ULOLC, DLOLC,
ULLDR, UDLLDR,
OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR,
CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_
ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB and
CELL_CREDIT_CLB are
selected, the corresponding
algorithms will be enabled;
otherwise, disabled.
GUI Value
Range:INTRA_FREQUENC
Y_LDB(Intra Frequency LDB
Algorithm), PUC(Potential
User Control Algorithm),
UL_UU_LDR(Uplink UU
LDR Algorithm),
DL_UU_LDR(Downlink UU
LDR Algorithm),
UL_UU_OLC(Uplink UU
OLC Algorithm),
DL_UU_OLC(Downlink UU
OLC Algorithm),
OLC_EVENTMEAS(OLC
Event Meas Algorithm),
CELL_CODE_LDR(Code
LDR Algorithm),
CELL_CREDIT_LDR(Credit
LDR Algorithm),
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_
ULB(Intra-Frequency Load
Balancing Algorithm Based
on RTWP), UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB
Actual Value
Range:INTRA_FREQUENC

WCDMA RAN

Command
Y_LDB, PUC, UL_UU_LDR,
DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
DL_UU_OLC,
OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR,
CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_
ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB,
CELL_CODE_CLB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB
Unit:None
Default
Value:INTRA_FREQUENCY
_LDB-0&PUC-0&UL_UU_L
DR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&UL_
UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_OLC-0
&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CE
LL_CODE_LDR-0&CELL_C
REDIT_LDR-0&UL_INTRA_
FREQUENCY_ULB-0&UL_
UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0
&CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CEL
L_CREDIT_CLB-0
NbmLdcUeSel BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:The following

Switch UCELLALG Load Balance parameter values represent
OSWITCH different policies for
selecting users to be handed
MOD over in the load-based
UCELLALG inter-frequency handovers
OSWITCH involved in load reshuffling
(LDR) triggered by basic
congestions:
NBM_LDC_ALL_UE:
NBM_LDC_ALL_UE: All
UEs can be selected in a
load-based inter-frequency
handover, regardless of
whether the selected UEs
match the supporting
capability of the target cell.
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_O
NLY:
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_O
NLY: Only the UEs matching
the supporting capability of
the target cell can be
selected in a load-based

WCDMA RAN

Command
inter-frequency handover.
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FI
RST:
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FI
RST: The UEs matching the
supporting capability of the
target cell are preferentially
selected in a load-based
GUI Value
Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE(
Select all users),
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_O
NLY(Select users match
target cell support only),
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FI
RST(Select users match
target cell support first)
Actual Value
Range:NBM_LDC_ALL_UE,
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_O
NLY,
NBM_LDC_MATCH_UE_FI
RST
Unit:None
Default
Value:NBM_LDC_MATCH_
UE_ONLY(Select users
match target cell support
only)
NBMUlCacAlg BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:The algorithms with

oSelSwitch UCELLALG Control the above values represent
OSWITCH are as follow:
MOD ALGORITHM_OFF: Uplink
UCELLALG power admission control
OSWITCH algorithm disabled.
ALGORITHM_FIRST:
Power-based increment
uplink admission control.
ALGORITHM_SECOND:
ENU-based admission
algorithm for uplink
admission control.
ALGORITHM_THIRD:

WCDMA RAN

Command
Power-based non-increment
uplink admission control.
ALGORITHM_FOURTH:
Service load-based
algorithm for uplink
admission control.
GUI Value
ALGORITHM_FIRST,
ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD,
ALGORITHM_FOURTH
Actual Value
ALGORITHM_FIRST,
ALGORITHM_SECOND,
ALGORITHM_THIRD,
ALGORITHM_FOURTH
Unit:None
Default Value:None
NbmWpsAlgori BSC6900 SET WRFD-021104 Emergency Call Meaning:This parameter is

thmPriority UWPSALGO used to identify WPS users
with priority. For instance, if
priorities 3, 4, 5, and 6 are
selected, users with priorities
are regarded as WPS users.
GUI Value
Range:PRIORITY1(WPS
USER PRIORITY 1),
PRIORITY2(WPS USER
PRIORITY 2),
PRIORITY3(WPS USER
PRIORITY 3),
PRIORITY4(WPS USER
PRIORITY 4),
PRIORITY5(WPS USER
PRIORITY 5),
PRIORITY6(WPS USER
PRIORITY 6),
PRIORITY7(WPS USER
PRIORITY 7),
PRIORITY8(WPS USER
PRIORITY 8),
PRIORITY9(WPS USER
PRIORITY 9),
PRIORITY10(WPS USER

WCDMA RAN

Command
PRIORITY 10),
PRIORITY11(WPS USER
PRIORITY 11),
PRIORITY12(WPS USER
PRIORITY 12),
PRIORITY13(WPS USER
PRIORITY 13),
PRIORITY14(WPS USER
PRIORITY 14)
Actual Value
Range:PRIORITY1,
PRIORITY2, PRIORITY3,
PRIORITY14,
Unit:None
Default
Value:PRIORITY1-0&PRIOR
ITY2-1&PRIORITY3-1&PRI
ORITY4-1&PRIORITY5-1&P
RIORITY6-1&PRIORITY7-0
&PRIORITY8-0&PRIORITY9
-0&PRIORITY10-0&PRIORI
TY11-0&PRIORITY12-0&PR
IORITY13-0&PRIORITY14-0
NbmWpsAlgori BSC6900 SET WRFD-021104 Emergency Call Meaning:WPS (Wireless

thmSwitch UWPSALGO Priority Service) is NS/EP
(National
Security/Emergency
Preparedness) AMR
conversation service
controlled by White House of
USA. NCS is authorized to
manage the execution of the
WPS project. This switch
indicates whether the WPS
function is supported.
GUI Value
Range:ALGORITHM_OFF(
WPS Algorithm Switch OFF),
ALGORITHM_ON(WPS
Algorithm Switch ON)
Actual Value

WCDMA RAN

Command
ALGORITHM_ON
Unit:None
Default
Value:ALGORITHM_OFF(W
PS Algorithm Switch OFF)
NCovCMUser BSC6900 SET UCMCF WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Whether to control

NumCtrlSwitch Load Balancing the number of UEs that use
Based on a different scrambling code,
Configurable use SF codes with half
Load Threshold numbers than usual, and
work in compressed mode
when measurement-based
based on other factors than
coverage are about to be
performed. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC
checks whether the number
of such UEs is less than the
value of
"CellSFCMUserNumThd"
before sending such UEs an
inter-frequency
measurement control
message. If so, the RNC
continues with the current
inter-frequency handover
process. If no, the RNC
terminates the process.
off, the RNC directly sends
such UEs an inter-frequency
measurement control
message. Note that
measurement-based
based on other factors than
coverage can be triggered
by MC DRD, MC LDR,
inter-RAT LDR, CLB, and
HCS.
OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF

WCDMA RAN

Command
NodeBLdcAlgo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Whether to enable

Switch UNODEBAL Reshuffling the algorithms for NodeB
GOPARA WRFD-020107 load control.
Overload
MOD WRFD-140217 Control 1. IUB_LDR (Iub congestion
UNODEBAL control algorithm): When the
GOPARA Inter-Frequency NodeB Iub load is heavy,
Load Balancing users are assembled in
Based on priority order among all the
Configurable NodeBs and some users are
Load Threshold selected for LDR action
(such as BE service rate
reduction) in order to reduce
the NodeB Iub load.
2. NODEB_CREDIT_LDR
(NodeB level credit
congestion control
algorithm): When the NodeB
level credit load is heavy,
users are assembled in
priority order among all the
NodeBs and some users are
selected for LDR action in
order to reduce the NodeB
level credit load.
3. LCG_CREDIT_LDR (Cell
group level credit congestion
control algorithm): When the
cell group level credit load is
heavy, users are assembled
in priority order among all
the NodeBs and some users
are selected for LDR action
in order to reduce the cell
group level credit load.
4. IUB_OLC (Iub Overload
congestion control
algorithm): When the NodeB
Iub load is Overload, users
are assembled in priority
order among all the NodeBs
and some users are selected
for Olc action in order to
reduce the NodeB Iub load.
5. Whether to activate the
NodeB-credit-based CLB
algorithm, the BSC6900
initiates inter-frequency

WCDMA RAN

Command
handovers if NodeB credit
load is higher than the value
of "UlCreditCSClbTrigThd"
or "UlCreditPSClbTrigThd" in
the "ADD UNODEBCLB"
command. By doing this, the
NodeB credit load can be
reduced.
6. Whether to activate the
cell-group-credit-based CLB
algorithm, the BSC6900
initiates inter-frequency
handovers if credit load in a
cell group is higher than the
value of
"UlCreditCSClbTrigThd" in
the "ADD UNODEBCLB"
command. By doing this, the
credit load in the cell group
can be reduced.
7. To enable some of the
algorithms above, select
them. Otherwise, they are
disabled.
GUI Value
Range:IUB_LDR(IUB LDR
Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR(Nod
eB Credit LDR Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_LDR(LCG
Credit LDR Algorithm),
IUB_OLC(IUB OLC
Algorithm),
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWI
TCH(NodeB Credit CLB
Algorithm),
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITC
H(Local Cell Group Credit
CLB Algorithm)
Actual Value
Range:IUB_LDR,
NODEB_CREDIT_LDR,
LCG_CREDIT_LDR,
IUB_OLC,
NODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWI
TCH,
LCG_CREDIT_CLB_SWITC
H

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:None
Default
Value:IUB_LDR-0&NODEB_
CREDIT_LDR-0&LCG_CRE
DIT_LDR-0&IUB_OLC-0&N
ODEB_CREDIT_CLB_SWIT
CH-0&LCG_CREDIT_CLB_
SWITCH-0
OffloadRelativ BSC6900 ADD None None Meaning:Relative threshold

eThd UCELLLDM for load sharing. The RNC
redirects UEs to an
MOD inter-frequency neighboring
UCELLLDM cell for load sharing only
when either of the following
conditions is met:
1. The uplink load in the
source cell is greater than
this parameter multiplied by
"UlLdrTrigThd".
2. The downlink load in the
source cell is greater than
this parameter multiplied by
"DlLdrTrigThd".
Unit:%
Default Value:50
OffQoffset1He BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Offset of Qoffset1

avy UCELLPUC Control when neighboring cell load is
heavier than that of the
MOD center cell (Note: Qoffset1 is
UCELLPUC used as a priority to decide
which cell will be selected in
cell selection or reselection)
3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit:dB
Default Value:4

WCDMA RAN

Command
OffQoffset1Lig BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Offset of Qoffset1

ht UCELLPUC Control when neighboring cell load is
lighter than that of the center
MOD cell (Note: Qoffset1 is used
UCELLPUC as a priority to decide which
cell will be selected in cell
selection or reselection) For
25.304.
Unit:dB
Default Value:-4
OffQoffset2He BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Offset of Qoffset2

avy UCELLPUC Control when neighboring cell load is
heavier than that of the
MOD center cell (Note: Qoffset2 is
UCELLPUC used as a priority to decide
which cell will be selected in
cell selection or reselection)
3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit:dB
Default Value:4
OffQoffset2Lig BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Offset of Qoffset2

ht UCELLPUC Control when neighboring cell load is
lighter than that of the center
MOD cell (Note: Qoffset2 is used
UCELLPUC as a priority to decide which
cell will be selected in cell
selection or reselection) For
25.304.
Unit:dB

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:-4
OffSinterHeav BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Offset of

y UCELLPUC Control Sintersearch when center
cell load level is "Heavy"
MOD (Note: Sintersearch is used
UCELLPUC to decide whether to start the
inter-frequency cell
reselection). For detailed
information of this
25.304.
Unit:2dB
Default Value:2
OffSinterLight BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Offset of

UCELLPUC Control Sintersearch when center
cell load level is "Light"
MOD (Note: Sintersearch is used
UCELLPUC to decide whether to start the
inter-frequency cell
reselection). For detailed
information of this
25.304.
Unit:2dB
Default Value:-2
OlcPeriodTime BSC6900 SET WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:Identifying the

rLen ULDCPERIO Control period of the OLC execution.
D When overload occurs,
execution of OLC can
dynamically reduce the cell
load. When setting the
parameter, consider the
hysteresis for which the load
monitoring responds to the
load change. For example,
when the layer 3 filter
coefficient is 6, the
hysteresis for which the load
measurement responds to

WCDMA RAN

Command
the step-function signals is
about 2.8s, namely that the
system can trace the load
control effect about 3 s later
after each load control. In
this case, the OLC period
timer length cannot be
smaller than 3s.
OlcPeriodTimerLen along
with
ULOLCFTFRstrctUserNum,
DLOLCFTFRstrctUserNum,
ULOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
DLOLCFTFRSTRCTTimes,
ULOLCTraffRelUserNum,
and
DLOLCTraffRelUserNum
determine the time it takes to
release the uplink/downlink
overload. If the OLC period
is excessively long, the
system respond very slowly
to overload. If the OLC
period is excessively short,
unnecessary adjustment
occur before the previous
OLC action has taken effect,
and therefore the system
performance is affected.
GUI Value
Range:100~86400000
Actual Value
Range:100~86400000
Unit:ms
Default Value:3000
PCPICHPower BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020104 Intra Frequency Meaning:Pilot power

Pace UCELLLDB Load Balance adjustment step increased or
decreased in each increase
MOD of the cell breathing
UCELLLDB algorithm or decrease of cell
pilot. For detailed
information of this
25.433.

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:0.1dB
Default Value:2
PenaltyTimefor BSC6900 SET UCLB WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:imer for cell

HLoad3GCell Load Balancing punishment after a failed
Based on inter-RNC inter-frequency
Configurable handover. During the period
Load Threshold specified by this timer, the
cell in question is no longer
allowed to accommodate the
UEs handed over from
another cell.
Unit:s
Default Value:300
PerfEnhanceS BSC6900 SET WRFD-0106111 HSDPA State Meaning:1.

witch UCORRMPA 1 Transition PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR
RA _SWITCH: When the switch
WRFD-021104 Emergency Call is set to ON, the procedure
WRFD-010202 UE State in specific to AMR service
Connected establishment takes effect.
WRFD-020400 Mode
2.
WRFD-0106100 (CELL-DCH, PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_S
4 CELL-PCH, WITCH: When the switch is
URA-PCH, set to ON, the AMR template
WRFD-0206050 CELL-FACH) takes effect.
1
DRD 3.
WRFD-020402 Introduction PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_S
Package WITCH: When the switch is
WRFD-0204000
3 HSDPA Power set to ON, the SRB template
Control takes effect.
WRFD-0106140
4 SRNS 4.
Relocation (UE PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_
Not Involved) SWITCH: When the switch is
set to ON, the OLPC
Measurement template takes effect.
Based Direct
Retry 5.
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPL
Inter System T_SWITCH: When the
Redirect switch is set to ON, the AMR
parameter template takes
HSUPA effect.
2ms/10ms TTI
6.

WCDMA RAN

Command
Handover PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_M
C_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
the switch is set to ON, the
intra-frequency
measurement control
template takes effect.
7.
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PE
NALTY_50_SWITCH: After a
UE fails to be handed over to
a 2G cell during an inter-RAT
handover, the BSC6900
forbids the UE to attempt a
handover to the 2G cell in a
certain period. When the
switch is set to ON, the
period is 50s. When the
switch is set to OFF, the
period is 30s.
8.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_SWITCH: When
uplink SRBs of HSUPA 10
ms non-conversational
services are always carried
on DCHs, and the original
parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying
Signaling RB is invalid.
When the switch is set to
OFF, SRBs for HSUPA 10
ms non-conversational
services can be carried on
HSUPA channels when the
original parameter Type of
Channel Preferably Carrying
Signaling RB is set to
HSUPA or HSPA. The switch
is set to OFF by default.
9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_E
NHANCE_SWITCH: When
single-user peak-rate
improvement algorithm of
HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled.
OFF, the algorithm is
disabled. The switch is set to

WCDMA RAN

Command
OFF by default.
10.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_
OPT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the P2D
cell update confirm message
simplification algorithm takes
effect. When this switch is
turned off, the algorithm
does not take effect. By
default, this switch is turned
off.
11.
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SI
R_CONSIDER_SWITCH:
This check box controls
whether the BSC6900
considers the converged
SIRTarget value that is used
before radio link
reconfiguration in outer loop
power control performed
after radio link
reconfiguration. If the check
box is not selected, the
BSC6900 sends the initial
SIRTarget value used after
radio link reconfiguration to
the NodeB.If the check box
is selected, the BSC6900
selects a more appropriate
value from the initial
SIRTarget value used after
radio link reconfiguration and
the converged SIRTarget
value used before radio link
reconfiguration. Then the
BSC6900 sends the
selected value to the NodeB.
Setting of this check box
takes effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARG
ET_CARRY_SWITCH check
box is selected.
12.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_P
ROTECT_SWITCH: When
the switch is set to ON, The
mechanism to avoid endless
back-and-forth

WCDMA RAN

Command
RRC-redirections takes
effect. The switch is set to
OFF by default.
13.
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWI
TCH: whether to enable the
optimized algorithm for
HSPA UE state transition
from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH (also referred
to as H2F state transition).
When the switch is turned
on, the optimized H2F state
transition algorithm is
enabled, and event 4A
measurement of traffic
volume or throughput is
added to the state transition
procedure. The added event
4A measurement prevents
an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2
H_SWITCH: When the
switch is turned on and a
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-C
ELL_DCH (P2D for short)
state transition is triggered
for a PS service, the PS
service can be set up on
HSPA channels after the
state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS
services can be set up only
on DCHs after a P2D state
transition. This switch is
turned off by default.
15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PC
HR_MR_SWITCH: When
the switch is set to ON, VIP
UEs report their transmit
power to the BSC6900 when
required and periodically
measure signal quality of
intra-frequency cells. In
addition, these UEs measure
the downlink BLER, the
NodeB measures the uplink

WCDMA RAN

Command
SIR, and the BSC6900
records the measurement
results.
16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUP
T_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH:
Switch for including the Tx
interruption after trigger IE in
the uplink 4A traffic volume
measurement control
message. When this switch
is turned on, the uplink 4A
traffic volume measurement
control message from
BSC6900 includes the Tx
interruption after trigger IE
for UEs that are in the
CELL_FACH or enhanced
CELL_FACH state and
processing PS BE services.
The value of this IE can be
changed by running the
"SET UUESTATETRANS"
command.
17.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RE
CFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether to use the
optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
0: The optimized algorithm
does not take effect. The
original mechanism is
implemented.
1: The optimized algorithm
takes effect. After HSUPA
services are configured or
reconfigured with 10 ms TTI
due to network resource
(admission CEs, RTWP,
consumed Iub bandwidth, or
consumed CEs) congestion
or insufficient coverage,
these UEs cannot change to
use 2 ms TTI if no data
needs to be transmitted.
18.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_E
NHANCE_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

Command
algorithm for increasing the
single-threaded download
rate.
19.
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_C
OEF_ADJUST: Switch for
adjusting the BLER
coefficient specific to CS
services based on the best
cell's uplink load status.
on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the
target BLER set by the OMU
board if the best cell's uplink
load status is LDR or OLC. If
the status is neither LDR nor
OLC, this algorithm uses this
target BLER after being
divided by five.
20.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_M
C_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the
function of delaying the
sending of an
RRC_MEAS_CTRL
message containing AGPS
information when an
emergency call is made.
on, the BSC6900 delays the
sending of this message until
the emergency call is
successfully set up. When
BSC6900 sends this
message upon receiving a
LOCATION_REPORTING_
CONTROL message from
the CN.
21.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_C
QI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable a UE
having multiple RLSs to use
the value of "CQIReF" and
the value of "CQIFbCk" that
are for UEs having only one

WCDMA RAN

Command
RLS. The two parameters
can be set by running the
"SET UHSDPCCH" and
"ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this
switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of
the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one
RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the
values of the two parameters
that are for UEs having only
one RLS.
22.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CAL
CTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable a
RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering
.
on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE
calculationTimeForCiphering
.
23.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_T
RIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD
procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or
HS-DSCH to DCH when
messages transmitted over
the Uu and Iub interfaces do
not arrive in time. When this
switch is turned off, the DRD
HS-DSCH to DCH are not
triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and
Iub interfaces do not arrive in
time. When this switch is
turned on, the DRD
HS-DSCH to DCH are
triggered if messages

WCDMA RAN

Command
transmitted over the Uu and
Iub interfaces do not arrive in
time.
24.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOA
D_BROADCAST_AMEND:
Whether to consider CE or
code resource usage when
determining the resource
status of a cell whose
serving boards or SPU
sub-systems are different
from those of its neighboring
cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC
determines the resource
status of such a cell based
on power, CE, and code
resource usage. If power,
CE, or code resources in a
cell become congested, the
RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource
congestion. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC
determines the resource
status of such a cell based
on power resource usage
only.
25.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCEL
LSEL_OPT_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on,
candidate cells are ranked
by "InterFreqMeasQuantity"
(in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ"
command) for MBDR, and
the cell with the best signal
quality is selected as the
target cell. When this switch
is turned off, candidate cells
are not ranked by
InterFreqMeasQuantity for
MBDR.
26.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PR
EADMISSION_SWITCH:
Whether the BSC6900
makes a pre-admission

WCDMA RAN

Command
decision on intra-RAT DRDs
or redirections during an
RRC connection setup.
on, the BSC6900 makes a
pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the
BSC6900 does not make a
pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC
connection setup.
27.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_R
EDIR_SWITCH: Whether to
activate the RRC redirection
in weak coverage algorithm.
on, UEs located in weak
coverage are redirected to
the neighboring GSM cell
through RRC redirection.
off, this algorithm is disabled.
28.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_CO
MMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially
admit UEs processing PS
services who are involved in
CS fallbacks. When this
switch is turned on, the
non-real-time PS services of
the UE involved in a CS
fallback are switched to a
DCH with a data rate of 8
kbit/s before the access to
the UMTS network. For the
real-time PS services, the
UE follows the standard
access procedure. If the
access fails and the
"PreemptAlgoSwitch"
parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT"
command is turned on, the
UE can preempt other UEs'
resources. If this switch is

WCDMA RAN

Command
turned off, the UE has to try
to access the network as a
common PS UE.
29.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_ONLYSRBOND
CH: This parameter controls
whether to enable blind
detection for the HSDPA
user-associated
single-signaling R99
channel. When the switch
specified this parameter is
turned on, blind detection is
enabled.
30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDC
H: This parameter controls
whether to enable blind
detection for the HSDPA
user-associated AMR R99
channel. When the switch
specified by this parameter
is turned on, blind detection
is enabled if the HSDPA
service has been set up and
there are signaling and AMR
traffic carried on the R99
channel.
31.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI
_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to
switch from HSUPA 10 ms to
2 ms TTI. When the switch is
turned on, this switching is
not allowed for R6 UEs.
When the switch is turned
off, this limit does not work.
This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter,
contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical
support.
GUI Value
Range:PERFENH_AMR_SP
EC_BR_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPL
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_M
C_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PE
NALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
NHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_
OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SI
R_CONSIDER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_P
ROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWI
TCH,
H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PC
HR_MR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUP
T_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH,
CFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_E
NHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_C
OEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_M
C_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_C
QI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
CTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH,
RIG_DRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOA
D_BROADCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCEL
LSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PR
EADMISSION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_R

WCDMA RAN

Command
EDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_CO
MMCALL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_ONLYSRBOND
CH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDC
H,
_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Actual Value
Range:PERFENH_AMR_SP
EC_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPL
T_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_M
C_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PE
NALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HS
UPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
NHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_
OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SI
R_CONSIDER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_P
ROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWI
TCH,
H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PC
HR_MR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUP
T_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH,
CFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_E
NHANCE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_C
OEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_M
C_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_C
QI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
CTIMEFORCIP_SWITCH,
RIG_DRD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOA
D_BROADCAST_AMEND,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCEL
LSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PR
EADMISSION_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_R
EDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_CO
MMCALL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_ONLYSRBOND
CH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETE
CT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDC
H,
_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit:None
Default
Value:PERFENH_AMR_SP
EC_BR_SWITCH-1&PERFE
NH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH
-1&PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT
_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OL
PC_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PE
RFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_
SWITCH-1&PERFENH_INT
RAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_INTERR
AT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH-
1&PERFENH_SRB_OVER_
HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH-0&
NHANCE_SWITCH-0&PER
FENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT
_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RL
_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_

WCDMA RAN

Command
SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RR
C_REDIR_PROTECT_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_H2F_OP
T_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_P
STRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_VIP_USER_P
CHR_MR_SWITCH-0&PER
FENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AF
T_TRIG_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_
PROC_OPT_SWITCH-0&P
ERFENH_DOWNLOAD_EN
HANCE_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_
ADJUST-1&PERFENH_EM
G_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_MULTI_
RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_RELOC
_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_IS_TI
MEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_CELL_CA
CLOAD_BROADCAST_AM
END-1&PERFENH_MBDR_
TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H-0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD
_PREADMISSION_SWITCH
-
0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_
REDIR_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_
COMMCALL_SWITCH-
0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDET
ECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBON
DCH-
0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDET
ECT_WHEN_SRBAMROND
CH-
0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_
TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT-0
PollTimerLen BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Timer length of the

UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption queue poll. The queue is
EEMPT polled for every time
specified in this parameter.
During each poll, all the
expired users are removed
from the queue and this user
fails in access. Among all the
unexpired users, resources
are allocated in the order of

WCDMA RAN

Command
high priority to low priority. If
resource allocation is
successful, the user
succeeds in access and
traverse of this queue is
stopped. Otherwise, the rest
users are traversed until all
the unexpired users go
through this.
Unit:10ms
Default Value:50
PrdReportInter BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:The interval

val UCELLMCL Load Balance between two reports is the
DR configured value.
MOD GUI Value Range:D250,
UCELLMCL D500, D1000, D2000,
DR D3000, D4000, D6000,
D8000, D12000, D16000,
D20000, D24000, D28000,
D32000, D64000
Actual Value Range:250,
500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000,
28000, 32000, 64000
Unit:ms
Default Value:D3000
PreemptAlgoS BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Determines

witch UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption whether preemption is
EEMPT supported. When this switch
is enabled, the RNC allows
privileged users or services
to preempt cell resources
from the users or services
with the preempted
attributes and lower priority
in the case of cell resource
insufficiency. When the
switch is disabled, the RNC
terminates the service for the
user due to the failure in cell
resource application.

WCDMA RAN

Command
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PreemptRefAr BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Indicating whether

pSwitch UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption ARP-based preemption
EEMPT between TCs is supported.
This switch only has impact
on the TC-based priorities.
When the priority is based
on the TC and the switch is
enabled, for the following
two situations, the
preempting service should
have a higher priority and
ARP priority than the
preempted service does:
1.The preempting service is
the streaming service and
the preempted service is the
interactive or background
service. 2. The preempting
service is the interactive
service and the preempted
service is the background
service.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:ON
PriorityReferen BSC6900 SET WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Reference used to

ce UUSERPRIO Reshuffling determine which priority is
RITY WRFD-020107 arranged first in the priority
Overload sequence.
WRFD-010505 Control
If the ARP is preferably
Queuing and used, the priority sequence
Pre-Emption is gold > silver > copper. If
the ARPs are all the same,
the TrafficClass is used and
the priority sequence is
conversational > streaming >
interactive > background.

WCDMA RAN

Command
If the TrafficClass is
preferably used, the priority
sequence is
conversational > streaming >
interactive > background. If
the TrafficClass factors are
all the same, the ARP factor
is used and the priority
sequence is gold > silver >
copper.
GUI Value Range:ARP,
TrafficClass
Actual Value Range:ARP,
TrafficClass
Unit:None
Default Value:ARP
PsBERrcPree BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Whether to activate

mptVulnerable UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption the PS BE RRC preemption
EEMPT algorithm for a cell. When
this switch is turned on, if the
conversational services
(including the calling and
called parties) fail to be
allocated resources at the
RRC connection setup
phase or RAB setup phase
and fail to preempt
resources of other services
(such as PS RABs), the
conversational services can
preempt the resources of PS
BE services having only the
RRC connections.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
PsSwitch BSC6900 SET WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:PS rate negotiation

UCORRMAL Channel switch group.
GOSWITCH WRFD-010506 Configuration
1)
WRFD-030004 Control (DCCC) PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RAT
RAB Quality of E_ACCESS_SWITCH:
Service When the switch is on,

WCDMA RAN

Command
Renegotiation access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or
over Iu Interface on the FACH is determined
according to the current
Adaptive connection state of the RRC
Configuration of if the PS BE admission and
Typical HSPA the later preemption and
Rate queuing fail.
2)
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNA
MIC_CFG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the initial
rate of the service should be
dynamically configured
according to the value of
Ec/No reported by the UE
when the PS BE service is
established.
3)
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on,
the Iu QoS Negotiation
function is applied to the PS
BE service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is
present in the RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
or RELOCATION REQUEST
message.
4)
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_S
WITCH: When the switch is
on and the RAB downsizing
license is activated, the initial
speed is determined on the
basis of cell resources.
Downsizing is implemented
for BE services.
5)
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NE
G_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the Iu QoS
Negotiation function is
applied to the PS STREAM
service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is
present in the RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message.

WCDMA RAN

Command
6)
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_
NEG_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the strict Iu QoS
Negotiation function is
applied to the PS BE
service,RNC select Iu max
bit rate based on UE
capacity,cell capacity,max
bitrate and alternative RAB
parameter values in RANAP
RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. When
the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation
function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu
max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message,not consider cell
capacity,this can avoid Iu
QoS Renegotiation between
different cell.The switch is
valid when
TCH is set to ON.
7)HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_A
LGO_SWITCH (HSPA
typical traffic rate adaptation
switch): When this switch is
turned on, the RNC can
calculate the actual
maximum traffic rate of PS
BE services over HSPA
channels based on the MBR
assigned by the CN, if the
license controlling the
Adaptive Configuration of
Typical HSPA Rate feature is
activated.
GUI Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LO
W_RATE_ACCESS_SWITC
H,
MIC_CFG_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

Command
TCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_S
WITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NE
G_SWITCH,
NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_AL
GO_SWITCH
Actual Value
Range:PS_BE_EXTRA_LO
W_RATE_ACCESS_SWITC
H,
MIC_CFG_SWITCH,
TCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_S
WITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NE
G_SWITCH,
NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_AL
GO_SWITCH
Unit:None
Default
Value:PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW
_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYN
AMIC_CFG_SWITCH-0&PS
_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITC
H-0&PS_RAB_DOWNSIZIN
G_SWITCH-1&PS_STREA
M_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-
0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QO
S_NEG_SWITCH-0&HSPA_
ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_S
WITCH-0
PucAvgFilterL BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Length of

en Measurement smoothing filter window of
potential user control (PUC).
Unit:None

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:6
QueueAlgoSwi BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Indicating whether

tch UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption queue is supported. When a
EEMPT user initiates a call, if cell
resources are insufficient
and the user is queue
supportive, the RNC tries to
arrange this user to join the
queue to increase access
success ratio.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
QueueLen BSC6900 SET WRFD-010505 Queuing and Meaning:Queue length. The

UQUEUEPR Pre-Emption total number of users in
EEMPT queue of each cell should
not exceed the value
specified in this parameter.
When a new user needs
queuing, 1) If the queue has
vacancy, the user joins the
queue immediately. 2) If the
queue is full and there is a
user whose queue time
exceeds the allowed
maximum queue time, this
user is out of the queue and
access fails. At the same
time, the new user joins the
queue. 3) If the queue has a
user whose priority is lower
than that of the new user, the
user in the queue with the
lowest priority is out of the
queue and access fails. At
the same time, the new user
joins the queue. 4)For other
situations, the user cannot
join the queue.
Unit:None

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:5
RateRecoverTi BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:Length of the timer

merLen UCELLOLC Control for TF rate recovery when
downlink OLC fast TF
MOD restriction is being executed.
UCELLOLC If the cell is overloaded and
congested when the timer
expires, TF restriction is
performed again. If the cell is
not overloaded or congested
when the timer expires,
further TF rate recovery is
performed.
"RateRstrctTimerLen" and
"RateRecoverTimerLen" are
effective only to the
downlink. The uplink fast TF
restriction is performed on
the UE. For the uplink fast
TF restriction, the RNC only
delivers a new TFCS and
randomly selects a
comparatively long time
length in the signaling value
scope. The UE automatically
releases the TF restriction
once the time expires.
Actual Value
Range:1~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:5000
RateRstrctCoe BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:Rate restriction

f UCELLOLC Control coefficient for the action of
MOD restriction. This parameter
UCELLOLC indicates the ratio of the
service data rate after TF
restriction to the service data
rate before TF restriction.
When a cell is overloaded
and congested, downlink
OLC fast TF restriction
adjusts the downlink TF to
restrict the number of blocks

WCDMA RAN

Command
the MAC layer and the user
data rate, therefore reducing
Actual Value
Range:0.01~0.99
Unit:%
Default Value:68
RateRstrctTim BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:Length of the timer

erLen UCELLOLC Control for TF restriction when
MOD restriction is being executed.
UCELLOLC If cell overload and
congestion has been
released when the timer
expires, service data rate is
recovered. If the cell is still
overloaded when the timer
expires, Length of the timer
for TF restriction when
restriction is being executed.
If cell overload and
congestion has been
released when the timer
expires, service data rate is
recovered. If the cell is still
overloaded when the timer
expires, further TF restriction
is performed.
"RateRstrctTimerLen" and
"RateRecoverTimerLen" are
effective only to the
downlink. The uplink fast TF
restriction is performed on
the UE. For the uplink fast
TF restriction, the RNC only
delivers a new TFCS and
randomly selects a
comparatively long time
length in the signaling value
scope. The UE automatically
releases TF restriction once
the time expires.
Actual Value

WCDMA RAN

Command
Range:1~65535
Unit:ms
Default Value:3000
RecoverCoef BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:Rate recovery

UCELLOLC Control coefficient for the action of
MOD restriction. The service data
UCELLOLC rate is recovered after cell
overload and congestion is
released. This parameter
indicates the ratio of the
recovered service data rate
to the service data rate after
TF restriction due to cell
overload.
When a cell is overloaded
and congested, downlink
adjusts the downlink TF to
restrict the number of blocks
the MAC layer and the user
data rate, therefore reducing
Unit:%
Default Value:130
RedirBandInd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Frequency band of

UCELLREDI and Load the target UL and DL
RECTION WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UARFCNs to which the UE
5 Connection is redirected. It is
MOD Setup recommended that this
UCELLREDI parameter is set to
RECTION Inter-Frequency Depending on the
Redirection configuration of neighboring
Based on cells without the
Distance consideration of NRNC
neighboring cells, that is, in
the non-overlapped network.
This helps avoid
auto-redirection.
Auto-redirection is a case in
which redirection is initiated
in the current cell when the

WCDMA RAN

Command
UARFCN to which the UE is
redirected is the same as
that of the current cell.
GUI Value Range:Band1,
Band2, Band3, Band4,
Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Actual Value Range:Band1,
Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Unit:None
Default Value:None
RedirBandInd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Frequency band of

UCELLDIST and Load the target UL and DL
ANCEREDIR WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UARFCNs to which the UE
ECTION 5 Connection is redirected. It is
Setup recommended that this
MOD parameter is set to
UCELLDIST Inter-Frequency Depending on the
ANCEREDIR Redirection configuration of neighboring
ECTION Based on cells without the
This helps avoid
auto-redirection.
Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Band8, Band9,

WCDMA RAN

Command
DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Unit:None
Default Value:None
RedirBandInd BSC6900 SET WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Frequency band of

UDISTANCE and Load the target UL and DL
REDIRECTI WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UARFCNs to which the UE
ON 5 Connection is redirected. It is
Setup recommended that this
parameter is set to
Inter-Frequency Depending on the
Redirection configuration of neighboring
Based on cells without the
This helps avoid
auto-redirection.
Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Band8, Band9,
DependOnNCell,
BandIndNotUsed
Unit:None
Default
Value:DependOnNCell
RedirFactorOf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Meaning:When the UL load

LDR UCELLDIST Redirection state or DL load state of the
ANCEREDIR Based on serving cell is LDR(basic
ECTION Distance congestion) or OLC(overload
congestion), a UE may be
MOD redirected to another cell
UCELLDIST according to the distance

WCDMA RAN

Command
ANCEREDIR between UE and current cell.
ECTION This parameter specifies the
possibility of inter-RAT RRC
redirecting the UE to another
cell. When this parameter is
set to 0, the distance based
inter-RAT RRC redirection is
not performed if the load
state on the serving cell is
LDR or OLC.
Unit:%
Default Value:50
RedirFactorOf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Possibility of

LDR UCELLREDI and Load redirecting the UE to another
RECTION Sharing in RRC cell. When the UL load state
Connection or DL load state of the
MOD Setup serving cell is LDR or OLC, a
UCELLREDI UE may be redirected to
RECTION another cell according to the
traffic type. When this
RRC redirection is not
performed if the load state
on the serving cell is LDR or
OLC.
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirFactorOf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Meaning:When the load of

Norm UCELLDIST Redirection the serving cell is within the
ANCEREDIR Based on normal range, a UE may be
ECTION Distance redirected to another cell
according to the distance
MOD between UE and current cell.
UCELLDIST This parameter specifies the
ANCEREDIR possibility of inter-RAT RRC
ECTION redirecting the UE to another
cell. When this parameter is
set to 0, the inter-RAT RRC
redirection is not performed
if the load of the serving cell

WCDMA RAN

Command
is within the normal range.
Unit:%
Default Value:0
RedirFactorOf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Possibility of

Norm UCELLREDI and Load redirecting the UE to another
RECTION Sharing in RRC cell. When the load of the
Connection serving cell is within the
MOD Setup normal range, a UE may be
UCELLREDI redirected to another cell
RECTION according to the traffic type.
When this parameter is set
to 0, the RRC redirection is
not performed if the load of
the serving cell is within the
normal range.
Unit:%
Default Value:None
RedirSwitch BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020401 Inter-RAT Meaning:Whether to activate

UCELLDIST Redirection the distance-based
ANCEREDIR Based on inter-RAT redirection
ECTION Distance algorithm. This algorithm is
activated only when this
MOD switch is turned on. If the
UCELLDIST distance between a UE and
ANCEREDIR the NodeB exceeds the
ECTION value for "DelayThs", the
BSC6900 attempts to initiate
an inter-RAT redirection.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
RedirSwitch BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Whether

UCELLREDI and Load service-based RRC
RECTION Sharing in RRC redirection algorithm is

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD Connection applicable to a specific
UCELLREDI Setup service type. When this
RECTION switch is turned on, the
BSC6900 checks the service
type during initial RRC
connection setup. If the
service type is defined by
"TrafficType", the BSC6900
initiates a redirection based
on the configured frequency.
This algorithm is activated
only when this parameter is
set to
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQU
ENCY or
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT and
DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH in
"SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" is
on.
GUI Value Range:OFF,
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQU
ENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
ONLY_TO_INTER_FREQU
ENCY,
ONLY_TO_INTER_RAT
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 SET WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Target DL

NDownlink UDISTANCE and Load UARFCN for the RRC
REDIRECTI WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC redirection. Different values
ON 5 Connection of "RedirBandInd"
Setup correspond to different value
ranges of the UARFCN.
Inter-Frequency Range of each Downlink
Redirection Band Indication is as follow:
Based on
Distance BAND1
Common UARFCNs:
[10562-10838]
Special UARFCNs: none
BAND2
Common UARFCNs:

WCDMA RAN

Command
[9662-9938]
Special UARFCNs: {412,
437, 462, 487, 512, 537,
562, 587, 612, 637, 662,
687}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs:
[1162-1513]
BAND4
Common UARFCNs:
[1537-1738]
1912, 1937, 1962, 1987,
2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs:
[4357-4458]
1012, 1032, 1037, 1062,
1087}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs:
[4387-4413]
1062}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs:
[2237-2563]
2612, 2637, 2662, 2687,
2712, 2737, 2762, 2787,
2812, 2837, 2862, 2887,
2912}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs:
[2937-3088]

WCDMA RAN

Command
BAND9
Common UARFCNs:
[9237-9387]
BandIndNotUsed
[0-16383]
Actual Value
Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Target DL

NDownlink UCELLREDI and Load UARFCN for the RRC
RECTION WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC redirection. Different values
5 Connection of "RedirBandInd"
MOD Setup correspond to different value
UCELLREDI ranges of the UARFCN.
RECTION Inter-Frequency Range of Each Downlink
Redirection Band Indication is as follow:
Based on
Distance BAND1
Common UARFCNs:
[10562-10838]
BAND2
Common UARFCNs:
[9662-9938]
437, 462, 487, 512, 537,
562, 587, 612, 637, 662,
687}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs:
[1162-1513]
BAND4
Common UARFCNs:
[1537-1738]

WCDMA RAN

Command
1912, 1937, 1962, 1987,
2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs:
[4357-4458]
1012, 1032, 1037, 1062,
1087}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs:
[4387-4413]
1062}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs:
[2237-2563]
2612, 2637, 2662, 2687,
2712, 2737, 2762, 2787,
2812, 2837, 2862, 2887,
2912}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs:
[2937-3088]
BAND9
Common UARFCNs:
[9237-9387]
BandIndNotUsed: [0-16383]
Actual Value
Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Target DL

NDownlink UCELLDIST and Load UARFCN for the RRC
ANCEREDIR WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC redirection. Different values

WCDMA RAN

Command
ECTION 5 Connection of "RedirBandInd"
Setup correspond to different value
MOD ranges of the UARFCN.
UCELLDIST Inter-Frequency Range of Each Downlink
ANCEREDIR Redirection Band Indication is as follow:
ECTION Based on
Distance BAND1
Common UARFCNs:
[10562-10838]
BAND2
Common UARFCNs:
[9662-9938]
437, 462, 487, 512, 537,
562, 587, 612, 637, 662,
687}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs:
[1162-1513]
BAND4
Common UARFCNs:
[1537-1738]
1912, 1937, 1962, 1987,
2012, 2037, 2062, 2087}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs:
[4357-4458]
1012, 1032, 1037, 1062,
1087}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs:
[4387-4413]
1062}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs:

WCDMA RAN

Command
[2237-2563]
2612, 2637, 2662, 2687,
2712, 2737, 2762, 2787,
2812, 2837, 2862, 2887,
2912}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs:
[2937-3088]
BAND9
Common UARFCNs:
[9237-9387]
Actual Value
Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Target UL

NUplink UCELLDIST and Load UARFCN for the RRC
ANCEREDIR WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC redirection. The value range
ECTION 5 Connection of the UL UARFCN depends
Setup on the value of
MOD "RedirBandInd". The relation
UCELLDIST Inter-Frequency between "RedirBandInd" and
ANCEREDIR Redirection the value range of the UL
ECTION Based on UARFCN is as follows:
Distance
BAND1
Common UARFCNs:
[9612-9888]
BAND2
Common UARFCNs:
[9262-9538]
Special UARFCNs: {12, 37,
62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187,

WCDMA RAN

Command
212, 237, 262, 287}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs:
[937-1288]
BAND4
Common UARFCNs:
[1312-1513]
1687, 1712, 1737, 1762,
1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs:
[4132-4233]
787, 807, 812, 837, 862}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs:
[4162-4188]
837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs:
[2012-2338]
2387, 2412, 2437, 2462,
2487, 2512, 2537, 2562,
2587, 2612, 2637, 2662,
2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs:
[2712-2863]
BAND9
Common UARFCNs:
[8762-8912]

WCDMA RAN

Command
Value range: 0-16383
If the UL UARFCN is not
manually configured, if
RedirBandInd is set to
BAND1, BAND2, BAND3,
BAND7, BAND8, or BAND9,
and if the DL UARFCN is
valid, then the target UL
UARFCN of the redirection is
automatically configured
according to the following
principles:
If the DL UARFCN is a
common UARFCN, the
relation between the UL
UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN is as follows:
BAND1: UL UARFCN = DL
UARFCN - 950
UARFCN - 400
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 475
special UARFCN, the
UARFCN and the DL

WCDMA RAN

Command
UARFCN - 400
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
Actual Value
Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Target UL

NUplink UCELLREDI and Load UARFCN for the RRC
RECTION WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC redirection. The value range
5 Connection of the UL UARFCN depends
MOD Setup on the value of
UCELLREDI "RedirBandInd". The relation
RECTION Inter-Frequency between "RedirBandInd" and
Redirection the value range of the UL
Based on UARFCN is as follows:
Distance
BAND1
Common UARFCNs:
[9612-9888]
BAND2
Common UARFCNs:
[9262-9538]
62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187,
212, 237, 262, 287}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs:
[937-1288]
BAND4

WCDMA RAN

Command
Common UARFCNs:
[1312-1513]
1687, 1712, 1737, 1762,
1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs:
[4132-4233]
787, 807, 812, 837, 862}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs:
[4162-4188]
837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs:
[2012-2338]
2387, 2412, 2437, 2462,
2487, 2512, 2537, 2562,
2587, 2612, 2637, 2662,
2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs:
[2712-2863]
BAND9
Common UARFCNs:
[8762-8912]
manually configured, if

WCDMA RAN

Command
UARFCN of the redirection is
automatically configured
according to the following
principles:
common UARFCN, the
UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN - 950
UARFCN - 400
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 475
special UARFCN, the
UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN - 400
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225

WCDMA RAN

Command
UARFCN - 225
Actual Value
Range:0~16383
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 SET WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:This parameter

NUplink UDISTANCE and Load specifies the target UL
REDIRECTI WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UARFCN for the RRC
ON 5 Connection redirection. The value range
Setup of the UL UARFCN depends
on the RedirBandInd. The
Inter-Frequency relation between the
Redirection RedirBandInd and the value
Based on range of the UL UARFCN is
Distance as follows:
BAND1
Common UARFCNs:
[9612-9888]
BAND2
Common UARFCNs:
[9262-9538]
62, 87, 112, 137, 162, 187,
212, 237, 262, 287}
BAND3
Common UARFCNs:
[937-1288]
BAND4
Common UARFCNs:
[1312-1513]
1687, 1712, 1737, 1762,
1787, 1812, 1837, 1862}
BAND5
Common UARFCNs:

WCDMA RAN

Command
[4132-4233]
787, 807, 812, 837, 862}
BAND6
Common UARFCNs:
[4162-4188]
837}
BAND7
Common UARFCNs:
[2012-2338]
2387, 2412, 2437, 2462,
2487, 2512, 2537, 2562,
2587, 2612, 2637, 2662,
2687}
BAND8
Common UARFCNs:
[2712-2863]
BAND9
Common UARFCNs:
[8762-8912]
manually set, if
UARFCN of the RRC
redirection is automatically
set according to the following
principles:
common UARFCN, the

WCDMA RAN

Command
UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN - 950
UARFCN - 400
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 475
special UARFCN, the
UARFCN and the DL
UARFCN - 400
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
UARFCN - 225
Actual Value
Range:0~16383
Unit:None

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 SET WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Whether the target

NUplinkInd UDISTANCE and Load UL UARFCN to which the
REDIRECTI WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UE is redirected needs to be
ON 5 Connection configured. TRUE indicates
Setup that the UL UARFCN needs
to be configured. FALSE
Inter-Frequency indicates that the UL
Redirection UARFCN need not be
Based on manually configured and it is
Distance automatically configured
according to the relation
between the UL and DL
UARFCNs.
TRUE
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Whether the target

NUplinkInd UCELLREDI and Load UL UARFCN to which the
RECTION WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UE is redirected needs to be
5 Connection configured. TRUE indicates
MOD Setup that the UL UARFCN needs
UCELLREDI to be configured. FALSE
RECTION Inter-Frequency indicates that the UL
Redirection UARFCN need not be
Based on manually configured and it is
Distance automatically configured
UARFCNs.
TRUE
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReDirUARFC BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020120 Service Steering Meaning:Whether the target

NUplinkInd UCELLDIST and Load UL UARFCN to which the
ANCEREDIR WRFD-0204000 Sharing in RRC UE is redirected needs to be
5 Connection configured. TRUE indicates

WCDMA RAN

Command
ECTION Setup that the UL UARFCN needs
to be configured. FALSE
MOD Inter-Frequency indicates that the UL
UCELLDIST Redirection UARFCN need not be
ANCEREDIR Based on manually configured and it is
ECTION Distance automatically configured
UARFCNs.
TRUE
TRUE
Unit:None
Default Value:None
ReservedSwitc BSC6900 SET WRFD-0204000 Intra System Meaning:1.

h0 UCORRMAL 1 Direct Retry RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BI
GOSWITCH T2: When the switch is set to
WRFD-021400 Direct Signaling ON, only uplink RLC or
Connection downlink RLC can be
WRFD-020203 Re-establishme
re-established during the
WRFD-021101 nt (DSCR) state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH
WRFD-010613 Inter RNC Soft (F2D for short) and from
Handover
WRFD-020701 CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH
Dynamic (P2D for short).
Channel
Configuration 2.
Control (DCCC) RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BI
T3: When the switch is set to
AMR-WB ON, signaling radio bearers
(Adaptive Multi (SRBs) cannot be changed
Rate Wide from DCHs to HSPA
Band) channels (including the
channel change from DCH to
AMR/WB-AMR E-DCH in the uplink and
Speech Rates from DCH to HS-DSCH in
Control the downlink) during directed
retry.
3.
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BI
T4: When the switch is
turned on, the BSC6900
does not consider whether
the cell is congested during
AMR service establishment.
That is, parameters are set
on the precondition that the

WCDMA RAN

Command
cell is not congested. This
prevents inconsistency in
uplink and downlink AMR
modes.
4.
ON, the BSC6900
establishes the BE service of
a UE on R99 channels
instead of on HSUPA
channels if the uplink
coverage of the UE is
limited. The BSC6900
determines whether the
uplink coverage of a UE is
limited on the basis of the
Ec/N0 reported by the UE
during RRC connection
establishment.
5.
ON, the directed retry
algorithm based on downlink
load balance is enabled.
OFF, this algorithm is
disabled. This algorithm is
an optimization of the
original downlink load
balance algorithm.
6.
ON, BE services that are
already established on
E-DCHs can be
re-established on DCHs due
to insufficient coverage.
7.
turned on, D2F state
transition is allowed
regardless of whether the
CCCH exists on the Iur
interface. If D2F state
transition fails, DSCR is
triggered. When the switch is

WCDMA RAN

Command
needs to determine whether
the CCCH exists on the Iur
interface before determining
whether to trigger D2F state
transition.
8.
ON, the uplink 0 kbit/s
transport format of subflow A
of an AMR service (WB AMR
service or NB AMR service)
is 0*TbSize. When the
switch is set to OFF, the
uplink 0 kbit/s transport
format of subflow A of an
AMR service is 1*0.
9.
turned on, multiple cross-Iur
radio links (RLs) belonging
to the same BSC6900 can
be added simultaneously. If
an RL fails to be added with
the failure cause of
RadioNetwork:unspecified
(14), the BSC6900 attempts
to reestablish the RL for only
once.
10.
T11: Whether to allow PS
services in combined
services to be carried over
the DCH in the uplink. When
this switch is turned on, PS
services can be carried only
over the DCH in the uplink.
off, an uplink channel can be
selected by running the "SET
UFRCCHLTYPEPARA"
command.
11.
T14: Whether a PS BE
service is limited to 0 kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

Command
on the DCH after a UE that
has the PS BE service
performs a
state transition triggered by a
CS service. When this switch
is turned on, the PS BE
on the DCH after the UE
performs a P2D state
transition. When this switch
is turned off, the PS BE
on the DCH after the UE
performs a P2D state
transition. This switch is valid
only when
T6 is set to 1. It is
recommended that
T14 is set to 1 when
T28 is set to 1.
12.
T15: Whether to allow PS
services to be carried over
the DCH in the downlink.
on, PS services in combined
services can be carried only
over the DCH in the
downlink. When this switch
is turned off, a downlink
channel can be selected by
running the "SET
UFRCCHLTYPEPARA"
command.
13.
T16: None.
14.
T23: None.
15.
T28: Whether a UE in the

WCDMA RAN

Command
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state is allowed to set up a
CS service after performing
a
state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the UE is
allowed to set up a CS
service after performing a
P2D state transition. When
UE is allowed to set up a CS
service after performing a
ELL_FACH (P2F for short)
state transition. It is
recommended that
T6 and
T14 are set to 1 when
T28 is set to 1.
16.
T29: None.
17.RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT32: Whether to enable
the function of H2F state
transition optimization for
PTT services. When this
parameter is set to 1, the 4A
measurement on traffic
volume or throughput is
added to the H2F state
transition mechanism, which
prevents UEs from state
transition to the CELL_FACH
when there is data to
transfer.
Disuse statement: This
parameter is used
temporarily in patch versions
and will be replaced with a
new parameter in later
versions. The new
parameter ID reflects the
parameter function.
Therefore, this parameter is

WCDMA RAN

Command
not recommended for the
configuration interface.
GUI Value
Range:RESERVED_SWITC
H_0_BIT1,
T2,
T3,
T4,
T5,
T6,
T7,
T8,
T9,
T10,
T11,
T12,
T13,
T14,
T15,
T16,
T17,
T18,
T19,
T20,
T21,
T22,
T23,
T24,

WCDMA RAN

Command
T25,
T26,
T27,
T28,
T29,
T30,
T31,
T32
Actual Value
H_0_BIT1,
T2,
T3,
T4,
T5,
T6,
T7,
T8,
T9,
T10,
T11,
T12,
T13,
T14,
T15,
T16,
T17,
T18,

WCDMA RAN

Command
T19,
T20,
T21,
T22,
T23,
T24,
T25,
T26,
T27,
T28,
T29,
T30,
T31,
T32
Unit:None
Default
Value:RESERVED_SWITCH
_0_BIT1-0&RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT2-0&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_0_BIT3-0&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT4-
0&RESERVED_SWITCH_0
_BIT5-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT6-0&RESERVED
_SWITCH_0_BIT7-0&RESE
RVED_SWITCH_0_BIT8-0&
T9-0&RESERVED_SWITCH
WITCH_0_BIT11-0&RESER
VED_SWITCH_0_BIT12-0&
T13-0&RESERVED_SWITC
H_0_BIT14-0&RESERVED_
SWITCH_0_BIT15-0&RESE
RVED_SWITCH_0_BIT16-0
&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_

WCDMA RAN

Command
BIT17-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_0_BIT18-0&RESERVE
D_SWITCH_0_BIT19-0&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT2
0-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_
0_BIT21-0&RESERVED_S
&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
0_BIT32-0
ReservedSwitc BSC6900 SET WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:1. CORRM

h1 UCORRMAL Channel algorithm reserved switch 1.
GOSWITCH Configuration The switch is reserved for
Control (DCCC) further change request use.
2.
ON, the "BSC6900" instructs
the cells involved in the
active set to report cell
synchronization information
by using an intra-frequency
measurement control
message. When the switch
is set to OFF, the "BSC6900
instructs the cells involved in
the active set not to report
cell synchronization
information by using an
intra-frequency
measurement control
message. This avoids the
transmission of too large
measurement reports.
3.
ON, the intra-frequency
ReadSFNInd of a cell in
system information

WCDMA RAN

Command
SIB11/SIB12 is set to the
fixed value READ.
4.
T6: Whether the PS BE
service rate is limited to a
low level after the UE transits
from CELL_PCH/URA_PCH
to CELL_DCH (P2D for
short). When the switch is
turned on. The PS BE
service rate is limited to a
low level after performing a
P2D state transition. When
the switch is turned off. The
PS BE service rate is not
limited after performing a
P2D state transition.
parameter is used
versions. The new
parameter function.
GUI Value
H_1_BIT1,
T2,
T3,
T4,
T5,
T6,
T7,
T8,
T9,
T10,

WCDMA RAN

Command
T11,
T12,
T13,
T14,
T15,
T16,
T17,
T18,
T19,
T20,
T21,
T22,
T23,
T24,
T25,
T26,
T27,
T28,
T29,
T30,
T31,
T32
Actual Value
H_1_BIT1,
T2,
T3,

WCDMA RAN

Command
T4,
T5,
T6,
T7,
T8,
T9,
T10,
T11,
T12,
T13,
T14,
T15,
T16,
T17,
T18,
T19,
T20,
T21,
T22,
T23,
T24,
T25,
T26,
T27,
T28,
T29,

WCDMA RAN

Command
T30,
T31,
T32
Unit:None
Default
Value:RESERVED_SWITCH
WITCH_1_BIT2-1&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_1_BIT3-1&RE
SERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT4-
1&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT5-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_1_BIT6-1&RESERVED
_SWITCH_1_BIT7-1&RESE
RVED_SWITCH_1_BIT8-1&
T9-1&RESERVED_SWITCH
&RESERVED_SWITCH_1_
1_BIT21-1&RESERVED_S
&RESERVED_SWITCH_1_
1_BIT32-1
RsvdPara1 BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:Reserved

UCELLALG

WCDMA RAN

Command
OSWITCH Control parameter 1.
MOD Disuse statement: This
UCELLALG parameter is used
OSWITCH temporarily in patch versions
versions. The new
parameter function.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved
Switch 1),
RSVDBIT2(Reserved Switch
2), RSVDBIT3(Reserved
Switch 3),
Switch 5),
Switch 7),
Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved
Switch 10),
RSVDBIT11(Reserved
Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved
Switch 12),
RSVDBIT13(Reserved
Switch 13),
RSVDBIT14(Reserved
Switch 14),
RSVDBIT15(Reserved
Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved
Switch 16)
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBIT1,
RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3,
RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5,
RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9,
RSVDBIT10, RSVDBIT11,

WCDMA RAN

Command
RSVDBIT16
Unit:None
Default
Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDB
IT2-0&RSVDBIT3-0&RSVD
BIT4-0&RSVDBIT5-0&RSV
DBIT6-0&RSVDBIT7-0&RS
VDBIT8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&R
SVDBIT10-0&RSVDBIT11-0
&RSVDBIT12-0&RSVDBIT1
3-0&RSVDBIT14-0&RSVDB
IT15-0&RSVDBIT16-0
RsvdPara1 BSC6900 SET WRFD-020101 Admission Meaning:Reserved

UCACALGO Control Parameter1.
SWITCH
parameter is used
versions. The new
parameter function.
GUI Value
Range:RSVDBIT1(Reserved
Switch 1),
Switch 3),
Switch 5),
Switch 7),
Switch 9),
RSVDBIT10(Reserved
Switch 10),
RSVDBIT11(Reserved
Switch 11),
RSVDBIT12(Reserved
Switch 12),
RSVDBIT13(Reserved
Switch 13),

WCDMA RAN

Command
RSVDBIT14(Reserved
Switch 14),
RSVDBIT15(Reserved
Switch 15),
RSVDBIT16(Reserved
Switch 16)
Actual Value
Range:RSVDBIT1,
RSVDBIT2, RSVDBIT3,
RSVDBIT4, RSVDBIT5,
RSVDBIT6, RSVDBIT7,
RSVDBIT8, RSVDBIT9,
RSVDBIT16
Unit:None
Default
Value:RSVDBIT1-0&RSVDB
IT2-0&RSVDBIT3-0&RSVD
BIT4-0&RSVDBIT5-0&RSV
DBIT6-0&RSVDBIT7-1&RS
VDBIT8-0&RSVDBIT9-0&R
SVDBIT10-0&RSVDBIT11-0
&RSVDBIT12-0&RSVDBIT1
3-0&RSVDBIT14-0&RSVDB
IT15-0&RSVDBIT16-0
RsvU8Para0 BSC6900 SET None None Meaning:RRM algorithm

UALGORSV reserved U8 para 0. The
PARA para of 8 bits is reserved for
further change request use.
parameter is used
versions. The new
parameter function.
Unit:None

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:0
RTWPHeavyT BSC6900 ADD None None Meaning:RTWP heavy

hd UCELLULB threshold for the load
MOD on Received Total Wideband
UCELLULB Power (RTWP). If power in a
cell exceeds the threshold,
CPICH power in the cell will
be decreased.
Unit:%
Default Value:95
RTWPLightTh BSC6900 ADD None None Meaning:RTWP light

d UCELLULB threshold for the load
MOD on RTWP. If power in a cell is
UCELLULB less than the threshold,
CPICH power in the cell will
be increased.
Unit:%
Default Value:85
SCellLoadBsd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-0204000 Inter System Meaning:1. Whether the

RedirSwitch UCELLREDI 3 Redirect BSC6900 considers the load
RECTION in the source cell before
initiating a service-based
MOD RRC redirection. When this
UCELLREDI switch is turned on, the
RECTION BSC6900 redirects UEs to
an inter-frequency
neighboring cell for load
sharing when either of the
following conditions is met:
2. The uplink load in the
source cell is greater than or
equal to "UlLdrTrigThd" in
the "ADD UCELLLDM"
command multiplied by
"OffloadRelativeThd" in the
"ADD UCELLLDM"

WCDMA RAN

Command
command.
3. The downlink load in the
source cell is greater than or
equal to "DlLdrTrigThd" in
the "ADD UCELLLDM"
command multiplied by
"OffloadRelativeThd" in the
"ADD UCELLLDM"
command.
4. When this switch is turned
off, the BSC6900 does not
consider the load in the
source cell before initiating a
service-based RRC
redirection.
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
SepRNCNCell BSC6900 SET UCLB WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Whether to check

LoadEstSwitch Load Balancing load in the cell under a
Based on neighboring RNC. When this
Configurable switch is turned on, the RNC
Load Threshold regards the cell as being
overloaded if the number of
failed inter-RNC
inter-frequency handovers in
the cell exceeds the
"UmtsCellIFHOFailNum"
threshold within a period of
time specified by a sliding
window
"UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindo
w". When this switch is
turned off, the cell under the
neighboring RNC is
regarded as a low-load cell
by default.
OFF
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF

WCDMA RAN

Command
SeqOfUserRel BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:Whether MBMS

UCELLOLC Control services are preferentially
released during service
MOD releasing due to overload
UCELLOLC congestion.
GUI Value
Range:MBMS_REL(MBMS
service), USER_REL(UE)
Actual Value
Range:MBMS_REL,
USER_REL
Unit:None
Default
Value:MBMS_REL(MBMS
service)
SpucHeavy BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:It is used to decide

UCELLPUC Control whether the cell load level is
"Heavy" or not. It is denoted
MOD by the ratio of NodeB TX
UCELLPUC power to the maximum TX
power.
If the load of a cell is equal to
or higher than this threshold,
the load level of this cell is
heavy.
If the load level of a cell is
heavy, the PUC algorithm
will configure
parameters for this cell to
lead the UE camping on this
cell to reselect another
cell with light load.
Unit:%
Default Value:70
SpucHyst BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:Hysteresis used to

UCELLPUC Control determine the cell load level.
It is denoted by the ratio of
MOD NodeB TX power to the

WCDMA RAN

Command
UCELLPUC maximum TX power. It is
used to avoid the
unnecessary ping-pong
effect of a cell between two
load levels due to tiny load
change. For detailed
information of this
25.304.
Unit:%
Default Value:5
SpucLight BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020105 Potential User Meaning:It is used to decide

UCELLPUC Control whether the cell load level is
"Light" or not. It is denoted
MOD by the ratio of NodeB TX
UCELLPUC power to the maximum TX
power.
If the load of a cell is equal to
or lower than this threshold,
the load level of this cell is
light.
If the load level of a cell is
light, the PUC algorithm will
configure
parameters for this cell to
lead the UE to reselect this
cell rather than the previous
cell with heavy load.
Unit:%
Default Value:45
TargetFreqThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:Estimate the signal

EcN0 UCELLMCL Load Balance quality of the periodic
DR reports. The inter-frequency
handover is triggered only
MOD when the signal quality of the
UCELLMCL target cell is higher than this
DR parameter. Note: The

WCDMA RAN

Command
threshold can be reached
only when RSCP and EcNo
of the target cell are above
the RSCP and EcNo that are
set in the command.
Unit:dB
Default Value:-12
TargetFreqThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:Estimate the signal

Rscp UCELLMCL Load Balance quality of the periodic
DR reports. The inter-frequency
handover is triggered only
MOD when the signal quality of the
UCELLMCL target cell is higher than this
DR parameter. Note: The
threshold can be reached
only when RSCP and EcNo
of the target cell are above
the RSCP and EcNo that are
set in the command.
GUI Value Range:-115~-25
Actual Value
Range:-115~-25
Unit:dBm
Default Value:-92
TenMsecForDl BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:DL basic common

BasicMeas Measurement measurement report cycle.
3GPP TS 25.433.
Actual Value
Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForH BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:This parameter

sdpaPrvidRate Measurement specifies the HSDPA bit rate
Meas measurement report period.

WCDMA RAN

Command
3GPP TS 25.433.
Actual Value
Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForH BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:HSDPA power

sdpaPwrMeas Measurement requirement measurement
report period For detailed
information of this
25.433.
Actual Value
Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForH BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:This parameter

supaPrvidRate Measurement specifies the HSUPA bit rate
Meas measurement report period.
3GPP TS 25.433.
Actual Value
Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms
Default Value:100
TenMsecForUl BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:UL basic common

BasicMeas Measurement measurement report cycle.
3GPP TS 25.433.
Actual Value
Range:10~60000
Unit:10ms

WCDMA RAN

Command
Default Value:100
TerminTrfcBsd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-0204000 Inter System Meaning:Whether

RedirSwitch UCELLREDI 3 Redirect service-based RRC
RECTION redirections are performed
on mobile terminated calls
MOD (MTCs). When this switch is
UCELLREDI turned on, RRC redirections
RECTION are performed on MTCs of
the selected service. When
this switch is turned off, RRC
redirections are performed
only on mobile originated
calls (MOCs).
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
TransCchUser BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:The maximum

Num UCELLOLC Control number of users that can be
selected for executing the
MOD action of switching BE users
UCELLOLC to common channels when
the cell is overloaded and
congested.
The OLC mechanism is as
follows: An action is
performed in each [OLC
action. The action of
switching BE users to
common channels is one of
the actions.
Unit:None
Default Value:0
UESpdOptSwit BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:Whether the

ch UCELLMCL Load Balance BSC6900 considers the UE
DR WRFD-020160 speed when initiating a
Enhanced

WCDMA RAN

Command
MOD Multiband measurement-based
UCELLMCL Management inter-frequency handover. If
DR this parameter is set to ON,
high-speed UEs will not be
handed over to a micro cell.
If this parameter is set to
OFF, the BSC6900 does not
consider the UE speed when
initiating a
measurement-based
ON
Unit:None
Default Value:OFF
UlBasicComm BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Set Measurement

MeasFilterCoe Measurement Filter Coefficient as follow:
ff
Power
E-DCH Power Share
Initiation Request.
information of this
25.433.
D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D11, D13, D15, D17,
D19
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15,
17, 19

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:None
Default Value:D6
UlbAvgFilterLe BSC6900 SET ULDM None None Meaning:Filter length used

n for calculating RTWP
Unit:None
Default Value:32
UlBeTraffInitBit BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:UL initial access

rate Channel rate of PS background or
Configuration interactive service. When
Control (DCCC) DCCC function is enabled,
the uplink initial access rate
will be set to this value if the
uplink maximum rate is
higher than the initial access
rate. A higher value indicates
that it takes shorter time for
BE services to reach the
maximum rate. Note that the
rate will be decreased
through negotiation when
congestion occurs. A smaller
value indicates that BE
services is easier to be
accessed. It is not
recommended to set a too
small value, because it will
take longer time for BE
services to adjust to a higher
rate when needed.
D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
UlCacAvgFilter BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:The RNC filters the

WCDMA RAN

Command
call admission control(CAC)
in uplink admission control.
following common
measurements:
Power
E-DCH Power Share
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlClbCreditSfS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Margin threshold

paceThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing for uplink cell credit
Based on resources for inter-frequency
remaining uplink credit
resources in a candidate cell
for inter-frequency
such handovers.
Unit:%
Default Value:13
UlCreditCSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

RelThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for high uplink cell
Based on credit usage specific to CS
MOD Configurable services. If the uplink credit
UCELLCLB Load Threshold usage specific to CS
CS CLB state.Because of
difference between

WCDMA RAN

Command
"UlCreditCSClbRelThd" and
"UlCreditCSClbTrigThd"
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:87
UlCreditCSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Uplink credit usage

TrigThd UNODEBCL Load Balancing threshold in a cell group or
B Based on NodeB for the CLB feature
Configurable specific to CS services.
MOD Load Threshold When the uplink credit usage
UNODEBCL in a cell group or NodeB is
B equal to or higher than this
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
UlCreditCSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Cell uplink credit

Based on feature specific to CS
MOD Configurable services. When the uplink
cell to reduce Cell load.

WCDMA RAN

Command
Because of load fluctuation,
the value difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
UlCreditPSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

RelThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing threshold for high uplink cell
Based on credit usage specific to PS
MOD Configurable services. If the uplink credit
UCELLCLB Load Threshold usage specific to PS
PS CLB state.Because of
difference between
"UlCreditPSClbRelThd" and
"UlCreditPSClbTrigThd"
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:69
UlCreditPSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Uplink credit usage

TrigThd UNODEBCL Load Balancing threshold in a cell group or
B Based on NodeB for the CLB feature
Configurable specific to PS services.
MOD Load Threshold When the uplink credit usage
UNODEBCL in a cell group or NodeB is
B equal to or higher than this

WCDMA RAN

Command
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:82
UlCreditPSClb BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Cell uplink credit

Based on feature specific to PS
MOD Configurable services. When the uplink
cell to reduce Cell
difference between
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:82
UlCSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldBeHOUe UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a UL LDR CS
UCELLLDR

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlCSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldNotHOU UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a UL LDR CS
UCELLLDR handover.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlDcccRateTh BSC6900 SET UDCCC WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:For BE services

d Channel with an excessively low
Configuration maximum rate, the DCCC
Control (DCCC) algorithm performance can
introduce only little gain, but
increases the algorithm
processing workload.
Therefore, the DCCC
algorithm based on the
uplink coverage can be
enabled only for BE services
whose maximum uplink rate
exceeds this threshold.
D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Unit:kbit/s
Default Value:D64
UlIcLdcOptSwi BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020137 Dual-Threshold Meaning:Whether to

tch UCELLCAC Scheduling with consider load on delay
HSUPA antenna or load on real-time
MOD Interference and delay antenna when
UCELLCAC Cancellation setting the uplink power
threshold for admission and
the LDR threshold.When this
switch is turned off, load on
delay antenna is considered
during the setting of the
uplink power threshold for

WCDMA RAN

Command
admission and the LDR
threshold. When this switch
is turned on, load on
real-time and delay antenna
is considered during the
setting of the two thresholds.
GUI Value
OFF
Unit:None
UlInterFreqHo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:The UE can be

BWThd UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected to process load
handover only when its
MOD bandwidth is less than this
UCELLLDR threshold.
Actual Value
Range:0~400000
Unit:bit/s
Default Value:200000
UlInterFreqHo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020103 Inter Frequency Meaning:CE resource

CeLDRSpaceT UNODEBLD Load Balance threshold for a target cell for
hd R inter-frequency handovers. A
MOD target cell for inter-frequency
UNODEBLD handovers when the CE
R resource margin of the cell
group to which the cell
belongs exceeds this
threshold and when the CE
resource margin of the
NodeB controlling the cell
group exceeds this
threshold. A CE resource
margin is the difference
between the number of the
remaining CE resources in a
cell group, or NodeB and the
corresponding CE resource
LDR threshold.
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),

WCDMA RAN

Command
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256),
2*SF4(2*SF4),
2*SF2(2*SF2)
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256, 2*SF4,
2*SF2
Unit:None
UlInterFreqHo BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:In the load-based

CellLoadSpac UCELLLDR Reshuffling inter-frequency handovers
eThd involved in LDR triggered by
MOD basic congestions in the
UCELLLDR uplink, the inter-frequency
neighboring cell can be
selected as the target cell of
the handover only when the
uplink load remaining space
of the cell is larger than this
parameter value.
Unit:%
Default Value:20
UlLdrAMRRat BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:The maximum

eReductionRa UCELLLDR Reshuffling number of RABs selected in
bNum executing the action of uplink
MOD LDR-AMR voice service rate
UCELLLDR reduction. The mechanism
of the LDR is that an action
is performed in each [LDR
action.
Unit:None
Default Value:1

WCDMA RAN

Command
UlLdrAvgFilter BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:The RNC filters the
Load Reshuffle(LDR).
following common
measurements:
Power
E-DCH Power Share
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlLdrBERateR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of RABs

eductionRabN UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a UL LDR BE
um traffic rate reduction.
MOD
UCELLLDR GUI Value Range:1~10
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrCreditSf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Reserved SF

ResThd UCELLLDR Reshuffling threshold in uplink credit
LDR. The uplink credit LDR
MOD could be triggered only when
UCELLLDR the SF factor corresponding
to the uplink reserved credit
is higher than the uplink or
threshold.
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256),
2*SF4(2*SF4),

WCDMA RAN

Command
2*SF2(2*SF2)
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256, 2*SF4,
2*SF2
Unit:None
UlLdrCreditSf BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Threshold of SF

ResThd UNODEBLD Reshuffling reserved in uplink credit
R LDR. The uplink credit LDR
is triggered when the SF
MOD factor corresponding to the
UNODEBLD uplink reserved credit is
R higher than the uplink or
threshold. The lower the
parameter value is, the
easier the credit enters the
congestion status, the easier
the LDR action is triggered,
and the easier the user
experience is affected. A
lower code resource LDR
trigger threshold, however,
causes a higher admission
success rate because the
resource is reserved. The
parameter should be set
based on the operator's
requirement.
SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64),
SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256),
2*SF4(2*SF4),
2*SF2(2*SF2)
SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256, 2*SF4,
2*SF2
Unit:None
UlLdrEighthAct BSC6900 ADD None None Meaning:This parameter has

the same content as

WCDMA RAN

Command
ion UCELLLDR UlLdrFirstAction. The
selected actions, however,
MOD should be unique.
UCELLLDR
GUI Value Range:NoAct(no
action),
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq
load handover),
BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction),
QoSRenego(uncontrolled
real-time traff Qos
re-negotiation),
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(
CS domain inter-rat should
be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(
PS domain inter-rat should
be load handover),
AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate
reduction),
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(
CS domain inter-rat should
not be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(
PS domain inter-rat should
not be load handover)
Actual Value Range:NoAct,
InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego,
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO,
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO,
AMRRateRed,
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO
Unit:None
Default Value:NoAct(no
action)
UlLdrPsRTQos BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of RABs

RenegRabNu UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a UL LDR
m uncontrolled real-time traffic
MOD QoS renegotiation. The
UCELLLDR target subscribers of this
parameter are the PS
domain real-time
subscribers. The setting of
this parameter is similar to
the setting of BE service rate
reduction subscriber

WCDMA RAN

Command
number. Considering the
scenario where the
candidate subscribers
selected for uplink LDR do
not meet the QoS
renegotiation conditions, you
need to leave some margin
when setting this parameter
to ensure the success of
LDR.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlLdrRelThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:If the ratio of UL

UCELLLDM Reshuffling load of the cell to the uplink
capacity is lower than this
MOD threshold, the UL load
UCELLLDM reshuffling function of the
cell is stopped. After the
system no longer
will occur easily.
Unit:%
Default Value:45
UlLdrTrigThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:If the ratio of UL

UCELLLDM Reshuffling load of the cell to the uplink
capacity is not lower than
MOD this threshold, the UL load
UCELLLDM reshuffling function of the
cell is triggered. After the

WCDMA RAN

Command
system no longer
will occur easily.
Unit:%
Default Value:55
UlLdTrnsHysTi BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:If the UL load state

me UCELLLDM Measurement of the cell is lasted longer
than this threshold, the UL
MOD load state of the cell
UCELLLDM transfers.
GUI Value
Range:10~600000
Actual Value
Range:10~600000
Unit:ms
Default Value:600
UlOlcAvgFilter BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:The RNC filters the
Overload Control(OLC).
following common
measurements:
Power
E-DCH Power Share

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:None
Default Value:5
UlOlcFTFRstrc BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:UL fast TF

tRabNum UCELLOLC Control restriction refers to a
UCELLOLC congested, the uplink TF can
be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks
the cell uplink load.
selected in executing uplink
OLC fast restriction.
Selection of RABs of the
OLC is based on the service
priorities and ARP values
and bearing priority
indication. The RAB of low
priority is under control.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlOlcFTFRstrc BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:UL fast TF

tTimes UCELLOLC Control restriction refers to a
UCELLOLC congested, the uplink TF can
be adjusted to restrict the
number of blocks

WCDMA RAN

Command
the cell uplink load.
maximum number of uplink
performed in entering/exiting
the OLC status.
After the overload is
triggered, the RNC
immediately executes OLC
by first executing fast TF
restriction. The internal
counter is incremented by 1
with each execution. If the
number of overloads does
not exceed the OLC action
threshold, the system lowers
the BE service rate by
lowering TF to relieve the
overload. If the number of
overloads exceeds the OLC
action threshold, the
previous operation has no
obvious effect on alleviating
the overload and the system
has to release users to solve
the overload problem.
Unit:None
Default Value:3
UlOlcMeasFilt BSC6900 SET ULDM WRFD-020102 Load Meaning:Set event E

erCoeff Measurement Measurement Filter
Coefficient as follow:
Power
E-DCH Power Share

WCDMA RAN

Command
Initiation Request.
information of this
25.433.
D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7, D8,
D9, D11, D13, D15, D17,
D19
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15,
17, 19
Unit:None
Default Value:D3
UlOlcRelThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:If the ratio of UL

UCELLLDM Control load of the cell to the uplink
capacity is lower than this
MOD threshold, the UL overload
UCELLLDM and congestion control
function of the cell is
stopped. The value of the

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:%
Default Value:85
UlOlcTraffRelR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:User release is an

abNum UCELLOLC Control extreme method in reducing
the cell load and recovering
MOD the system when the cell is
UCELLOLC overloaded and congested.
released in executing uplink
OLC service release.
For the users of a single
service, the releasing of
RABs means the complete
releasing of the users.
Unit:None
Default Value:0
UlOlcTrigThd BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020107 Overload Meaning:If the ratio of UL

UCELLLDM Control load of the cell to the uplink
capacity is not lower than
MOD this threshold, the UL
UCELLLDM overload and congestion
triggered. The value of the

WCDMA RAN

Command
Unit:%
Default Value:95
UlPSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldBeHOUe UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a UL LDR PS
UCELLLDR
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlPSInterRatS BSC6900 ADD WRFD-020106 Load Meaning:Number of users

houldNotHOU UCELLLDR Reshuffling selected in a UL LDR PS
UCELLLDR handover.
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UlPwrCSClbR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

elThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing threshold for the CS CLB
Based on state triggered by high uplink
MOD Configurable cell power load. When the
UCELLLDM Load Threshold uplink power load in a cell is
lower than this threshold for
a period of time longer than
the value of
"UlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell
leaves the CS CLB state and
any inter-frequency CS
difference between
"UlPwrCSClbRelThd" and

WCDMA RAN

Command
"UlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:90
UlPwrCSClbTri BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Uplink cell power

gThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing load threshold for the CS
Based on CLB state. When the uplink
MOD Configurable power load in a cell is equal
UCELLLDM Load Threshold to or higher than this
"UlLdTrnsHysTime", the
RNC hands over UEs
processing CS services to
an inter-frequency
neighboring cell. Because of
load fluctuations, the value
difference between
"UlPwrCSClbRelThd" and
"UlPwrCSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:100
UlPwrLoadSpa BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Margin threshold

ceThd UCELLCLB Load Balancing for the uplink cell power load
Based on for inter-frequency
uplink cell power load margin
in a candidate cell for
exceeds this threshold, this
target cell for such

WCDMA RAN

Command
handovers.
Unit:%
Default Value:15
UlPwrPSClbR BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Clearance

elThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing threshold for the PS CLB
Based on state triggered by high uplink
MOD Configurable cell power load. When the
UCELLLDM Load Threshold uplink power load in a cell is
lower than this threshold for
a period of time longer than
the value of
"UlLdTrnsHysTime", the cell
leaves the PS CLB state and
any inter-frequency PS
difference between
"UlPwrPSClbRelThd" and
"UlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:30
UlPwrPSClbTri BSC6900 ADD WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Uplink cell power

gThd UCELLLDM Load Balancing load threshold for the PS
Based on CLB state. When the uplink
MOD Configurable power load in a cell is equal
UCELLLDM Load Threshold to or higher than this
"UlLdTrnsHysTime", the
RNC hands over UEs
processing PS services to an
cell. Because of load
fluctuations, the value
difference between

WCDMA RAN

Command
"UlPwrPSClbRelThd" and
"UlPwrPSClbTrigThd" must
be larger than 10%.
the CLB state.
Unit:%
Default Value:40
UmtsCellIFHO BSC6900 SET UCLB WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Maximum number

FailNum Load Balancing of allowable failed inter-RNC
Based on inter-frequency handovers.
Configurable During a period specified by
Load Threshold "UmtsCellLoadEstSlidWindo
w", if the number of
inter-RNC failed
a cell is larger than the value
of "UmtsCellIFHOFailNum",
the target cell
accommodating the UEs
handed over from the
original cell is punished.
Therefore, the target cell is
no longer allowed to
accommodate such UEs for
a period of time specified by
"PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCe
ll".
Unit:None
Default Value:1
UmtsCellLoad BSC6900 SET UCLB WRFD-140217 Inter-Frequency Meaning:Period during

EstSlidWindow Load Balancing which the RNC records the
Based on number of failed inter-RNC
Configurable inter-frequency handovers.
Load Threshold During this period, if the
number of failed
a cell exceeds the threshold
specified by
"UmtsCellIFHOFailNum", the

WCDMA RAN

Command
target cell accommodating
the UEs handed over from
the original cell is punished.
Therefore, the target cell is
no longer allowed to
accommodate such UEs for
a period of time specified by
"PenaltyTimeforHLoad3GCe
ll".
Unit:s
Default Value:30
WeakCovRrcR BSC6900 SET UFRC WRFD-0204000 Inter System Meaning:The cell signal
edirEcNoThs 3 Redirect quality is indicated by the
Ec/No reported by UEs in
the cell. If the value of Ec/No
is lower than the threshold,
the cell signal quality is poor,
and the UEs are redirected
to the neighboring GSM cell
when the
"PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_R
EDIR_SWITCH" parameter
in the "SET UCORRMPARA"
command is set to ON.
Actual Value = (GUI Value -
49(offset)) x 0.5.
Actual Value Range:-24.5~0
Unit:dB
Default Value:13
ZeroRateUpFa BSC6900 SET WRFD-021101 Dynamic Meaning:Release timer for

ilToRelTimerLe UCOIFTIME Channel the PS BE service at a rate
n R Configuration of 0 kbit/s after the DCCC
Control (DCCC) rate increase. For the PS BE
service at a rate of 0 kbit/s,
this parameter is used for
the DCCC rate increase
triggered by event 4A.
Unsuccessful rate increases
indicate that resources are
insufficient in the cell. The
service at a rate of 0 kbit/s is

WCDMA RAN

Command
unavailable in a short period.
If the timer is started, the 0
kbit/s service is released
after the timer expires. If the
value is set to 0, the timer is
not started.
Actual Value
Range:0~65535
Unit:s
Default Value:180

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 13 Counters
13 Counters
Table 13-1 Counter description
Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description NE Feature ID Feature Name
67179338 RRC.AttConnEstab.Em Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-0211 Emergency Call

gCall Connection Requests 04
for Cell (Emergency 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
Call) WRFD-0105 Kbps RRC
10 Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67179466 RRC.SuccConnEstab.E Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0211 Emergency Call

mgCall RRC Connection 04
Setups for Cell 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
(Emergency Call) WRFD-0105 Kbps RRC
10 Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67179848 VS.RAB.AttRelCS.Pree Number of CS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

mpt Release Requests for 05 Pre-Emption
Cell (RAB Preempted)
WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
10 Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67179953 VS.RAB.AttRelPS.RAB Number of PS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2

Preempt Release Requests for 10 Kbps RRC
Cell (RAB Preempted) Connection and
WRFD-0105 Radio Access
05 Bearer
Establishment
and Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
67180069 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS Number of CS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2

.Preempt Release Attempts for 10 Kbps RRC
Cell (RAB Connection and
Preemption) WRFD-0105 Radio Access
05 Bearer
Establishment

WCDMA RAN

and Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
67180076 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS Number of PS RAB BSC6900 WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2

.Preempt Abnormal Released 10 Kbps RRC
Due to RAB Connection and
Preemption for Cell WRFD-0105 Radio Access
05 Bearer
Establishment
and Release
Queuing and
Pre-Emption
67180549 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB. Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

SingleRL Inter-Frequency Hard 03 Load Balance
Handover Attempts
Due to Load Balancing
for Cell (Single RL)
67180550 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellL Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

B.SingleRL Outgoing 03 Load Balance
Inter-Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Single RL)
67183900 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOu Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-0203 Inter Frequency

t Inter-Frequency Hard 02 Hard Handover
Handover Attempts for Based on
Cell WRFD-0203 Coverage
04
Inter Frequency
06 Based on DL
QoS
Load Reshuffling
67183901 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreq Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0203 Inter Frequency

Out Outgoing 02 Hard Handover
Inter-Frequency Hard Based on
Handovers for Cell WRFD-0203 Coverage
04
Inter Frequency
06 Based on DL
QoS
Load Reshuffling

WCDMA RAN
67189460 RRC.AttConnRelDCCH. Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

Preempt Connection Releases 05 Pre-Emption
on DCCH due to
Preemption for Cell WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
10 Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67189466 RRC.AttConnRelCCCH. Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

Preempt Connection Releases 05 Pre-Emption
on CCCH due to
Preemption for Cell WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
10 Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67189474 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Inter Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-0204 Inter System

Rat Connection Rejects 0003 Redirect
during redirection
between inter-RAT WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
cells for cell 10 Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67189852 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Num Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Overload Congestions 07
for Cell
67189853 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Num Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Overload Congestions 07
for Cell
67189856 VS.PUC.High.Offset.Up Number of Qoffset BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Potential User

dt Updates Due to Heavy 05 Control
Load for Cell
67189857 VS.PUC.Light.Offset.Up Number of Qoffset BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Potential User

dt Updates Due to Light 05 Control
Load for Cell
67189858 VS.PUC.Norm.Offset.U Number of Qoffset BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Potential User

Updates Due to

WCDMA RAN

pdt Normal Load for Cell 05 Control
67190073 VS.RRC.AttConnRel.Pr Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

eempt.RNC Connection Releases 05 Pre-Emption
due to Preemption for
RNC WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
10 Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67190183 VS.IU.RelReqPS.Pree Number of IU BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

mpt RELEASE REQUEST 05 Pre-Emption
Messages Sent by
RNC to CN in PS WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
Domain (RAB 10 Kbps RRC
Preempted) Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67190435 VS.LCC.LDR.InterFreq Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

Performing 03 Load Balance
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67190436 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.BERat Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

eDown Performing BE 06
Service Downsizing in
UL Basic Congestion
67190437 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.BERat Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

eDown Performing BE 06
Service Downsizing in
DL Basic Congestion
67190438 VS.LCC.LDR.UL.QosR Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

eNego Performing 06
Uncontrollable
Real-Time Service
QoS Renegotiation in
UL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67190439 VS.LCC.LDR.DL.QosR Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

eNego Performing 06
Uncontrollable

WCDMA RAN

Real-Time Service
QoS Renegotiation in
DL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67190442 VS.PUC.Light.IntSrch.U Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Potential User

pdt Sintersearch Updates 05 Control
Due to Light Load for
Cell
67190443 VS.PUC.Norm.IntSrch. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Potential User

Updt Sintersearch Updates 05 Control
Due to Normal Load
for Cell
67190444 VS.PUC.High.IntSrch.U Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Potential User

pdt Sintersearch Updates 05 Control
Due to Heavy Load for
Cell
67190840 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS Number of PS Domain BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

.OLC RABs Released Due 07
to Congestion for Cell
67190841 VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS Number of CS Domain BSC6900 WRFD-0105 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2

.OLC RABs Released Due 10 Kbps RRC
to Congestion for Cell Connection and
WRFD-0201 Radio Access
07 Bearer
Establishment
and Release
Overload Control
67190846 VS.CellBreath.CPICHU Number of Upward BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

p CPICH Power 04 Load Balance
Adjustments Due to
Cell Breathing for Cell
67190847 VS.CellBreath.CPICHD Number of Downward BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

own CPICH Power 04 Load Balance
Adjustments Due to
Cell Breathing for Cell
67191150 VS.LCC.OLC.HSDPA.U Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

serRel UEs Released Due to 07
Overload Congestion
for Cell

WCDMA RAN
67191151 VS.LCC.LDR.HSDPA.In Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

terFreq UEs Performing 03 Load Balance
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67191657 VS.RAB.SFOccupy.MA Maximum Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Code Resource

X SFs that Have Been 08 Management
Occupied (Let the SFs
that Have Been
Occupied a Unitary SF
of 256) for Cell
67192134 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Num Number of Iub UL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Congestions 06
67192135 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Num Number of Iub DL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Congestions 06
67192397 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj. Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Att Performing Code 06
Adjustment Attempts
in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192398 VS.LCC.LDR.MbmsPo Number of MBMS BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

werDec Services Performing 06
Power Decreasing in
Basic Congestion for
Cell
67192426 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRate Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

UL Performing AMR Rate 06
Decrease in UL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192427 VS.LCC.LDR.AMRRate Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

DL Performing AMR Rate 06
Decrease in DL Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192549 VS.LCC.OLC.D2C Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Transferring BE 07
Service to Common
Channel in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67192637 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULP Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Cell Is in LDR State

WCDMA RAN

ower Due to UL Power 06
Congestion for Cell
67192638 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLP Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ower Cell Is in LDR State 06
Due to DL Power
Congestion for Cell
67192639 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLC Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ode Cell Is in LDR State 06
Due to DL Code
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192640 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULC Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

E Cell Is in LDR State 06
Due to UL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192641 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLC Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

E Cell Is in LDR State 06
Due to DL CE
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192642 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.ULIu Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

b Cell Is in LDR State 06
Due to UL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192643 VS.LCC.LDR.Num.DLIu Number of Times a BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

b Cell Is in LDR State 06
Due to DL Iub
Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67192644 VS.LCC.LDR.HSUPA.In Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

terFreq UEs Performing 03 Load Balance
Handovers in Basic
Congestion for Cell
67192646 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.TF Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Performing BE 07
Service TF Control in
UL Overload

WCDMA RAN

Congestion for Cell
67192647 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.UserR Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

el Released Due to UL 07
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192648 VS.LCC.OLC.HSUPA.U Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

serRel UEs Released during 07
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192649 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.TF Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Performing BE 07
Service TF Control in
DL Overload
Congestion for Cell
67192650 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.UserR Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

el Released Due to DL 07
Overload Congestion
for Cell
67192937 VS.RAC.NewCallReq.P Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

reempt.Cong Preemptions During 05 Pre-Emption
RAB Establishment for
Cell
67192938 VS.RAC.HHO.Preempt. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

Cong Preemptions During 05 Pre-Emption
HHO for Cell
67192975 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE. Number of HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-0106 HSDPA

HSDPA.Cong.Golden RABs Carrying 10 Introduction
Golden Users BE Package
Traffic Released Due WRFD-0201
to Congestion for Cell 07 Overload Control

HSDPA.Cong.Silver RABs Carrying Silver 10 Introduction
Users BE Traffic Package
Released Due to WRFD-0201
Congestion for Cell 07 Overload Control

HSDPA.Cong.Copper RABs Carrying 10 Introduction
Copper Users BE Package

WCDMA RAN
67192978 VS.RAB.RelReqPS.BE. Number of HSUPA BSC6900 WRFD-0106 HSUPA

HSUPA.Cong.Golden RABs Carrying 12 Introduction
Golden Users BE Package

HSUPA.Cong.Silver RABs Carrying Silver 12 Introduction
Users BE Traffic Package
Released Due to WRFD-0201
Congestion for Cell 07 Overload Control

HSUPA.Cong.Copper RABs Carrying 12 Introduction
Copper Users BE Package
67193409 VS.LCC.LDR.CodeAdj. Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Code Resource

Succ Performing Successful 08 Management
Code Adjustment in
DL Basic Congestion
for Cell
67193410 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeA Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0106 HSDPA

dj.Succ Performing Successful 10 Introduction
Code Adjustment Package
Based on HSDPA for WRFD-0201
Cell 08 Code Resource
Management
67193709 VS.HHO.AttInterCellLB. Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

MultiRL Inter-Frequency Hard 03 Load Balance
Handover Attempts
Due to Load Balancing
for Cell (Multiple RLs)
67193710 VS.HHO.SuccInterCellL Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

B.MultiRL Outgoing 03 Load Balance
Inter-Frequency Hard
Handovers Due to
Load Balancing for
Cell (Multiple RLs)
67194970 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.P Number of MBMS BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

TM.RBRel PTM Service 07
Releases in Overload
Congestion for Cell

WCDMA RAN
67194971 VS.LCC.OLC.MBMS.P Number of MBMS BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

TP.RBRel PTP Service Releases 07
in Overload
Congestion for Cell
67195992 VS.LCC.HSDPA.CodeA Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-0106 HSDPA

dj.Att Performing Code 10 Introduction
Adjustment Based on Package
HSDPA for Cell WRFD-0201
07 Overload Control
67196031 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Servi Number of RRC BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Service Steering

ce Connection Rejects 20 and Load
Due to Service-based Sharing in RRC
RRC Redirection for WRFD-0105 Connection
Cell 10 Setup
3.4/6.8/13.6/27.2
Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67196293 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MB Number of CS Voice BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DR.RBSetup.AttOut Directed Retry 03 Load Balance
Attempts Based on
Inter-Frequency WRFD-0204 Measurement
Measurement for Cell 02 Based Direct
Retry
67196294 VS.DRD.IFREQ.CS.MB Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DR.RBSetup.SuccOut CS Voice Directed 03 Load Balance
Retry Based on
Retry
67196295 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MB Number of PS R99 BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DR.R99.RBSetup.AttOu Directed Retry 03 Load Balance
t Attempts Based on
Retry
67196296 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MB Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DR.R99.RBSetup.Succ PS R99 Directed Retry 03 Load Balance
Out Based on
Retry

WCDMA RAN
67196297 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MB Number of HSDPA PS BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DR.HResCong.RBSetu Directed Retry 03 Load Balance
p.AttOut Attempts Based on
Retry
67196298 VS.DRD.IFREQ.PS.MB Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DR.HResCong.RBSetu HSDPA PS Directed 03 Load Balance
p.SuccOut Retry Based on
Retry
67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of Totally BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Received Bandwidth 02 Measurement
for Cell
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Power of Carrier for 02 Measurement
Cell
67199680 VS.MaxRTWP Maximum Power of BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Totally Received 02 Measurement
Bandwidth for Cell
67199681 VS.MinRTWP Minimum Power of BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Totally Received 02 Measurement
Bandwidth for Cell
67199682 VS.MaxTCP Maximum Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Cell
67199683 VS.MinTCP Minimum Transmitted BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Cell
67199691 VS.MultRAB.SF8 Number of multi-RAB BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Code Resource

UEs that Occupy the 08 Management
DL R99 Codes with
the Spreading Factor
(SF) of 8 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 16 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 32 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 64 for Cell
67199698 VS.SingleRAB.SF4 Number of single-RAB BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Code Resource

DL R99 Codes with
Spreading Factor (SF)
of 4 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 8 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 16 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 32 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 64 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
of 128 for Cell

UEs that Occupy the

WCDMA RAN

DL R99 Codes with 08 Management
of 256 for Cell
67202900 VS.MaxTCP.NonHS Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Non-HSDPA 02 Measurement
Transmitted Carrier
Power for Cell
67202901 VS.MinTCP.NonHS Minimum Non-HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Transmitted Carrier 02 Measurement
Power for Cell
67202902 VS.MeanTCP.NonHS Mean Non-HSDPA BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Transmitted Carrier 02 Measurement
Power for Cell
67202917 VS.CellBreath.CPICHMi Duration of Minimum BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

n.Time Values of CPICH 04 Load Balance
Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202918 VS.CellBreath.CPICHM Duration of Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

ax.Time Values of CPICH 04 Load Balance
Power Due to Cell
Breathing for Cell
67202919 VS.CellBreath.TCPUnd Duration of TCP BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

er.Time Smaller Than Cell 04 Load Balance
Breathing Lower
Threshold for Cell
67202920 VS.CellBreath.TCPOver Duration of TCP BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

.Time Greater Than Cell 04 Load Balance
Breathing Upper
Threshold for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 4 for Cell

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 128 for Cell

WCDMA RAN

DL R99 Codes with
(SF) of 256 for Cell
67202982 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequire Maximum Power BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

dPwr Required by 02 Measurement
HS-DSCH for Cell
67202983 VS.HSDPA.MinRequire Minimum Power BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

dPwr Required by 02 Measurement
HS-DSCH for Cell
67202984 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequir Mean Power Required BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

edPwr by HS-DSCH for Cell 02 Measurement
67203402 VS.LCC.OLC.UL.Time Duration of UL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Overload Congestion 07
for Cell
67203403 VS.LCC.OLC.DL.Time Duration of DL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Overload Control

Overload Congestion 07
for Cell
67203416 VS.RAB.SFOccupy Mean Number of SFs BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Code Resource

that Have Been 08 Management
Occupied (Let the SFs
that Have Been
Occupied a Unitary SF
of 256) for Cell
67203854 VS.IUB.UL.Cong.Time Duration of Iub UL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Congestion 06
67203855 VS.IUB.DL.Cong.Time Duration of Iub DL BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Congestion 06
67203991 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULP Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ower LDR State Due to UL 06
Power Congestion for
Cell
67203992 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLP Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ower LDR State Due to DL 06
Power Congestion for
Cell

WCDMA RAN
67203993 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLC Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ode LDR State Due to DL 06
Code Resource
Congestion for Cell
67203994 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULC Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

E LDR State Due to UL 06
CE Resource
Congestion
67203995 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLC Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

E LDR State Due to DL 06
CE Resource
Congestion
67203996 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.ULI Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ub LDR State Due to UL 06
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
67203997 VS.LCC.LDR.Time.DLI Duration of Cell in BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

ub LDR State Due to DL 06
Iub Transmission
Resource Congestion
for Cell
73393916 VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.Qu Number of Queuing BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

eue Attempts Due to 05 Pre-Emption
Insufficient Resource
in the CS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393917 VS.RAB.AttEstabPS.Qu Number of Queuing BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

eue Attempts Due to 05 Pre-Emption
Insufficient Resource
in the PS RAB
Assignment
Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393918 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTi Average Duration of a BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

me.CS CS Queuing in the 05 Pre-Emption
RAB Establishment
Procedure for Cell
73393919 VS.RAB.Estab.QueueTi Average Duration of a BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

PS Queuing in the

WCDMA RAN

me.PS RAB Establishment 05 Pre-Emption
Procedure for Cell
73393920 VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS. Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

Queue CS Establishment 05 Pre-Emption
After Queuing for Cell
73393921 VS.RAB.SuccEstabPS. Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0105 Queuing and

Queue PS Establishment 05 Pre-Emption
After Queuing for Cell
73393939 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOu Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

t.CS.TotalTxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Handover Attempts Inter-Frequency
Based on Cell Total WRFD-1402 Load Balancing
Transmit Power for 17 Based on
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold
73393940 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOu Number of PS BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

t.PS.TotalTxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

t.CS.TotalRxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Receive Power for 17 Based on
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

t.PS.TotalRxPwr Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

t.CS.Code Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Based on Code WRFD-1402 Load Balancing
Resources for Cell 17 Based on
Configurable
Load Threshold

WCDMA RAN

t.PS.Code Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Configurable
Load Threshold
73393950 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreq Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load Reshuffling

Out.CS.TotalTxPwr CS Inter-Frequency 06
Hard Handovers Inter-Frequency
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

Out.PS.TotalTxPwr PS Inter-Frequency 06
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

Out.CS.TotalRxPwr CS Inter-Frequency 06
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

Out.PS.TotalRxPwr PS Inter-Frequency 06
Cell Configurable
Load Threshold

Out.CS.Code CS Inter-Frequency 06
Configurable
Load Threshold

Out.PS.Code PS Inter-Frequency 06
Based on

WCDMA RAN

Resources for Cell 17 Configurable
Load Threshold
73394053 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttO Number of Outgoing BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

ut DRD Attempts through 03 Load Balance
Physical Channel
Reconfiguration for WRFD-0204 Intra System
Cell 0001 Direct Retry
73394054 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.Suc Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

cOut Outgoing DRDs 03 Load Balance
through Physical
Channel WRFD-0204 Intra System
Reconfiguration for 0001 Direct Retry
Cell
73394055 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.AttIn Number of Incoming BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

DRD Attempts through 03 Load Balance
Physical Channel
Reconfiguration for WRFD-0204 Intra System
Cell 0001 Direct Retry
73394056 VS.DRD.PhyRecfg.Suc Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Inter Frequency

cIn Incoming DRDs 03 Load Balance
through Physical
Channel WRFD-0204 Intra System
Reconfiguration for 0001 Direct Retry
Cell
73403758 VS.HSUPA.MaxRSEPS Maximum Received BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Scheduled E-DCH 02 Measurement
Power Share for Cell
73403760 VS.HSUPA.MinRSEPS Minimum Received BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Scheduled E-DCH 02 Measurement
73415859 VS.HSUPA.MeanRSEP Average Received BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

S Scheduled E-DCH 02 Measurement
73421493 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0204 Inter System

Distance-Based RRC 0003 Redirect
Redirections for Cell
73423313 VS.ULB.CPICH.AdjustN Number of CPICH BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

um Power Adjustments 04 Load Balance
Based on RTWP for
Cell

WCDMA RAN
73423948 VS.BackGroundNoise.U Number of Automatic BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

pdate Uplink Background 02 Measurement
Noise Updates in a
Cell

t.PS.UlCE Inter-Frequency Hard 06
Based on UL CE for WRFD-1402 Load Balancing
Cell 17 Based on
Configurable
Load Threshold

Out.PS.UlCE PS Inter-Frequency 06
Based on UL CE for WRFD-1402 Load Balancing
Cell 17 Based on
Configurable
Load Threshold
73424243 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOu Number of PS BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

t.PS.DlCE Inter-Frequency Hard 17 Load Balancing
Handover Attempts Based on
Based on DL CE for Configurable
Cell Load Threshold
73424244 VS.HHO.SuccInterFreq Number of Successful BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

Out.PS.DlCE PS Inter-Frequency 17 Load Balancing
Hard Handovers Based on
Cell Load Threshold
73424245 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOu Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

t.CS.DlCE Inter-Frequency Hard 17 Load Balancing
Cell Load Threshold
73424246 VS.HHO.AttInterFreqOu Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

t.CS.UlCE Inter-Frequency Hard 17 Load Balancing
Based on UL CE for Configurable
Cell Load Threshold

Out.CS.UlCE CS Inter-Frequency 17 Load Balancing
Based on UL CE for Configurable
Cell Load Threshold

WCDMA RAN

Out.CS.DlCE CS Inter-Frequency 17 Load Balancing
Cell Load Threshold
73424787 VS.MaxULActualPower Max Uplink Actual Cell BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Load Load 02 Measurement
73424788 VS.MinULActualPowerL Min Uplink Actual Cell BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

oad Load 02 Measurement
73424972 VS.RRC.Rej.Redir.Dist.I Number of BSC6900 WRFD-0204 Inter-Frequency

ntraRat Distance-Based RRC 0005 Redirection
Inter-frequency Based on
Redirections for Cell Distance
73441123 VS.ULB.CPICHMin.Tim Duration of PCPICH BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Intra Frequency

e Power Under 04 Load Balance
Minimum RTWP
Threshold
73441143 VS.HSDPA.MaxRequire Maximum Power BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

dPwr.Free Required for Free 02 Measurement
HSDPA Users for Cell
73441144 VS.HSDPA.MeanRequir Average Power BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

edPwr.Free Required for Free 02 Measurement
HSDPA Users for Cell
73441212 VS.BackGroundNoise. Average Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Mean Background Noise in a 02 Measurement
Cell
73441215 VS.BackGroundNoise. Maximum Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

Max Background Noise in a 02 Measurement
Cell
73441246 VS.LCC.CLB.CS.InterFr Number of CS UEs BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

eq Involved in 17 Load Balancing
Inter-Frequency Based on
Load-based Configurable
Handovers in a CS Load Threshold
CLB Cell
73441247 VS.LCC.CLB.PS.InterFr Number of PS UEs BSC6900 WRFD-1402 Inter-Frequency

eq Involved in 17 Load Balancing
Inter-Frequency Based on
Load-based Configurable

WCDMA RAN

Handovers in a PS Load Threshold
CLB Cell
73441505 VS.MeanULActualPowe Mean Uplink Actual BSC6900 WRFD-0201 Load

rLoad Cell Load 02 Measurement

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 14 Glossary
14 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see the Glossary.

WCDMA RAN
Load Control 15 Reference Documents
15 Reference Documents
[1] 3GPP TS 25.133: Requirements for Support of Radio Resource Management (FDD)
[2] 3GPP TS 25.215: Physical layer - Measurements (FDD)
[3] 3GPP TS 25.321: Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol specification
[4] 3GPP TS 25.331: Radio Resource Control (RRC)
[5] 3GPP TS 25.413: UTRAN Iu Interface RANAP Signaling
[6] DCCC Feature Parameter Description
[7] AMR Feature Parameter Description
[8] MBMS Feature Parameter Description
[9] HSDPA Feature Parameter Description
[10] HSUPA Feature Parameter Description
[11] Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter Description
[12] Handover Feature Parameter Description


Load Control (RAN14.0 - 05) PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Load Control (RAN14.0 - 05) PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Load Control

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2 Overview of Load Control .......................................................................................................2-1

3 Load Measurement ...................................................................................................................3-1

4 Potential User Control .............................................................................................................4-1

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

5.9 IAC for Emergency Calls ............................................................................................................. 5-25

6 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing Based on Configurable Load Threshold ..............6-1

7 Intra-Frequency Load Balancing ..........................................................................................7-1

9 Overload Control .......................................................................................................................9-1

10 Impact on the Network ........................................................................................................10-1

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

10.1 WRFD-020103 Inter-Frequency Load Balancing ...................................................................... 10-1

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

11.10.2 Information to Be Collected .......................................................................................... 11-29

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

1.2 Intended Audience

1.3 Change History

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-1

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Added 11.10.2 Information to Be Collected and None

Added 11.8.1 When to Use, 11.8.2 Required None

Change Change Description Parameter Change

CS+PS combined services in certain ReservedSwitch0:

5.4.3 Initial Rate Negotiation. RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT15

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-3

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-4

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-5

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1-6

2 Overview of Load Control

2.1 Load Control in Different Scenarios

2.2 Functions of Load Control

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-1

Figure 2-2 Load control function in the WCDMA system

The load control functions are described as follows:

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-2

MBMS power reduction

2.3 Priorities Involved in Load Control

2.3.1 User Priority

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-3

Table 2-2 Typical relationship between user priority and ARP

2.3.2 Integrated RAB Priority

2.3.3 Integrated User Priority

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2-4

3.1 Load-Related Measurement Quantities

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-1

3.2 Reporting Period

Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter

Uplink minimum guaranteed load

Issue 05 (2013-06-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3-2

Measurement Quantity Reporting Period Parameter

3.3 Load Measurement Filtering